Digha-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Vol. II; Mahavagga, Suttantas 14-23.
Based on the edition by T.W. Rhys Davids and J.E. Carpenter, London : Pali Text Society 1903.



Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 2.10.2014]


NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.



PLAIN TEXT VERSION
(In order to fascilitate word search, all annotations have been removed,
and the line breaks of the printed edition have been converted into floating text.)





THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:multibyte sequence:
long a ā
long A Ā
long i ī
long I Ī
long u ū
long U Ū
vocalic r
vocalic R
long vocalic r
vocalic l
vocalic L
long vocalic l
velar n
velar N
palatal n ñ
palatal N Ñ
retroflex t
retroflex T
retroflex d
retroflex D
retroflex n
retroflex N
palatal s ś
palatal S Ś
retroflex s
retroflex S
anusvara
visarga
long e ē
long o ō
l underbar
r underbar
n underbar
k underbar
t underbar

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm








Dīgha-Nikāya Vol. II

[page 001]
1
NAMO TASSA BHAGAVATO ARAHATA SAMMĀ SAMBUDDHASSA
[Dīgha Nikāya.
xiv. Mahāpadāna-Suttanta.]
1.1. Evam me sutaṃ. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme Kareri-kuṭikāyaṃ. Atha kho sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchā-bhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkantānaṃ Kareri-maṇḍala-māḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ pubbe-nivāsa-paṭisaṃyuttā dhammī kathā udapādi: ‘Iti pubbe-nivāso iti {pubbe-}nivāso ti.'
2. Assosi kho Bhagavā dibbāya sota-dhātuyā visuddhāya atikkanta-mānusikāya tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho Bhagavā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā yena Karerimaṇḍala-māḷo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Kāya nu 'ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarā kathā vippakatā ti?'
Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Idha bhante amhākaṃ pacchā-bhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ Kareri-maṇḍala-māḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ pubbe-nivāsa-paṭisaṃyuttā dhammī kathā udapādi:


[page 002]
2 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Iti pubbe-nivāso iti {pubbe-}nivāso ti." Ayaṃ kho no bhante antarā kathā vippakatā atha Bhagavā anuppatto ti.'
3. ‘Iccheyyātha no tumhe bhikkhave pubbe-nivāsapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ sotun ti?'
‘Etassa Bhagavā kālo, etasa Sugata kālo, yaṃ bhagavā pubbe-nivāsa-paṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ kareyya, Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti.'
‘Tena hi bhikkhave suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etad avoca:
4. ‘Ito so bhikkhave eka-navuto kappo yaṃ Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Ito so bhikkhave eka-tiṃso kappo yaṃ Sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Tasmiṃ yeva kho bhikkhave eka-tiṃse kappe Vessabhū bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiṃ yeva kho bhikkhave bhadda-kappe Kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiṃ yeva kho bhikkhave bhadda-kappe Konāgamano bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiṃ yeva kho bhikkhave bhadda-kappe Kassapo bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiṃ yeva kho bhikkhave bhadda-kappe ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno.
5. ‘Vipassī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiya-kule udapādi.
Sikhī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi,


[page 003]
D. xiv. 1. 7] THE SEVEN BUDDHAS. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] khattiya-kule udapādi. Vessabhū bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiya-kule udapādi. Kakusandho bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho brāhmaṇo jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇa-kule udapādi. Konāgamano bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ {sammā-}sambuddho brāhmaṇo jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇa-kule udapādi. Kassapo bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho brāhmaṇo jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇa-kule udapādi. Ahaṃ bhikkhave etarahi arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosiṃ, khattiya-kule uppanno.
6. ‘Vipassī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Sikhī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Vessabhū bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Kakusandho bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Kassapo gottena ahosi. Konāgamano bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Kassapo gottena ahosi. Kassapo bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Kassapo gottena ahosi. Ahaṃ bhikkhave etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Gotamo gottena.
7. ‘Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asītiṃ vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Sikhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sattati vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa saṭṭhi vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi.
Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa cattārīsaṃ vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa tiṃsa vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi.


[page 004]
4 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa vīsatiṃ vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Mayhaṃ bhikkhave etarahi appakaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ parittaṃ lahusaṃ, yo ciraṃ jīvati so vassasataṃ appaṃ vā bhiyyo.
8. ‘Vipassī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho. Sikhī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho puṇḍarīkassa mūle abhisambuddho. Vessabhū bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho sālassa mūle abhisambuddho. Kakusandho bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho sirīsassa mūle abhisambuddho. Konāgamano bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho udumbarassa mūle abhisambuddho. Kassapo bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho nigrodhassa mūle abhisambuddho Ahaṃ bhikkhave etarahi arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho.
9. ‘Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Khaṇḍa-Tissaṃ nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Sakhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Abhibhū-Sambhavaṃ nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ.
Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Soṇ-Uttaraṃ nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Vidhūra-Sañjīvaṃ nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Bhiyyos-Uttaraṃ nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ.


[page 005]
D. xiv. 1. 10.] THE SEVEN BUDDHAS. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Tissa-Bhāradvājaṃ nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Mayhaṃ bhikkhave etarahi Sāriputta-Moggallānaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ.
10. ‘Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭha-saṭṭhi-{bhikkhu-sata}sahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi {bhikkhu-sata}sahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asīti-bhikkhusahassāni. Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Sikhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhu-sata-{sahassaṃ}. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asītiṃ bhikkhu-sahassāni.
Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sattati bhikkhusahassāni. Sikhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asītiṃ bhikkhu-sahassāni.
Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi {sattati}bhikkhu-sahassāni.
Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi saṭṭhi bhikkhu-sahassāni.
Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi cattārīsaṃ bhikkhu-sahassāni. Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi tiṃsa bhikkhu-sahassāni.


[page 006]
6 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Kassapassa bhikkhave Bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi vīsatiṃ bhikkhu-sahassāni. Kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
‘Mayhaṃ bhikkhave etarahi eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aḍḍha-teḷasāni bhikkhu-satāni. Mayhaṃ bhikkhave ayaṃ eko {sāvakānaṃ} sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃ yeva {khīṇāsavānaṃ}.
11. ‘Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Sikhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Khemaṃkaro nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Upasannako nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Buddhijo nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Sotthijo nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Sabbamitto nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Mayhaṃ bhikkhave etarahi Ānando bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko aggupaṭṭhāko.
12. ‘Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Bandhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janettī.


[page 007]
D. xiv. 1. 12.] THE SEVEN BUDDHAS. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Bandhumassa rañño Bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ rāja-dhānī ahosi.
‘Sikhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Aruṇo nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Pabhāvatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janettī. Aruṇāssa rañño Aruṇavatī nāma nagaraṃ rāja-dhānī ahosi.
‘Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Suppatīto nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Yasavatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janettī. Suppatītassa rañño Anopamaṃ nāma nagaraṃ rāja-dhānī ahosi.
‘Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Aggidatto nāma Brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi, Visākhā nāma Brāhmaṇī mātā ahosi janettī. Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena Khemo nāma rāja ahosi.
Khemassa rañño Khemavavatī nāma nagaraṃ rājā-dhānī ahosi.
‘Konāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Yaññadatto nāma Brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi, Uttarā nāma Brāhmaṇī mātā ahosi janettī. Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena Sobho nāma rājā ahosi. Sobhassa rañño Sobhavatī nāma nagaraṃ rājā-dhānī ahosi.
‘Kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Brahmadatto nāma Brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi, Dhanavatī nāma Brāhmaṇī mātā ahosi janettī. Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena Kikī nāma rājā ahosi.
Kikissa rañño Bārāṇasī nāma nagaraṃ rājā-dhānī ahosi.
‘Mayhaṃ bhikkhave etarahi Suddhodano nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Māyā devī mātā janettī, Kapilavatthu nagaraṃ rāja-dhānī ti.'
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvā Sugato uṭṭhāy'; āsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.


[page 008]
8 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 13.
13. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ acira-pakkantassa Bhagavato ayam antarā kathā udapādi:
‘Acchariyaṃ āvuso abbhutaṃ āvuso Tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anussarissati, nāmato pi anussarissati, gottato pi anussarissati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarissati, sāvaka-yugato pi anussarissati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarissati -- "Evaṃjaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā evaṃ-gottā evaṃ-sīlā evaṃ-dhammā evaṃ-pañña evaṃ-vihārī evaṃvimuttā te Bhagavato ahesuṃ iti pīti." Kin nu kho āvuso? Tathāgatass'; eva nu kho esā dhamma-dhātu suppaṭividdhā yassā dhamma-dhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati "Evaṃjaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā, evaṃgottā, evaṃ-sīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā, evaṃ-vihārī, {evaṃ-vimuttā} te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti"? Udāhu devatā Tathāgatassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ yena Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anussarati,


[page 009]
D. xiv. 1. 14.] THE BUDDHAS'; MEMORY. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: "Evaṃ-jaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā {evaṃ-gottā} evaṃsītā evaṃ-dhammā evaṃ-paññā evaṃ-vihārī evaṃvimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti"?'
Ayañ ca h'; idaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antarā kathā vippakatā hoti.
14. Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇhā-samayaṃ {paṭisallānā} vuṭṭhito yena Kareri-maṇḍala-māḷo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Kāya nu 'ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarā kathā vippakatā ti?'
Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Idha bhante amhākaṃ acira-pakkantassa Bhagavato ayaṃ antarā kathā udapādi: "Acchariyaṃ āvuso abbhutaṃ āvuso Tathāgatassa mahiddhikata mahānubhāvātā, yatra hi nāma Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabbadukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvakayugato pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: ‘Evaṃ-jaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā, evaṃ-gottā, evaṃ-sīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā, evaṃvihāri, evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti." Kin nu kho āvuso? Tathāgatass'; eva nu kho esā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā yassā dhamma-dhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkhavītivatte jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: Evaṃjaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi,


[page 010]
10 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 14.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ-nāmā, evaṃ{gottā}, evaṃ-sīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā, evaṃvihāri, evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti"?
Udāhu devatā {Tathāgatassa} etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ yena Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: Evaṃjaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, {evaṃ-nāmā} evaṃ-gottā evaṃ-sīlā evaṃ-dhammā evaṃ-paññā evaṃvihārī evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti"?'
‘Ayaṃ kho no bhante antarā kathā vippakatā atha bhagavā anuppatto ti.'
15. ‘Tathāgatass'; ev'; esā bhikkhave dhamma-dhāti suppaṭividdhā yassā dhamma-dhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: "Evaṃjaccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā, evaṃgottā, evaṃ-sīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā, evaṃ-vihārī, evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti." Devatā pi Tathāgatassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ yena Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume pariyādinna-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi anussarati, āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: "Evaṃ-jāccā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā, evaṃ-gottā, evaṃsīlā, evaṃ-dhammā, evaṃ-paññā,evaṃ-vihārī, evaṃvimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti."
‘Iccheyyātha no tumhe bhikkhave bhiyyoso mattāya pubbe-nivāsa-paṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhamimiṃ kathaṃ sotun ti?'


[page 011]
D. xiv. 1. 16.] THE BUDDHA VIPASSĪ. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Etassa Bhagavā kālo, etassa Sugata kālo. Yaṃ Bhagavā bhiyyoso mattāya pubbe-nivāsa-paṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ kareyya, Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti.'
‘Tena hi bhikkhave suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etad avoca:
16. ‘Ito so bhikkhave eka-navuto kappo yaṃ Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Vipassī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiya-kule udapādi. Vipassī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa asīti-vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Vipassī bhikkhave bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho. Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Khaṇḍa-Tissaṃ nāma sāvaka-yugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ.
Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭha-saṭṭhi-bhikkhusata-sahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhusata-sahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asīti{bhikkhu-sahassāni}. Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā {ahesuṃ} sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ. Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.
Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-saṃbuddhassa Bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Bandhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janettī.


[page 012]
12 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 16.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Bandhumassa rañño Bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ rāja-dhānī ahosi.
17. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī Bodhisatto Tusitā kāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātu-kucchiṃ okkami.
Ayam ettha dhammatā.
‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto Tusitā kāyā cavitvā mātu kucchiṃ okkamati atha sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadeva-manussāya appamāṇo uḷāro obbāso pātubhavati atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Yā pi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāra-timisā, yāttha pi 'me candima-suriyā evaṃ mahiddhikā evaṃ mahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti, tattha pi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkamm'; eva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Ye pi tattha sattā upapannā, te pi ten'; obhāsena aññaṃ aññaṃ sañjānanti: "Aññe pi kira bho santi sattā idhūpapannā ti." Ayañ ca dasa-sahassī lokadhātu saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkamm'; eva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
17. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchiṃ okkanto hoti, cattāro naṃ deva-puttā catuddisaṃ rakkhāya upagacchanti: "Mātaṃ Bodhisattaṃ vā Bodhisatta-mātaraṃ vā manusso vā amanusso vā koci vā viheṭhesīti." Ayam ettha dhammatā.
18. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchiṃ okkanto hoti, pakatiyā sīlavatī Bodhisatta-mātā hoti, viratā pāṇātipātā, viratā adinnādānā, viratā kāmesu micchācārā,


[page 013]
D. xiv. 1. 21.] THE BIRTH OF A BUDDHA. 13
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] viratā musā-vādā, viratā surā-meraya-majjapamādaṭṭhānā. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
19. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchiṃ okkanto hoti, na Bodhisatta-mātu purisesu mānasaṃ uppajjati kāma-guṇūpasaṃhitaṃ, anatikkamaniyā ca Bodhisatta-mātā hoti kenaci purisena rattacittena. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
20. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchiṃ okkanto hoti, lābhinī Bodhisatta-mātā hoti pañcannaṃ kāma-guṇānaṃ, sā pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappitā samaṅgibhūtā parivāreti. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
21. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchiṃ okkanto hoti, na Bodhisatta-mātu kocid eva ābādho uppajjati, sukhinī Bodhisatta-mātā hoti akilantakāyā, Bodhisattañ ca Bodhisatta-mātā tiro-kucchi-gataṃ passati sabbaṅga-paccaṅgiṃ abhinindriyaṃ.
‘Seyyathā pi bhikkhave maṇi {veḷuriyo} subho jātimā aṭṭhaṃso suparikamma-kato accho vippasanno sabbākārasampanno. Tatra 'ssa suttaṃ āvutaṃ nīlaṃ vā pītaṃ vā lohitaṃ vā odātaṃ vā paṇḍu-suttaṃ vā. Tam enaṃ cakkhumā puriso hatthe karitvā {paccavekkheyya}: "Ayaṃ kho maṇi {veḷuriyo} subho jātimā {aṭṭhaṃso} suparikamma-kato accho vippasanno sabbākāra-sampanno Tatr'; idaṃ suttaṃ āvutaṃ nīlaṃ vā pītaṃ vā lohitaṃ vā odātaṃ vā paṇḍu-suttaṃ vā ti." Evam eva kho bhikkhave yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchiṃ okkanto hoti, na Bodhisatta-mātu kocid eva ābādho uppajjati, sukhinī Bodhisatta-mātā hoti akilanta-kāyā, Bodhisattañ ca Bodhisatta-mātā tiro-kucchi-gataṃ passati sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ abhinindriyaṃ.


[page 014]
14 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 21.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Ayam ettha dhammatā.
22. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, sattāha-jāte Bodhisatte Bodhisatta-mātā kālaṃ karoti, Tusitaṃ kāyaṃ uppajjati.
Ayam ettha dhammatā.
23. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yathā aññā itthikā nava vā dasa vā māse gabbhaṃ kucchinā pariharitvā vijāyanti, na h'; evaṃ Bodhisattaṃ Bodhisatta-mātā vijāyati, das eva māsāni Bodhisattaṃ Bodhisatta-mātā kucchinā pariharitvā vijāyati. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
24. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yathā aññā itthikā nisinnā vā nipannā vā vijāyanti, na h'; evaṃ Bodhisattaṃ Bodhisatta-mātā vijāyati, ṭhitā va Bodhisattaṃ Bodhisattamātā vijāyati. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
25. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchismā nikkhamati, devā paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhanti, pacchā manussā. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
26. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchismā nikkhamati appatto va Bodhisatto paṭhaviṃ hoti, cattāro naṃ deva-puttā {paṭiggahetvā} mātu purato ṭhapenti: "Attamanā devī hohi, Mahesakkho te putto uppanno ti." Ayam ettha dhammatā.
27. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave, yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchismā nikkhamati, visado va nikkhamati, amakkhito uddena amakkhito semhena amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā, suddho visado.
‘Seyyathā pi bhikkhave maṇi-ratanaṃ Kāsike vatthe nikkhittaṃ, n'; eva maṇi-ratanaṃ Kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ makkheti, na pi Kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ maṇi-ratanaṃ makkheti -tam kissa hetu? ubhinnaṃ suddhattā -- evam eva kho bhikkhave yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchismā nikkhamati, visado va nikkhamati, amakkhito uddena amakkhito semhena amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā,


[page 015]
D. xiv. 1. 30.] THE BIRTH OF A BUDHA 15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] suddho visado. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
28. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave. Yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchismā nikkhamati, dve udakassa dhārā antalikkhā pātubhavanti, ekā sītassa ekā uṇhassa, yena Bodhisattassa udaka-kiccaṃ karonti mātucca. Ayam ettha dhammatā.
29. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave. Sampati-jāto Bodhisatto samehi pādehi patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho satvapada-vītihārena gacchati, setamhi chatte anuhīramāne sabbā ca disā viloketi āsabhiñ ca vācaṃ bhāsati: "Aggo 'ham asmi lokassa, jeṭṭho 'ham asmi lokkassa, seṭṭho 'ham asmi lokassa, ayam anitimā jāti, n'; atthi {dāni} punabbhavo ti." Ayam ettha dhammatā.
30. ‘Dhammatā esā bhikkhave. Yadā Bodhisatto mātu kucchismā nikkhamati, atha sadevake loke sammārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati, atikkamm'; eva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Yā pi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakārā-timisā, yattha pi 'me {candima-suriyā} evaṃ mahiddhikā evaṃ mahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti, tattha pi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkamm'; eva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Ye pi tattha sattā upapannā, te pi ten'; obhāsena aññam aññaṃ sañjānanti: "Aññe pi kira bho santi sattā idhūpapannā ti." Ayañ ca dasa-sahassī lokadhātu saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkamm, eva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Ayam ettha dhammatā.


[page 016]
16 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 30.
31. ‘Jāte kho pana bhikkhave Vipassimhi kumāre, Bandhumato rañño paṭivedesuṃ: "Putto te deva jāto, taṃ devo passatūti." Addasā kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassī-kumāraṃ, disvā nemitte brāhmaṇe āmantāpetvā etad avoca: Passantu bhonto nemittā brāhmaṇā kumāran ti." Addasāsuṃ kho bhikkhave nemittā brāhmaṇā Vipassī-kumāraṃ, disvā Bandhumaṃ rājānaṃ etad avocuṃ: "Attamano deva hohi, {mahesakkho} te deva putto uppanno. Lābhā te Mahārāja, suladdhaṃ te Mahārāja, yassa te kule evarūpo putto uppanno. Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro dvattiṃsa Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇehi samannāgato, yehi samannāgatassa Mahāpurisassa dve gatiyo bhavanti anaññā. Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakka-vatti dhammiko dhamma-rājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto satta-ratana-samannāgato.
Tass'; imāni satta ratanāni bhavanti, seyyathīdaṃ cakkaratanaṃ hatthi-ratanaṃ assa-ratanaṃ maṇi-ratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapati-ratanaṃ pariṇāyaka-ratanam eva sattamaṃ. {Paro-}sahassaṃ kho pan'; assa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅga-rūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ paṭhaviṃ sāgara-pariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti {sammā-sambuddho} loke vivattacchaddo.
32. "‘Katamehi cāyaṃ deva kumāro dvattiṃsa Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇehi samannāgato yehi {samannāgatassa} Mahāpurisassa dve gatiyo bhavanti anaññā? Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakka-vatti dhammiko dhamma-rājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto satta-ratana-samannāgato. Tass'; imāni satta ratanāni bhavanti,


[page 017]
D. xiv. 1. 32.] THE THIRTY-TWO MARKS. 17
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seyyathīdaṃ cakka-ratanaṃ hatthi-ratanaṃ assa-ratanaṃ maṇi-ratanaṃ itthi-ratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyaka-ratanam eva sattamaṃ. {Paro-}sahassaṃ kho pan'; assa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅga-rūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ paṭhaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti {sammā-}sambuddho loke vivattacchaddo.
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro suppatiṭṭhita-pādo. Yam pāyaṃ deva kumāro suppatiṭṭhita-pādo, idam pi 'ssa Mahāpurisassa Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.
"‘Imassa deva kumārassa {heṭṭhā}-pāda-talesu cakkāni jātāni sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāraparipūrāni. Yam pi deva imassa kumārassa {heṭṭhā}-pādatalesu cakkāni jātāni sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāra-paripūrāni, idam pi 'ssa Mahāpurisassa Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro āyata-paṇhī . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro dīghaṅgulī . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro mudu-taluṇa-hattha-pādo . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro jāla-hattha-pādo . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro ussaṅkha-pādo . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro eṇi-jaṅgho . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro ṭhitako va anonamanto ubhohi pāṇi-talehi jannukāni parimasati parimajjati . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro kosohita-vatthaguyho . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro suvaṇṇa-vaṇṇo kañcana{sannibha-ttaco} . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro sukhumacchavī sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṃ kāye na upalimpati .


[page 018]
18 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 32.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . pe
. . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro ekeka-lomo ekekāni lomāni loma-kūpesu jātāni . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro uddhagga-lomo uddhaggāni lomāni jātāni nīlāni añjana-vaṇṇāni kuṇḍala-vattāni dakkhiṇāvattaka-jātāni . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro brahmujju-gatto . . . pe
. . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro sattussado . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro sīha-pubbaddhakāyo . . . pe
. . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro citantaraṃso . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro nigrodha-parimaṇḍalo, {yāvatakv assa} kāyo tāvatakvassa vyāmo, {yāvatakv assa} vyāmo tāvatakvassa kāyo . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro {samavatta-kkhandho} . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro {rasaggas-aggī} . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro sīha-hanu . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro cattālīsa-danto . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro sama-danto . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro avivara-danto . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro susukka-dāṭho . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro pahūta-jivho . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro Brahmassaro karavīka-bhāṇī
. . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro abhinīla-netto . . . pe . . .
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro go-pakhumo . . . pe . . .
"‘Imassa deva kumārassa uṇṇā bhamukantare jātā odātā mudu-tūla-sannibhā. Yam pi deva imassa kumārassa uṇṇā bhamukantare jātā odātā mudu-tūla-sannibhā, idam pi 'ssa Mahāpurisassa Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.


[page 019]
D. xiv. 1. 34.] THE THIRTY-TWO MARKS. 19
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
"‘Ayaṃ hi deva kumāro uṇhīsa-sīso. Yam pāyaṃ deva kumāro uṇhīsa-sīso, idam pi 'ssa Mahāpurisassa Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.
33. "‘Imehi kho ayaṃ deva kumāro dvattiṃsa Mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇehi samannāgato, yehi samannāgatassa Mahāpurisassa dve gatiyo bhavanti anaññā. Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavatti dhammiko dhamma-rājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto satta-ratanasamannāgato. Tass'; imāni satta-ratanāni bhavanti: seyyathīdaṃ cakka-ratanaṃ hatthi-ratanaṃ assa-ratanaṃ maṇi-ratanaṃ itthi-ratanaṃ gahapati-ratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanam eva sattamaṃ. Paro-sahassaṃ kho pan'; assa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅga-rūpā {parasenappamaddanā}.
So imaṃ paṭhaviṃ sāgara-pariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti {sammā-} sambuddho loke vivattacchaddo ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā nemitte brāhmaṇe ahatehi vatthehi acchādāpetvā sabba-kāmehi santappesi.
34. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassissa kumārassa dhātiyo upaṭṭhāpesi. Aññā sudaṃ pāyenti, aññā nahāpenti, aññā dhārenti, aññā aṅkena pariharanti.
Jātassa kho pana bhikkhave Vipassissa kumārassa setacchattaṃ dhārayittha divā c'; eva rattiñ ca: "mā naṃ sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā tiṇaṃ vā rajo vā ussāvo vā {bādhā} ti." Jāto kho pana bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bahuno janassa piyo ahosi manāpo. Seyyathā pi bhikkhave uppalaṃ vā padumaṃ vā puṇḍarīkaṃ vā bahuno janassa piyaṃ manāpaṃ,

[page 020]
20 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 1. 34.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evam eva kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bahuno janassa piyo ahosi manāpo. Svāssudaṃ aṅken'; eva aṅkaṃ pariharīyati.
35. ‘Jāto kho pana bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro mañjussaro ca ahosi vaggu-ssaro ca madhura-ssaro ca pemanīya-ssaro ca. Seyyathā pi bhikkhave Himavante pabbate karavīkā nāma sakuṇa-jāti mañjussarā ca vaggu-{madhura-ssarā} ca pemanīyassarā ca, evam eva kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro mañjussaro ca ahosi {vaggu-ssaro} ca madhurassaro ca pemanīyassaro ca.
36. ‘Jātassa kho pana bhikkhave Vipassissa kumārassa kamma-vipākajaṃ dibbaṃ cakkhuṃ pātur ahosi, yena sudaṃ samantā yojanaṃ passati divā c'; eva rattiñ ca.
37. ‘Jāto kho pana bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro animisanto pekkhati, seyyathā pi devā Tāvatiṃsā. "Animisanto kumāro pekkhatīti" kho bhikkhave Vipassissa kumārassa "Vipassī Vipassī" tveva samaññā udapādi. Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā attha-karaṇe nisinno, Vipassi-kumāraṃ aṅke nisīdāpetvā atthe anusāsati.


[page 021]
D. xiv. 2. 2.] YOUTH OF VIPASSĪ. 21
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro pitu aṅke nisinno viceyya viceyya atthe panāyati ñāyena. "Viceyya viceyya kumāro atthe panāyati ñāyenāti" kho bhikkhave Vipassissa kumārassa bhiyyoso mattāya "Vipassī Vipassī" tveva samaññā udapādi.
38. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassissa kumārassa tayo pāsāde kārāpesi, ekaṃ vassikaṃ ekaṃ hemantikaṃ ekaṃ gimhikaṃ, pañca kāma-guṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse nippurisehi turiyehi parivārayamāno na heṭṭhā pāsādaṃ orohati.
11 Jāti-khaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
2.1. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bahunnaṃ vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassa-satānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasahassānaṃ accayena sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Yojehi samma sārathi bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni, uyyāna-bhumiṃ gacchāma {bhūmiṃ} dassanāyāti.
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho bhikkhave sārathi Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā Vipassissa kumārassa paṭivedesi: "Yuttāni kho te deva bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni, yassa {dāni} kālaṃ maññasīti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi uyyānabhumiṃ niyyāsi.
2. ‘Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ jiṇṇaṃ gopānasi-vaṅkaṃ bhoggaṃ daṇḍa-parāyanaṃ pavedhamānaṃ gacchantaṃ āturaṃ gata-yobbanaṃ.


[page 022]
22 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Ayam pana samma sārathi puriso kiṃ kato, kesā pi 'ssa na yathā aññesaṃ, kāyo pi 'ssa na yathā aññesan ti?"
"‘Eso kho deva jiṇṇo nāmāti.
"‘Kim pan'; eso samma sārathi jiṇṇo nāmāti?"
"‘Eso kho deva jiṇṇo nāma: Na dāni tena ciraṃ jīvitabbaṃ bhavissatīti."
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi jarā-dhammo jaraṃ anatītā ti.?"
"‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā sabbe jarā-dhammā jaraṃ anatītā ti."
"‘Tena hi samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyāna-bhūmiyā, ito va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhīti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho bhikkhave sārāthi Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi.
Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro antepura-gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: "{Dhi-r- atthu} kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissatīti."
3. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā sārathiṃ āmantāpetvā etad avoca:
"‘Kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhiramittha, kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā attamano ahosīti?"
"‘Na kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhiramittha, na kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā attamano ahosīti.
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi addasa kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto ti?"


[page 023]
D. xiv. 2. 5.] THE FOUR OMENS. 23
"‘Addasā kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ jiṇṇaṃ gopānasi-vaṃkaṃ bhoggaṃ daṇḍa-parāyanaṃ pavedhamānaṃ gacchantaṃ āturaṃ-gata-yobbanaṃ.
Disvā maṃ etad avoca: ‘Ayam pana samma sārathi puriso kiṃ kato, kesā pi 'ssa na yathā aññesaṃ, kāyo pi 'ssa na yathā aññesan ti?'; ‘Eso kho deva jiṇṇo nāmāti.'; ‘Kim pana so samma sārathi jiṇṇo nāmāti?'; ‘Eso kho deva jiṇṇo nāma: na dāni tena ciraṃ jīvitabbaṃ bhavissatīti.'; ‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi jarā-dhammo jaraṃ anatīto ti?'; ‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā sabbe jarā-dhammā jaraṃ anatītā ti.'; ‘Tena hi samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyāna-bhūmiyā, ito va antepuram paccaniyyāhīti.'; ‘Evaṃ devāti'; kho ahaṃ deva Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsiṃ.
So kho deva kumāro antepura-gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: ‘Dhi-r-atthu kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissatīti.'; "
4. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumassa rañño etad ahosi: "Mā h'; eva kho Vipassī kumāro na rajjaṃ kāresi, mā h'; eva Vipassī kumāro agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji, mā h'; eva nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ assa vacanan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassissa kumārassa bhiyyoso mattāya pañca kāma-guṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi yathā Vipassī kumāro rajjaṃ kāreyya, yathā Vipassī kumāro na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya, yathā nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ micchā assa vacanaṃ. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgi-bhūto parivāreti.
5. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bahunnaṃ vassānaṃ . . . pe (1) . . .


[page 024]
24 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 6.
6. ‘Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ ābādhikaṃ dukkhitaṃ bāḷha-gilānaṃ sake mutta-karīse palipannaṃ semānaṃ aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ aññehi saṃvesiyamānaṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi: "Ayam pana samma sārathi puriso kiṃ kato, akkhīni pi 'ssa na yathā aññesaṃ, saro pi 'ssa na yathā aññesan ti?"
"‘Eso kho deva vyādhito nāmāti.
"‘Kim pana eso samma sārathi vyādhito nāmāti?"
"‘Eso kho deva vyādhito nāma: app eva nāma tamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhaheyyāti.
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi vyādhi-dhammo vyādhiṃ anatīto ti?"
"‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā sabbe vyādhi-dhammā vyādhiṃ anatītā ti.
"‘Tena hi samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyānaahūmiyā, ito va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhīti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho bhikkhave sārathi Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi.
Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro antepura-gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: "Dhi-r-atthu kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati vyādhi paññāyissatīti."
7. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā sārathiṃ āmantāpetvā etad avoca:
"‘Kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhiramittha, kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā attamano ahosīti?"
"‘Na kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhiramittha, na kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā attamano ahosīti.
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi addasa kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto ti?"
"‘Addasā kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ ābādhikaṃ dukkhitaṃ bāḷha-gilānaṃ sake muttakarīse palipannaṃ semānaṃ aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ aññehi saṃvesiyamānaṃ.


[page 025]
D. xiv. 2. 10.] THE FOUR OMENS. 25
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Disvā maṃ etad avoca: ‘Ayam pana samma sārathi puriso kiṃ kato, akkhīni pi 'ssa na yathā aññesaṃ, saro pi 'ssa na yathā aññesan ti?'; ‘Eso kho deva vyādhito nāmāti.'; ‘Kim pan'; eso samma sārathi vyādhito nāmāti?'; ‘Eso kho deva vyādhito nāma: app eva nāma tamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhaheyyāti.'; ‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi vyādhi-dhammo vyādhiṃ anatīto ti?'; ‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā sabbe vyādhi-dhammā vyādhiṃ anatītā ti.'; ‘Tena hi samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyāna-bhūmiyā, ito va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhīti.'; ‘Evaṃ devāti'; kho ahaṃ deva Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsiṃ. So kho deva kumāro antepura-gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: Dhi-r-atthu kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati vyādhi paññāyissatīti.'; "
8. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumassa rañño etad ahosi: "Mā h'; eva kho Vipassī kumāro na rajjaṃ'; kāresi, mā h'; eva Vipassī kumāro agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji, mā h'; eva nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ assa vacanan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassissa kumārassa bhiyyoso mattāya pañca kāma-guṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi, yathā Vipassī kumāro rajjaṃ kāreyya, yathā Vipassī kumāro na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya, yathā nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ micchā assa vacanaṃ. Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappito samaṅgi-bhūto parivāreti.
9. . . . pe [1] . . .
10. ‘Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto mahājana-kāyaṃ sannipatitaṃ nānārattānañ ca dussānaṃ milātaṃ kayiramānaṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Kin nu kho so samma sārathi mahājana-kāyo sannipatito nānārattānañ ca dussānaṃ milātaṃ kayiratīti?"


[page 026]
26 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 10.
"‘Eso kho deva kālakato nāmāti.
"‘Tena hi samma sārathi yena so kālakato tena rathaṃ pesehīti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho bhikkhave sārathi vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so kālakato tena rathaṃ pesesi. Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro petaṃ kālakataṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Kim panāyaṃ samma sārathi kālakato nāmāti?"
"‘Eso kho deva kālakato nāma: na dāni taṃ dakkhinti mātā vā pitā vā aññe vā {ñāti}-sālohitā, so pi na dakkhissati mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite ti."
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi maraṇa-dhammo maraṇaṃ anatīto ti? Mam pi na dakkhinti devo vā devī vā {aññe} vā ñāti-sālohitā, aham pi na dakkhissāmi devaṃ vā deviṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite ti?"
"‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā sabbe maraṇa-dhammā maraṇaṃ anatītā. Tam pi na dakkhinti devo vā devī vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohitā. Tvam pi na dakkhissasi devaṃ vā deviṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite ti.
"‘Tena hi samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyānabhūmiyā, ito va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhīti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti kho bhikkhave sārathi Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi.
Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro antepura-gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: "Dhi-r-atthu kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati, vyādhi paññāyissati, maraṇaṃ paññāyissatīti." . ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā sārathiṃ āmantāpetvā etad avoca:
"‘Kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhiramittha, kacci samma sārathi kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosīti?"


[page 027]
D. xiv. 2. 12.] THE FOUR OMENS. 27
"‘Na kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiyā abhiramittha, no kho deva kumāro uyyāna-{bhūmiyā} attamano ahosīti."
"‘Kim pana samma sārathi addasa kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto ti?"
"‘Addasā kho deva kumāro uyyāna-bhūmiṃ niyyanto mahājana-kāyaṃ sannipatitaṃ nānārattānañ ca dussānaṃ milātaṃ kayiramānaṃ. Disvā maṃ etad avoca: ‘Kin nu kho so samma sārathi mahājana-kāyo sannipatito nānārattānañ ca dussānaṃ milātaṃ kayiratīti?'; ‘Eso kho deva kālakato nāmāti.'; ‘Tena hi samma sārathi yena so kālakato tena rathaṃ pesehīti.'; ‘Evaṃ devāti'; kho ahaṃ deva Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so kālakato tena rathaṃ pesesiṃ. Addasā kho deva kumāro petaṃ kālakataṃ. Disvā maṃ etad avoca: ‘Kim panāyaṃ samma sārathi kālakato nāmāti?'; ‘Eso kho deva kālakato nāma: na dāni taṃ dakkhinti mātā vā pitā vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohitā. So pi na dakkhissati mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite ti.'; ‘Kim pana samma sārathi aham pi maraṇa-dhammo maraṇaṃ anatīto?
Mam pi na dakkhinti devo vā devī vā aññe vā ñati-sālohitā, aham pi na dakkhissāmi devaṃ vā deviṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite ti?'; ‘Tvañ ca deva mayañ c'; amhā sabbe maraṇa-dhammā maraṇaṃ anatītā. Tam pi na dakkhinti devo vā devī vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohitā. Tvam pi na dakkhissasi devaṃ vā deviṃ vā aññe vā ñāti-sālohite ti.'; ‘Tena hi samma sārathi alan dān'; ajja uyyāna-bhūmiyā, ito va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhīti.'; ‘Evaṃ devāti'; kho ahaṃ deva Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsiṃ. So kho deva kumāro antepuragato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati: ‘Dhi-r-atthu kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati, vyādhi paññāyissati, maraṇaṃ paññāyissatīti.'
12 ‘Atha dho bhikkhave bandhumassa rañño etad ahosi: "Mā h'; eva kho Vipassī kumāro na rajjaṃ kāresi, mā h'; eva Vipassī kumāro agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji, mā h'; eva nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ assa vacanan ti."


[page 028]
28 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 12.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Bandhumā rājā Vipassissa kumārassa bhiyyoso mattāya pañca kāma-guṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi, yathā Vipassī kumāro rajjaṃ kāreyya, yathā Vipassī kumāro na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya, yathā nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ micchā assa vacanaṃ.
Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgi-bhūto parivāreti.
13. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bahunnaṃ vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassa-satānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasahassānaṃ accayena sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Yojehi samma sārathi bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni, uyyāna-bhūmiṃ gacchāma bhūmiṃ dassanāyāti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho bhikkhave sārathi Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā Vipassissa kumārassa paṭivedesi:
"‘Yuttāni kho te deva bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasīti." ‘Athā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi uyyāna-bhūmiṃ niyyāsi.
14. ‘Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ bhaṇḍuṃ pabbajitaṃ kāsāyavasanaṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Ayam pana samma sārathi puriso kiṃ kato, sīsam pi 'ssa na yathā aññesaṃ, vatthāni pi 'ssa na yathā aññesan ti?"
"‘Eso kho deva pabbajito nāmāti."
"‘Kim pan'; eso samma sārathi pabbajito nāmāti?"
"‘Eso kho deva pabbajito nāma: sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu sama-cariyā sādhu kusala-kiriyā sādhu puñña-kiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā ti."
"‘Sādhu kho so samma sārathi pabbajito nāma, sādhu hi samma sārathi dhamma-cariyā sādhu sama-cariyā sādhu kusala-kiriyā sādhu puññā-kiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā.


[page 029]
D. xiv. 2. 16.] THE FOUR OMENS. 29
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Tena hi samma sārathi yena so pabbajito tena ratham pesehiti.
‘Evaṃ devāti kho bhikkhave sārathi Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so pabbajito tena rathaṃ pesesi. Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro taṃ pabbajitaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Tvaṃ pana samma kiṃ kato, sīsam pi te na yathā aññesaṃ, vatthāni pi te na yathā aññesan ti?"
"‘Ahaṃ kho deva pabbajito nāmāti.
"‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ samma pabbajito nāmāti?"
"‘Ahaṃ kho deva pabbajito nāma: sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu sama-cariyā sādhu kusala-kiriyā sādhu puñña-kiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā ti."
"‘Sādhu kho tvaṃ samma pabbajito nāma, sādhu hi samma dhamma-cariyā sādhu sama-cariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puñña-kiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā ti."
15. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī kumāro sārathiṃ āmantesi:
"‘Tena hi samma sārathi rathaṃ ādāya ito va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhi. Ahaṃ pana idh'; eva kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmīti."
"‘Evam devāti" kho sārathi Vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā, rathaṃ ādāya tato va antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi. Vipassī pana kumāro tatth'; eva kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji.
16. ‘Assosi kho bhikkhave Bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā mahā-jana-kāyo caturāsīti-pāṇa-sahassāni: "Vipassī kira kumāro kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito ti."


[page 030]
30 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 16.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Sutvāna tesaṃ etad ahosi: "Na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orikā pabbajjā, yattha Vipassī kumāro kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. Vipassī pi nāma kumāro kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, kim aṅga pana na mayan ti?" Atha kho so bhikkhave mahā-janakāyo caturāsīti-pāṇa-sahassāni kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā Vipassiṃ Bodhisattaṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitaṃ anupabbajiṃsu. Tāya sudaṃ bhikkhave parisāya parivuto Vipassī Bodhisatto gāma-nigama-rājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carati.
17. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisatassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:
"‘Na kho me taṃ {paṭirūpaṃ} yo 'haṃ ākiṇṇo viharāmi. Yan nūnāhaṃ eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyyan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī Bodhisatto aparena samayena eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihāsi. Aññen'; eva tāni caturāsīti-{pabbajita}-sahassāni agamaṃsu, aññena Vipassī Bodhisatto.
18. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa vāsupagatassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:
"‘Kicchaṃ vatāyam loko āpanno, jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca uppajjati ca. Atha ca pan'; imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti jarā-maraṇassa,


[page 031]
D. xiv. 2. 18.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 31
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kudāssu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassāti?"
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati jarā-maraṇaṃ hoti, kim-paccayā jarā-maraṇan ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Jātiyā kho sati jarā-maraṇaṃ hoti, jātipaccayā jarā-maraṇan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti, kim-paccayā jātīti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yonisomanasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Bhave kho sati jāti hoti bhava-paccayā jātīti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati bhavo hoti, kim-paccayā bhavo ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Upādāne kho sati bhavo hoti, upādāna-paccayā bhavo ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati upādānaṃ {hoti}, kim-paccayā upādānan ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Taṇhāya kho sati upādānaṃ hoti, taṇhā-paccayā upādānan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati taṇhā hoti, kim-paccayā taṇhā ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Vedanāya kho sati taṇhā hoti, vedanā-paccayā taṇhā ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati vedanā hoti, kim-paccayā vedanā ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo:


[page 032]
32 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 18.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Phasse kho sati vedanā hoti, phassa-paccayā vedanā ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati phasso hoti, kim-paccatā phasso ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Saḷāyatane kho sati phasso hoti, saḷāyatana-paccayā phasso ti?"
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti, kim-paccayā saḷāyatanan ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññaya abhisamayo: "Nāme-rūpe kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti, nāmarūpa paccayā saḷāyatanan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati nāma-rūpaṃ hoti, kim-paccayā nāma-rūpan ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Viññāṇe kho sati nāma-rūpaṃ hoti, viññāṇapaccayā nāma-rūpan ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, kim-paccayā viññāṇan ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Nāma-rūpe kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, nāmarūpa-paccayā viññāṇan ti."
19. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Paccudāvattati kho idaṃ viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpamhā, nāparaṃ gacchati. Ettāvatā jāyetha vā jīyetha vā mīyetha vā cavetha vā uppajjetha vā, yadidaṃ nāmarūpa-paccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇa-paccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpa-paccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatana-paccayā phasso, phassa-paccayā vedanā, vedanā-paccayā taṇhā,


[page 033]
D. xiv. 2. 20.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 33
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] taṇhā-paccayā upādānaṃ, upādāna-paccayā bhavo, bhava-paccayā jāti, jāti-paccayā jarā-maraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-upāyāsā sambhavanti, evam etassa kevalassa dukkha-kkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
"‘Samudayo samudayo" ti kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, nāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
20. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati jarā-maraṇaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā jarā-maraṇa-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Jāriyā kho asati jarā-maraṇaṃ na hoti, jāti-nirodhā jarā-maraṇa-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati jāti na hoti, kissa nirodhā jāti-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Bhave kho asati jāti na hoti, bhave-nirodhā jāti-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati bhavo na hoti, kissa nirodhā bhava-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Upādāne kho asati bhavo na hoti, upādānanirodhā bhava-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati upādānaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā upādāna-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Taṇhāya kho asati upādānaṃ na hoti, taṇhānirodhā upādāna-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati taṇhā na hoti, kissa nirodhā taṇhā-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo:


[page 034]
34 MAHAPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 2. 20.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Vedanāya kho asati taṇhā na hoti, {vedanā-} nirodhā taṇhā-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati vedanā na hoti, kissa nirodhā vedanā-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Phasse kho asati vedanā na hoti, phassa-nirodhā vedanā-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati phasso na hoti, kissa nirodhā phassa-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Saḷāyatane kho asati phasso na hoti, saḷāyatananirodhā phassa-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā saḷāyatana-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Nāma-rūpe kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, nāma-rūpa-nirodhā saḷāyatana-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati nāma-rūpaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā nāma-rūpa-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa {Bodhisattissa} yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Viññāṇe kho asati nāma-rūpaṃ na hoti, viññāṇa-nirodhā nāma-rūpa-nirodho ti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Kimhi nu kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā viññāṇa-nirodho ti?" Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa yoniso-manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo: "Nāmarūpe kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti, nāmarūpa-nirodhā viññāṇa-nirodho {ti}"
21. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa etad ahosi: "Adhigato kho myāyaṃ vipassanā-maggo bodhāya,


[page 035]
D. xiv. 3. 1.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 35
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yadidaṃ nāmarūpa-nirodhā viññāṇa-nirodho, viññāṇa-nirodhā nāmarūpa-nirodho, nāmarūpa-nirodhā saḷāyatana-nirodho, saḷāyatana-nirodhā phassa-nirodho, phassa-nirodhā vedanā-nirodho, vedanā-nirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhā-nirodhā upādāna-nirodho, upādāna-nirodhā bhava-nirodho, bhava-nirodhā jāti-nirodho, jāti-nirodhā jarā-maraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-upāyāsā nirujjhanti, evam etassa kevalassa dukkha-kkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
"‘Nirodho nirodho ti" kho bhikkhave Vipassissa Bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
22. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī Bodhisatto aparena samayena pañcas'; upādāna-kkhandhesu udaya-vyayānupassī vihāsi: "Iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthagamo; Iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthagamo; iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo iti saññāya atthagamo; iti saṃkhārā, iti saṃkhārānaṃ samudayo, iti saṃkhārānaṃ atthagamo; iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthagamo ti."
‘Tassa pañcas'; upādāna-{kkhandhesu} udaya-vyayānupassino viharato na cirass'; eva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci.
Dutiyaka-Bhāṇavāraṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ.
3.1. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa etad ahosi: "Yannūnāhaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyan ti."
8 "Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa etad ahosi:


[page 036]
36 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Adhigato kho me ayaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍita-vedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālaya-ratā ālaya-sammuditā. Ālaya-rāmāya kho pana pajāya ālaya-ratāya ālaya-sammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ {ṭhānaṃ} yadidaṃ ida-paccayatā paṭiccasamuppādo. Idam pi kho ṭhānaṃ duddasaṃ, yadidaṃ sabba-saṃkhāra-samatho sabbūpadhi-paṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañ c'; eva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mam'; assa kilamatho, sā mam'; assa vihesā ti."
2. ‘Api 'ssu bhikkhave Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ imā anacchariyā gāthā paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assuta-pubbā:
"Kicchena me adhigataṃ halan dāni pakāsituṃ,
Rāga-dosa-paretehi nāyaṃ dhammo susambuddho.
Paṭisota-gāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ
Rāga-rattā na dakkhinti tamokkhandhena āvaṭā ti."
‘Iti ha bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭisañcikkhato {appossukkatāya} cittaṃ nami no dhamma-desanāya. Atha kho bhikkhave aññatarassa Mahā-brahmuno Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya etad ahosi:


[page 037]
D. xiv. 3. 4.] VIPASSĪ AND MAHĀ-BRAHMĀ. 37
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati, no dhamma-desanāyāti."
3. ‘Atha kho so bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā, seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Brahmaloke antarahito Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa purato pātur ahosi. Atha kho so bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇaṃ jānu-maṇḍalaṃ paṭhaviyaṃ nihantvā, yena Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ten'; añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etad avoca:
"Desetu bhante bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ, santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro ti."
4. ‘Evaṃ vutte bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Mahā-brahmānaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Mayham pi kho Brahme etad ahosi: ‘Yannūnāhaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyan ti.'; Tassa mayhaṃ Brahme etad ahosi: ‘Adhigato kho me ayaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍita-vedanīyo. Ālaya-rāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālaya-sammuditā. Ālaya-rāmāya kho {pana} pajāya ālaya-ratāya {ālaya-}sammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatā {paṭiccasamuppādo}. Idam pi kho ṭhānam duddasaṃ, yadidam sabba-saṃkhārasamatho sabbūpadhi-paṭinissaggo tahakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañ c'; eva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mam'; assa kilamatho, sā mam'; assa vihesā ti.'; Api 'ssu maṃ Brahme imā anacchariyā gāthā paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā:


[page 038]
38 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Kicchena me adhigataṃ halan dāni pakāsituṃ
Rāga-dosa-paretehi nāyaṃ dhammo susambuddho.
Paṭisota-gāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ
Rāga-rattā na dakkhinti {tamokkhandhena} āvaṭā ti.'
"‘Iti ha me Brahme paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ nami no dhamma-desanāyāti."
5. ‘Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave so Mahā-brahmā . . . pe . . .
6. ‘Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave so Mahā-brahmā Vipassiṃ Bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Desetu bhante bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ, santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātikā assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro ti.'
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho Brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññatam {paṭicca} buddha-cakkhunā lokaṃ volokesi.
Addasā kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho buddha-cakkhunā lokaṃ volokento, satte appa-rajakkhe mahā-rajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye {app ekacce} paraloka-vajja-bhaya-dassāvino viharante. {Seyyatha pi} nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā {app ekaccāni} uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto-nimugga-posīni, {app ekaccāni} uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, {app ekaccāni} uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake {saṃvaḍḍhāni} udakā accuggamma ṭhanti anupalittāni udakena, --


[page 039]
D. xiv. 3. 7.] VIPASSĪ AND MAHĀ-BRAHMĀ. 39
evam eva kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho buddha-cakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte appa-rajakkhe mahā-rajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye {app ekacce} paraloka-vajja-bhaya-dassāvino viharante.
7. ‘Atha kho so bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā Vipassissa bhagavato arahato {sammā}-sambuddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkam aññāya Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
"‘Sele yathā pabbata-muddhaniṭṭhito yathā pi passe janataṃ samantato,
Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ Sumedha pāsādam āruyha samanta-cakkhu,
Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janataṃ apeta-soko avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ,
Uṭṭhehi vīra vijita-saṃgāma sattha-vāha anaṇa vicara loke.
Desetu bhagavā dhammaṃ, aññātāro bhavissantīti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho taṃ Mahā-brahmānaṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi.
"‘Apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā
Ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṃ
Vihiṃsa-saññī paguṇam n'; abhāsiṃ
Dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu Brahme ti."
‘Atha kho so bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā "Katāvakāso kho 'mhi Vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena dhamma-desanāyāti" Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyi.


[page 040]
40 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
8. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa etad ahosi: "Kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti?"
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa etad ahosi: "Ayaṃ kho Khaṇḍo ca rāja-putto Tisso ca purohita-putto Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā paṭivasanti paṇḍitā vyattā medhāvino dīgha-rattaṃ apparajakkha-jātikā. Yannūnāhaṃ Khaṇḍassa ca rāja-puttassa Tissassa ca purohita-puttassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, te imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam eva ajānissantīti."
‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva kho bodhi-rukkha-mūle antarahito Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā Kheme miga-dāye {pātur ahosi}.
9. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho dāya-pālaṃ āmantesi:
"‘Ehi tvaṃ samma dāya-pāla, Bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ pavisitvā Khaṇḍañ ca rāja-puttaṃ Tissaṃ ca purohita-puttaṃ evaṃ vadehi: ‘Vipassī bhante bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ anuppatto Kheme miga-dāye viharati. So tumhākaṃ dassana-kāmo ti.'; "
"‘Evaṃ bhante" ti kho bhikkhave dāya-pālo Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa paṭissutvā Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ pavisitvā Khaṇḍañ ca rājaputtaṃ. Tissañ ca purohita-puttaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Vipassī bhante bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ anuppatto Kheme miga-dāye viharati. So tumhākaṃ dassana-kāmo ti."
10. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Khaṇḍo ca rāja-putto Tisso ca purohita-putto bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā nīyiṃsu,


[page 041]
D. xiv. 3. 12.] VIPASSĪ PREACHES THE DHAMMA. 41
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yena Khemo migadāyo tena pāyaṃsu, yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikā va yena Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu.
Upasaṃkamitvā Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
11. ‘Tesaṃ Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ānupubbi-kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathīdaṃ dāna-kathaṃ sīla-kathaṃ sagga-kathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kalla-citte mudu-citte vinīvaraṇa-citte udagga-citte pasanna-citte, atha yā Buddhānaṃ {sāmukkaṃsikā} dhamma-desanā tam pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Seyyathā pi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagata-kāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva Khaṇḍassa ca rāja-puttassa Tissassa ca purohitaputtassa tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi: "Yaṃ kiñci samudaya -- dhammaṃ, sabban taṃ nirodha-dhamman ti."
12. ‘Te diṭṭha-dhammā patta-dhammā vidita-dhammā pariyogāḷha-dhammā tiṇṇa-vicikicchā vigata-kathaṃkathā vesārajja-ppattā apara-ppaccayā satthu sāsane Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ etad avocuṃ:
"‘Abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante! Seyyathā pi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā tela-pajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti,'; evam eva Bhagavatā anekka-pariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma,


[page 042]
42 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 12.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dhammañ ca. Labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti."
13. ‘Alatthuṃ kho bhikkhave Khaṇḍo ca rāja-putto Tisso ca purohita-putto Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ, {alatthuṃ} upasampadaṃ. Te Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṅsesi, saṃkhārānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nibbāne ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.
Tesaṃ Vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṃ samādapiyamānānaṃ samuttejiyamānānaṃ sampahaṅsiyamānānaṃ na cirass'; eva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu.
14. ‘Assosi kho bhikkhave Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā mahā-jana-kāyo caturāsīti-pāṇa-sahassāni: "Vipassī kira bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ anuppatto Kheme miga-dāye viharati. Khaṇḍo ca kira rāja-putto Tisso ca purohita-putto Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa santike kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā ti." Sutvāna tesaṃ etad ahosi: "Na hi nūna so orako dhamma-vinayo, na sā orikā pabbajjā, yattha Khaṇḍo ca rāja-putto Tisso ca purohitaputto kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā. Khaṇḍo ca hi nāma rājaputto, Tisso ca purohita-putto Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa santike kesa-massuṃ {ohāretvā} kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissanti, kim aṅga pana na mayan ti?"
‘Atha kho so bhikkhave mahā-jana-kāyo {caturāsīti}pāṇa-sahassāni Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā nikkhamitvā yena Khemo miga-dāyo yena Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ten'; upakamiṃsu,


[page 043]
D. xiv. 3. 17.] VIPASSĪ PREACHES THE DHAMMA. 43
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasaṃkamitvā Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
15. ‘Tesaṃ Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ānupubbi-kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathīdaṃ dāna-kathaṃ sīlakathaṃ sagga-kathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṅsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kalla-citte mudu-citte vinīvaraṇa-citte udagga-citte pasanna-citte, atha yā Buddhānaṃ sāmuk{kaṃsikā} dhamma-desanā taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Seyyathā pi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagata-kāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva tesaṃ caturāsīti-pāṇasahassānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhamma-cakkhuṃ udapādi: "Yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabban taṃ nirodha-dhamman ti."
16. ‘Te diṭṭha-dhammā patta-dhammā vidita-dhammā pariyogāḷha-dhammā tiṇṇa-vicikicchā vigata-kathaṃkathā vesārajja-ppattā apara-ppaccayā satthu sāsane Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ etad avocuṃ:
"‘Abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante! Seyyathā pi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā {ukkujjeyya}, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā tela-pajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti,'; evam eva Bhagavatā aneka-pariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca. Labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti."
17. ‘Alatthuṃ kho bhikkhave tāni caturāsīti-pāṇasahassāni Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa santike {pabbajjaṃ}, alatthuṃ upasampadaṃ. Te Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi saṃpahaṃsesi, saṃkhārānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nibbāne ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.


[page 044]
44 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 17.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Tesaṃ Vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṃ samādapiyamānānaṃ samuttejiyamānānaṃ sampahaṅsiyamānānaṃ na cirass'; eva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu.
18. ‘Assosuṃ kho bhikkhave tāni purimāni caturāsītiṃ pabbajita-sahassāni: "Vipassī kira bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ anuppatto Kheme miga-dāye viharati, dhammañ ca kira desetīti." Atha kho bhikkhave tāni caturāsīti pabbajita-sahassāni yena Bandhumati rāja-dhānī yena Khemo miga-dāyo yena Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
19. ‘Tesaṃ Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ānupubbi-kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathīdaṃ dānakathaṃ sīla-kathaṃ sagga-kathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.
Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kalla-citte mudu-citte vinīvaraṇacitte udagga-citte pasanna-citte, atha yā Buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhamma-desanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Seyyathā pi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagata-kāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva tesaṃ caturāsītiṃ pabbajitasahassānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhamma-cakkhuṃ udapādi: "Yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabban taṃ nirodha-dhamman ti."
20. ‘Te diṭṭha-dhammā patta-dhammā vidita-dhammā pariyogāḷha-dhammā tiṇṇa-vicikicchā vigata-kathaṃkathā vesārajja-ppattā apara-ppaccayā satthu sāsane Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ etad avocuṃ:


[page 045]
D. xiv. 3. 22.] THE FIRST MISSION. 45
"‘Abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante! Seyyathā pi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā {ukkujjeyya}, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā tela-pajjotaṃ dhāreyya "cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti," evam eva Bhagavatā aneka-pariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca. Labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti."
21. ‘Alatthuṃ kho bhikkhave tāni caturāsītiṃ pabbajita-sahassāni Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ, alatthuṃ upasampadaṃ.
Te Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṅsesi, saṃkhārānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nibbāne ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Tesaṃ Vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṃ samādapiyamānānaṃ samuttejiyamānānaṃ sampahaṅsiyamānānaṃ na cirass'; eva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni {vimucciṃsu}.
22. ‘Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā mahā-bhikkhu-saṃgho paṭivasati aṭṭhasaṭṭhiṃ bhikkhu-sata-sahassaṃ. Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa {rahogatassa} paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:
"‘Mahā kho etarahi bhikkhu-saṃgho Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā paṭivasati aṭṭha-saṭṭhiṃ bhikkhu-sata-sahassam. Yannūnāhaṃ bhikkhū anujāneyyaṃ: ‘Caratha bhikkhave cārikaṃ bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve agamittha, desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādi-kalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāna-kalyāṇaṃ sāttham savyañjanaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddham brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha.


[page 046]
46 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 22.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātikā assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. Api ca channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatī rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti.'; "
23. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave aññataro Mahā-brahmā Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya, seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Brahma-loke antarahito Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa purato pātur ahosi. Atha kho bhikkhave Mahābrahmā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho ten'; añjalim paṇāmetvā Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Evam etaṃ Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata! Mahā kho bhante etarahi bhikkhu-saṃgho Bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā paṭivasati aṭṭha-saṭṭhiṃ bhikkhu-saka-sahassaṃ, anujānātu bhante Bhagavā bhikkhū: ‘Caratha bhikkhave cārikaṃ bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve agamittha, desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāna-kalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa {aññātāro}. Api ca bhante mayaṃ tathā karissāma yathā bhikkhū channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ upasaṃkamissanti pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
‘Idam avoca bhikkhave so Mahā-brahmā. Idaṃ vatvā Vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā {padakkhiṇaṃ} katvā tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyi.


[page 047]
D. xiv. 3. 25.] THE FIRST MISSION. 47
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
24. ‘Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho sāyaṇha-samaye {paṭisallānā} vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi:
"‘Idha mayhaṃ bhikkhave {rahogatassa} {paṭisallīnassa} evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ‘Mahā kho etarahi bhikkhu-saṃgho Bandhumatiyā rāja-dhāniyā paṭivasati aṭṭha-saṭṭhiṃ bhikkhu-sata-sahassaṃ. Yannūnāhaṃ bhikkhu anujāneyyaṃ: "Caratha bhikkhave cārikaṃ bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve agamittha, desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādi-kalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāna-kalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro.
Api ca channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatī rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti."'
25. "‘Atha kho bhikkhave aññataro Mahā-brahmā mama cetaso ceto-parivitakkam aññāya, seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Brahma-loke antarahito mama purato pātur ahosi. Atha kho so bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yenāhaṃ ten'; añjalim paṇāmetvā maṃ etad avoca: ‘Evam etaṃ Bhagavā, evam etaṃ Sugata! Mahā kho bhante etarahi bhikkhu-saṃgho Bandhumatiyā {rāja}-dhāniyā paṭivasati {aṭṭha-}saṭṭhiṃ bhikkhu-sata-sahassaṃ, anujānātu bhante Bhagavā bhikkhū: "Caratha bhikkhave cārikaṃ bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve agamittha, desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādi-kalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāna-kalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā appa-rajakkha-jātika, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro.


[page 048]
48 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 25.
Api ca bhante mayaṃ tathā karissāma, yathā bhikkhū channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ upasaṃkamissanti pātimokkhuddesāyāti.'; Idam avoca so bhikkhave Mahā-brahmā. Idaṃ vatvā maṃ abhivādetvā {padakkhiṇaṃ} katvā tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyi.
26. "‘Anujānāmi bhikkhave! Caratha cārikaṃ bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve agamittha, desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādi-kalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāna-kalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā apparajakkha-jātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro.
Api ca bhikkhave channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatī rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
‘Atha kho te bhikkhave bhikkhū yebhuyyena ekāhen'; eva janapada-cārikaṃ pakkamiṃsu.
27. ‘Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena Jambudīpe caturāsītiṃ āvāsa-sahassāni honti. Ekamhi vasse nikkhante devatā saddam anussāvesuṃ: "Nikkhantaṃ kho mārisā ekaṃ vassaṃ, pañca dāni vassāni sesāni. Pañcannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatī rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
Dvīsu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddam anussāvesuṃ: "Nikkhantāni kho mārisā dve vassāni, cattāri dāni vassāni sesāni. Catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatī rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti.
Tīsu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddam anussāvesuṃ: "Nikkhantani kho mārisā tīṇi vassāni, tīṇi dāni vassāni sesāni.


[page 049]
D. xiv. 3. 28.] VIPASSĪ'S TEACHING. 49
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatī rājadhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
‘Catusu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddam anussāvesuṃ: "Nikkhantāni kho mārisā cattāri vassāni, dve dāni vassāni sesāni. Dvinnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena Bandhumatī rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
‘Pañcasu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddam anussāvesuṃ: "Nikkhantāni kho mārisā pañca vassāni, ekaṃ dāni vassaṃ sesaṃ. Ekassa vassassa accayena Bandhumati rāja-dhānī upasaṃkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
‘Chasu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddam anussāvesuṃ: "Nikkhantāni kho mārisā cha vassāni, samayo dāni Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ {upasaṃkamituṃ} pātimokkhuddesāyāti."
‘Atha kho te bhikkhave bhikkhū, app ekacce saken'; eva iddhānubhāvena app ekacce devānaṃ iddhānubhāvena, ekāhen'; eva Bandhumatiṃ rāja-dhāniṃ upasaṃkamiṃsu pātimokkhuddesāyāti.
28. ‘Tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho bhikkhu-saṃghe evaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisati:
"‘Khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā
Nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti Buddhā.
Na hi pabbajito parūpaghāti,
Samaṇo hoti paraṃ viheṭhayanto.
"‘Sabba-pāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā,
Sacitta-pariyodapanaṃ, etaṃ Buddhāna sāsanaṃ.
"‘Anupavādo anupaghāto pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro,


[page 050]
50 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 28.
Mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ pantañ ca sayanāsanaṃ,
Adhicitte ca āyogo, etaṃ Buddhāna sāsanan" ti.
29. ‘Ekam idāhaṃ bhikkhave samayaṃ Ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ viharāmi Subhaga-vane sāla-rāja-mūle. Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: "Na kho so sattāvāso sulabha-rūpo yo mayā anāvuttha-pubbo iminā dīghena addhunā aññatra suddhāvāsehi devehi. Yan nūnāhaṃ yena Suddhāvāsā devā ten'; {upasaṃkameyyan} ti."
‘Atha kho ahaṃ {bhikkhave} seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ Subhagavane sāla-rāja-mūle antarahito Avihesu devesu pātur {ahosiṃ}. Tasmiṃ bhikkhave deva-nikāye 'nekāni devatā-sahassāni yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho bhikkhave tā devatā maṃ etad avocuṃ:
"‘Ito so mārisa eka-navute kappe yaṃ Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke udapādi. Vipassī mārisa bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho Khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, Khattiya-kule udapādi. Vipassī mārisa bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-{sambuddho} Koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Vipassissa mārisa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asīti-vassa-sahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi.
Vipassī mārisa bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho. Vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Khaṇḍa-Tissaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhadda-yugaṃ. Vipassissa mārisa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ,


[page 051]
D. xiv. 3. 30.] VIPASSĪ AND GOTAMA. 51
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭhasaṭṭhi-bhikkhu-sata-sahassaṃ, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhu-sata-sahassaṃ, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asīti-bhikkhu-sata-sahassāni. Vipassissa mārisa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.
Vipassissa mārisa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Vipassissa mārisa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa Bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi, Bandhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janettī, Bandhumassa rañño Bandhumatī nāma rāja-nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi.
Vipassissa mārisa bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa evaṃ abhinikkhamanaṃ ahosi, evaṃ pabbajjā, evaṃ padhānaṃ, evaṃ abhisambodhi, evaṃ dhammacakka-pavattanaṃ. Te mayaṃ mārisa Vipassimhi bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṃ virājetvā idh'; uppannā ti."
30. ‘Tasmiṃ yeva kho bhikkhave deva-nikāye 'nekāni devatā-sahassāni . . . pe . . .'; nekāni devatā-satāni yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho bhikkhave tā devatā maṃ etad avocuṃ:
"‘Imasmiṃ yeva kho mārisa bhadda-kappe bhagavā etarahi arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke uppanno. Bhagavā mārisa Khattiyo jātiyā Khattiya-kule uppanno.
Bhagavā mārisa Gotamo gottena. Bhagavato mārisa appakaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ parittaṃ lahusaṃ,


[page 052]
52 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 30.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yo ciraṃ jīvati so vassa-sataṃ appaṃ vā bhiyyo. Bhagavā mārisa assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho. Bhagavato mārisa Sāriputta-Moggallānā sāvaka-yugaṃ aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Bhagavato mārisa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhu-satāni. Bhagavato mārisa ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃ yeva khīṇāsavānaṃ. Bhagavato mārisa Ānando bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Bhagavato mārisa Suddhodano rājā pitā, Māyā devī mātā janettī, Kapilavatthu-nagaraṃ rājadhānī. Bhagavato mārisa evaṃ abhinikkhamanaṃ ahosi, evaṃ pabbajjā, evaṃ padhānaṃ, evaṃ abhisambodhi, evaṃ dhammacakka-pavattanaṃ.
Te mayaṃ mārisa Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṃ virājetvā idh'; uppannā ti."
31. ‘Atha kho 'haṃ bhikkhave Avihehi devehi saddhiṃ yena Atappā devā ten'; {upasaṃkamiṃ}. Atha khvāhaṃ bhikkhave Avihehi ca devehi Atappehi ca devehi saddhiṃ yena Sudassā devā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃ. Atha khvāhaṃ bhikkhave Avihehi ca devehi Atappehi ca devehi Sudassehi ca devehi saddhiṃ yena Sudassī devā ten'{upasaṃkamiṃ.} Atha khvāhaṃ bhikkhave Avihehi ca devehi Atappehi ca devehi Sudassehi ca devehi Sudassīhi ca devehi saddhiṃ yena Akaniṭṭhā devā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃ.
Tasmiṃ bhikkhave deva-nikāye nekāni devatāsahassāni yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu.


[page 053]
D. xiv. 3. 33.] THE CONDITIONS OF A BUDDHA. 53
Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho bhikkhave tā devatā maṃ etad avocuṃ:
"‘Ito so mārisa eka-navute kappe yaṃ Vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ {sammā-}sambuddho loke udapādi . . . pe
32. ‘Tasmiṃ yeva kho bhikkhave deva-nikāye nekāni devatā-sahassāni . . . pe . . . nekāni devatā satāni yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho bhikkhave tā devatā maṃ etad {avocuṃ}:
"‘Imasmiṃ yeva kho mārisa bhadda-kappe bhagavā etarahi arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho loke uppanno.
pe.
33. ‘Iti kho bhikkhave Tathāgatass'; ev'; esā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā yassā dhamma-{dhātuyā} suppaṭividdhattā Tathāgato atīte Buddhe parinibbute chinna-papañce chinna-vaṭume {pariyādinna}-vaṭṭe sabba-dukkha-vītivatte jātito pi anussarati, nāmato pi anussarati, gottato pi anussarati,


[page 054]
54 MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xiv. 3. 33.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āyuppamāṇato pi anussarati, sāvaka-yugato pi anussarati, sāvaka-sannipātato pi anussarati: "{Evaṃjaccā} te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃ-nāmā evaṃgottā evaṃ-sīlā evaṃ-dhammā evaṃ-paññā evaṃ-vihārī evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti."'
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandun ti.
MAHĀPADĀNA-SUTTANTAṂ SAMATTAṂ.


[page 055]
55
[xv. Mahā-Nidāna Suttanta.]
1. Evam me sutaṃ.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kurūsu viharati, Kammāssadhammaṃ nāma Kurūnaṃ nigamo. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante yāva gambhīro cāyaṃ bhante paṭicca-samuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca.
Atha ca pana me uttānakuttānako viya khāyatīti.'
‘Mā h'; evaṃ Ānanda avaca, mā h'; evaṃ Ānanda avaca.
Gambhīro cāyaṃ Ānanda paṭicca-samuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca. Etassa Ānanda dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam ayaṃ pajā tantākulaka-jātā gulāguṇṭhika-jātā muñja-babbaja-bhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati.
2. "‘Atthi idappaccayā jarā-maraṇan ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā jarā-maraṇan ti"? iti ce vadeyya, "Jāti-paccayā jarāmaraṇan ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā jātīti?" iti puṭṭhena satā Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ.


[page 056]
56 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Kim paccayā jātīti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Bhava-ppaccayā jātīti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi {idappaccayā} bhavo ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā bhavo ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Upādāna-paccayā bhavo ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā upādānan ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā upādānan ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Taṇhā-paccayā upādānan ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā upādānan ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā taṇhā ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Vedanā-paccayā taṇhā ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā vedanā ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā Ānanda, "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā vedanā ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Phassa-paccayā vedanā ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā phasso ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā Ānanda Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. Kim paccayā phasso ti?" iti ce vadeyya, Nāmarūpa-paccayā phasso ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā nāma-rūpan ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā Ānanda "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā nāma-rūpan ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Viññāṇa-paccayā nāmarūpan ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
"‘Atthi idappaccayā viññāṇan ti?" iti puṭṭhena satā Ānanda "Atthīti"'; ssa vacanīyaṃ. "Kim paccayā viññāṇan ti?" iti ce vadeyya, "Nāmarūpa-paccayā viññāṇan ti" icc assa vacanīyaṃ.
3. ‘Iti kho Ānanda nāmarūpa-paccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇa-paccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpa-paccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanā-paccayā taṇhā, taṇhā-paccayā upādānaṃ, upādāna-paccayā bhavo, bhava-paccayā jāti, jāti-paccayā jarā-maraṇaṃ, jarā-maraṇa-paccayā sokaparideva-dukkha-domanassupāyāsā sambhavanti.


[page 057]
D. xv. 6.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 57
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
4. "‘Jāti-paccayā jarā-maraṇan ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā jāti-paccayā jarā-maraṇaṃ. Jāti va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ devānaṃ vā devattāya, gandhabbānaṃ vā gandhabbattāya, yakkhānaṃ vā yakkhattāya, bhūtānaṃ vā bhūtattāya, manussānaṃ vā manussattāya, catuppadānam vā catuppadattāya, pakkhīnaṃ vā pakkhattāya, siriṃsapānaṃ vā siriṃsapattāya, tesaṃ tesaṃ va hi Ānanda sattānaṃ tathattāya jāti nābhavissa, sabbaso jātiyā asati jāti-nirodhā api nu kho jarā-maraṇaṃ paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo jarā-maraṇassa, yadidaṃ jāti.
5. "‘Bhava-paccayā {jātīti}" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā bhava-paccayā jāti. Bhavo va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ kāma-bhavo rūpa-bhavo arūpa-bhavo vā, sabbasso bhave asati bhava-nirodhā api nu kho jāti paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo jātiyā, yadidaṃ bhavo.
6. "‘Upādāna-paccayā bhavo ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā upādāna-paccayā bhavo. Upādānaṃ va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici,


[page 058]
58 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seyyathīdaṃ kāmūpādanaṃ vā diṭṭhūpādānaṃ vā sīlabbatūpādānaṃ vā attavādūpādānaṃ vā, sabbaso upādāne asati upādāna-nirodhā api nu kho bhavo paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo bhavassa, yadidaṃ upādānaṃ.
7. "‘Taṇhā-paccayā upādānan ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā taṇhā-paccayā upādānaṃ. Taṇhā va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ rūpa-taṇhā sadda-taṇhā gandhataṇhā rasa-taṇhā phoṭṭhabba-taṇhā dhamma-taṇhā, sabbaso taṇhāya asati taṇhā-nirodhā api nu kho upādānaṃ paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo upādānassa, yadidaṃ taṇhā.
8. "‘Vedanā-paccayā taṇhā ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā vedanā-paccayā taṇhā. Vedanā va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ {sabbathā} sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ cakkhu-samphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā ghāna-samphassajā vedanā jivhāsamphassajā vedanā kāya-samphassajā vedanā manosamphassajā vedanā, sabbaso vedanāya asati vedanānirodhā api nu kho taṇhā paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo taṇhāya, yadidaṃ vedanā.
9. ‘Iti kho Ānanda vedanaṃ paṭicca taṇhā, taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho, lābhaṃ paṭicca vinicchayo, vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chanda-rāgo, chanda-rāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosānaṃ, ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca pariggaho, pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariyaṃ, macchariyaṃ paṭicca ārakkho,


[page 059]
D. xv. 12.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 59
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-kalaha-viggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuva-pesuñña-musāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti.
10. "‘{Ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ} daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-kalaha-viggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuva-pesuñña-musā-vādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavantīti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ daṇḍādāna-satthādānakalaha-viggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuva-pesuñña-musā-vādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti. Ārakkho va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso ārakkhe asati ārakkha-nirodhā api nu kho daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-kalaha-viggaha-vivādatuvaṃtuva-pesuñña-musāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhaveyyun ti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-kalahaviggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuva-pesuñña-musāvādānaṃ anekesaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ sambhavāya, yadidaṃ ārakkho.
11. "‘Macchariyaṃ paṭicca ārakkho ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā macchariyaṃ paṭicca ārakkho. Macchariyaṃ va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso macchariye asati macchariya-nirodhā api nu kho ārakkho paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo ārakkhassa, yadidaṃ macchariyaṃ.
12. "‘Pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariyan ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariyaṃ.


[page 060]
60 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 12.
Pariggaho va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso pariggahe asati pariggaha-nirodhā api nu kho macchariyaṃ paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo macchariyassa, yadidaṃ pariggaho.
13. "‘Ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca pariggaho ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca pariggaho. Ajjhosānaṃ va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso ajjhosāne asati ajjhosāna-nirodhā api nu kho pariggaho paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo pariggahassa, yadidaṃ ajjhosānaṃ.
14. "‘Chanda-rāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosānan ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā chanda-rāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosānaṃ.
Chanda-rāgo va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso chanda-rāge asati chanda-rāga-nirodhā api nu kho ajjhosānaṃ paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo ajjhosānassa, yadidaṃ chandarāgo.
15. "‘Vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chanda-rāgo ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chanda-rāgo.
Vinicchayo va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso vinicchaye asati vinicchaya-nirodhā api nu kho chanda-rāgo paññāyethāti?'


[page 061]
D. xv. i8.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 61
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo chanda-rāgassa, yadidaṃ vinicchayo.
16. "‘Lābhaṃ paṭicca vinicchayo ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā lābhaṃ paṭicca vinicchayo. Lābho va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso lābhe asati lābha-nirodhā api nu kho vinicchayo paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo vinicchayassa, yadidaṃ lābho.
17. "‘Pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho. Pariyesanā va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso pariyesanāya asati pariyesanānirodhā api nu kho lābho paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo lābhassa, yadidaṃ pariyesanā.
18. "‘Taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā. Taṇhā va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ kāma-taṇhā bhava-taṇhā vibhava-taṇhā, sabbaso taṇhāya asati taṇhā-nirodhā api nu kho pariyesanā paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu esaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo pariyesanāya, yadidaṃ taṇhā.
‘Iti kho Ānanda ime dve dhammā dvayena vedanāya eka-samosaraṇā bhavanti.


[page 062]
62 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 19.
19. "‘Phassa-paccayā vedanā ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā phassa-paccayā vedanā. Phasso va hi Ānanda nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathīdaṃ cakkhu-samphasso sota-samphasso ghāna-samphasso jivhā-samphasso kāya-samphasso manosamphasso, sabbaso phasse asati phassa-nirodhā api nu kho vedanā paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo vedanāya yadidaṃ phasso.
20. "‘Nāmarūpa-paccayā phasso ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā nāmarūpa-paccayā phasso. Yehi Ānanda ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi uddesehi nāma-kāyassa paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu tesu liṅgesu tesu nimittesu tesu uddesesu asati, api nu kho rūpa-kāye adhivacanasamphasso paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Yehi Ānanda ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi uddesehi rūpa-kāyassa paññatti hoti, {tesu} ākāresu tesu liṅgesu tesu nimittesu tesu uddesesu asati, api nu kho nāma-kāye paṭigha-samphasso paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Yehi Ānanda ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi uddesehi nāma-kāyassa ca rūpa-kāyassa ca paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu tesu liṅgesu tesu nimittesu tesu uddesesu asati, api nu kho adhivacana-samphasso vā paṭighasamphasso vā paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Yehi Ānandā ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi uddesehi nāma-rūpassa paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu tesu liṅgesu tesu nimittesu tesu uddesesu asati, api nu kho phasso paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo phassassa, yadidaṃ nāma-rūpaṃ.
21. "‘Viññāṇa-paccayā nāma-rūpan ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ,


[page 063]
D. xv. 22.] ORIGIN THROUGH DEPENDENCE. 63
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā viññāṇa-paccayā nāma-rūpaṃ. Viññāṇaṃ va hi Ānanda mātu kucchiṃ na okkamissatha, api nu kho nāma-rūpaṃ mātu kucchismiṃ samucchissathāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Viññāṇaṃ va hi Ānanda mātu kucchiṃ okkamitvā vokkamissatha, api nu kho nāma-rūpaṃ itthattāya abhinibbattissathāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Viññāṇaṃ va hi Ānanda daharass'; eva sato vocchijjissatha kumārassa vā kumārikāya vā, api nu kho nāma-rūpam vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissathāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo nāma-rūpassa, yadidaṃ viññāṇaṃ.
22. "‘Nāmarūpa-paccayā viññāṇan ti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ, tad Ānanda iminā p'; etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā nāmarūpa-paccayā viññāṇaṃ. Viññāṇaṃ va hi Ānanda nāma-rūpe patiṭṭhaṃ nālabhissatha, api nu kho āyati jāti-jarā-maraṇa-dukkha-samudayasambhavo paññāyethāti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda es'; eva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo viññāṇassa, yadidaṃ nāmarūpaṃ.
‘Ettāvatā kho Ānanda jāyetha vā jīyetha vā mīyetha vā cavetha vā uppajjetha vā, ettāvatā adhivacana-patho, ettāvatā nirutti-patho, ettāvatā paññattipatho, ettāvatā paññāvacaraṃ, ettāvatā vaṭṭaṃ vaṭṭati itthattaṃ paññāpanāya,


[page 064]
64 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 22.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yadidaṃ nāma-rūpaṃ saha viññāṇena.
23. ‘Kittāvatā ca Ānanda attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti? {Rūpiṃ} vā hi Ānanda parittaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento, paññāpeti "Rūpī me paritto attā ti." Rūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda anantaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento, paññāpeti "Rūpī me ananto attā ti." Arūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda parittaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento, paññāpeti "Arūpī me paritto attā ti"; arūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda anantaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento, paññāpeti "Arūpī me ananto attā ti."
24. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, etarahi vā so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, "Atathaṃ va pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti iti vā pan'; assa hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda rūpiṃ parittattānudiṭṭhi anusetīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, etarahi vā so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento {paññāpeti}, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, "Atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti" iti vā pan'; assa hoti.
Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda rūpiṃ anantattānudiṭṭhi anusetīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, etarahi vā so arūpim parittaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti . . . pe . . . tattha-bhāviṃ vā so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti, "Atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti" iti vā pan'; assa hoti.

[page 065]
D. xv. 26.] SOUL THEORIES 65
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda arūpiṃ anantattānudiṭṭhi anusetīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Ettāvatā kho Ānanda attānaṃ paññāpento paññāpeti.
25. ‘Kittāvatā ca Ānanda attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti? Rūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti "Rūpī me paritto attā ti"; rūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti "Rūpī me ananto attā ti"; arūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti "Arūpī me paritto attā ti"; arūpiṃ vā hi Ānanda anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti "Arūpī me ananto attā ti."
26. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, etarahi vā so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, "Atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti" iti vā pan'; assa na hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda rūpiṃ parittattānudiṭṭhi nānusetīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, etarahi vā so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, "Atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti" iti vā pan'; assa na hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda rūpiṃ anantattānudiṭṭhi nānusetīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attanaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, etarahi vā so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, tattha-bhāviṃ vā so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti, "Atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmīti" iti vā pan'; assa na hoti.


[page 066]
66 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 26.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Evaṃ santaṃ kho Ānanda arūpiṃ anantattānudiṭṭhi nānusetīti icc alaṃ vacanāya.
‘Ettāvatā kho Ānanda attānaṃ na paññāpento na paññāpeti.
27. ‘Kittāvatā ca Ānanda attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanupassati? Vedanaṃ vā hi Ānanda attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanupassati. "Vedanā me attā" ti. "Na h'; eva kho me vedanā attā, appaṭisaṃvedano me attā" ti, iti vā hi Ānanda attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanupassati. "Na h'; eva kho me vedanā attā, no pi appaṭisaṃvedano me attā, attā me vediyati vedanā-dhammo hi me attā" ti iti vā hi Ānanda attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanupassati.
28. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so evam āha "Vedanā me attā" ti, so evam assa vacanīyo "Tisso kho imā āvuso vedanā, sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhā-m-asukhā vedanā.
Imāsaṃ tvaṃ tissannaṃ vedanānaṃ katamaṃ attano samanupassasīti?"
‘Yasmiṃ Ānanda samaye sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, n'; eva tasmiṃ samaye dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, na adukkha-m-asukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, sukhaṃ yeva tasmiṃ samaye vedanaṃ vedeti, n'; eva tasmiṃ samaye dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, n'; eva tasmiṃ samaye sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, na adukkha-m-asukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, dukkhaṃ yeva tasmiṃ samaye vedanaṃ vedeti. Yasmiṃ Ānanda samaye adukkha-m-asukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, n'; eva tasmiṃ samaye sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, na dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, adukkha-m-asukhaṃ yeva tasmiṃ samaye vedanaṃ vedeti.
29. ‘Sukhā pi kho Ānanda vedanā aniccā saṃkhatā {paṭiccasamuppannā} khāya-dhammā vaya-dhammā virāgadhammā nirodha-dhammā. Dukkhā pi kho Ānanda vedanā aniccā saṃkhatā {paṭiccasamuppannā} khayadhammā vaya-dhammā virāga-dhammā nirodha-dhammā.


[page 067]
D. xv. 31.] FELLINGS. 67
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Adukkha-m-asukhā pi kho Ānanda vedanā aniccā saṃkhatā {paṭiccasamupannā} khaya-dhammā vaya-dhammā virāga-dhammā nirodha-dhammā. Tassa sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamānassa "Eso me attā" ti hoti, tassā yeva sukhāya vedanāya nirodhā "Vyāgā me attā" ti hoti.
Dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamānassa "Eso me attā ti" hoti, tassā yeva dukkhāya vedanāya nirodhā "Vyāgā me attā" ti hoti. Adukkha-m-asukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamānassa "Eso me attā" ti hoti, tassā yeva adukkha-masukhāya vedanāya nirodhā "Vyāgā me attā" ti hoti.
‘Iti so diṭṭhe va dhamme aniccaṃ sukha-dukkhavokiṇṇaṃ uppāda-vaya-dhammaṃ attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanupassati yo so evam āha "Vedanā me attā" ti. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda etena p'; etaṃ nakkhamati "Vedanā me attā" ti samanupassituṃ.
30. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so evam āha "Na h'; eva kho me vedanā attā, appaṭisaṃvedano me attā" ti, so evam assa vacanīyo "Yattha pan'; āvuso sabbaso vedayitaṃ n'; atthi, api nu kho tattha ‘Asmīti'; siyāti?"
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda etena p'; etaṃ nakkhamati "Na h'; eva kho me vedanā attā, appaṭisaṃvedano me attā" ti samanupassituṃ.
31. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yo so evam āha "Na h'; eva kho me vedanā attā, no pi appaṭisaṃvedano me attā, attā me vediyati, vedanā-dhammo hi me attā" ti, so evam assa vacanīyo "Vedanā va hi āvuso sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ aparisesā nirujjheyyuṃ, sabbaso vedanāya asati vedanā-nirodhā, api nu kho tattha ‘Ayam aham asmīti'; siyāti?"
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda etena p'; etaṃ nakkhamati "Na h'; eva kho me vedanā attā,


[page 068]
68 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 31.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] no pi appaṭisaṃvedano attā, attā me vediyati, vedanā-dhammo hi me attā" ti samanupassituṃ.
32. ‘Yato kho Ānanda bhikkhu n'; eva vedanaṃ attānaṃ samanupassati, no pi appaṭisaṃvedanaṃ attānaṃ samanupassati, no pi "Attā me vediyati, vedanā-dhammo hi me attā" ti samanupassati, so evaṃ asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaṃ yeva parinibbāyati, "Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti" pajānāti. Evaṃ-vimutta-cittaṃ kho Ānanda bhikkhuṃ yo evaṃ vadeyya "Hoti Tathāgato param maraṇā" ti, iti 'ssa diṭṭhīti tad akallaṃ. "Na hoti Tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti 'ssa diṭṭhīti tad akallaṃ. "Hoti ca na ca hoti Tathāgato param maraṇā" ti, iti 'ssa diṭṭhīti tad akallaṃ. "N'; eva hoti na na hoti Tathāgato param maraṇā" ti, iti 'ssa {diṭṭhīti} tad akalaṃ.
11 Taṃ kissa hetu? Yāvat'; Ānanda adhivacanaṃ yāvatā adhivacana-patho,yāvatā nirutti yāvatā nirutti-patho, yāvatā paññatti yāvatā paññatti-patho, yāvatā paññā yāvatā paññāvacaraṃ, yāvatā vaṭṭaṃ yāvatā vaṭṭaṃ vaṭṭati, tad abhiññā vimutto bhikkhu, tad abhiññā vimutto bhikkhu na jānāti na passati iti 'ssa diṭṭhīti tad akallaṃ.
33. ‘Satta kho imā Ānanda viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, dve ca āyatanāni. Katamā satta? Sant'; Ānanda sattā nānattakāyā nānatta-saññino,


[page 069]
D. xv. 34.] SEVEN SORTS OF BEINGS. 69
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seyyathā pi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā. Ayaṃ paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda sattā nānatta-kāyā ekatta-saññino, seyyathā pi devā Brahma-kāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā. Ayaṃ dutiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda sattā ekatta-kāyā nānatta-saññino, seyyathā pi devā Ābhassarā. Ayaṃ tatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda sattā ekatta-kāyā nānatta-saññino, seyyathā pi devā Subhakiṇṇā. Ayaṃ catutthā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda {sattā} sabbaso {rūpa-saññānaṃ} samatikkamā paṭigha-saññānaṃ atthagamā nānatta-saññānaṃ amanasikārā "Ananto ākāso" ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā.
Ayaṃ pañcamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma "Anantaṃ viññāṇan" ti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ chaṭṭhā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Sant'; Ānanda sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkhamma "N'; atthi kiñcīti" ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā.
Ayaṃ sattamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
‘Asaññasattāyatanaṃ {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanam eva dutiyaṃ.
34. ‘Tatr'; Ānanda yāyaṃ paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti nānatta-kāyā nānatta-saññino, seyyathā pi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā, yo nu kho Ānanda tañ ca pajānāti, tassā ca samudayaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca atthagamaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca assādaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca ādīnavaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca nissaraṇaṃ pajānāti, kallaṃ nu kho tena tad abhinanditun ti?'


[page 070]
70 MAHĀ-NIDĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xv. 34.
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'; . . . pe . . .
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yāyaṃ sattamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma "N'; atthi kiñcīti" ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā, yo nu kho Ānanda tañ ca pajānāti, tassā ca samudayaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca atthagamaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca assādaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca ādīnavaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca nissaraṇaṃ pajānāti, kallaṃ nu kho tena tad abhinanditun ti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yam idaṃ asaññasattāyatanaṃ, yo nu kho Ānanda tañ ca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca atthagamaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṃ pajānāti, kallaṃ nu kho tena tad abhinanditun ti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Tatr'; Ānanda yam idaṃ {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanaṃ, yo nu kho Ānanda tañ ca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca atthagamaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṃ pajānāti, kallaṃ nu kho tena tad abhinanditun ti?'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Yato kho Ānanda bhikkhu imāsañ ca sattannaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitīnaṃ imesañ ca dvinnaṃ āyatanānaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti, ayaṃ vuccati Ānanda bhikkhu paññā-vimutto.
35. ‘Aṭṭha kho ime Ānanda, vimokhā. Katame aṭṭha?
Rūpī rūpāni passati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokho.
‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati. Ayaṃ dutiyo vimokho.


[page 071]
D. xv. 36.] THE EIGHT VIMOKHAS. 71
‘Subhan'; t'; eva adhimutto hoti. Ayaṃ tatiyo vimokho.
‘Sabbaso rūpa-saññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭigha-saññānaṃ atthagamā nānatta-saññānaṃ amanasikārā "Ananto ākāso" ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Ayaṃ catuttho vimokho.
‘Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma "Anantaṃ viññāṇan" ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ pañcamo vimokho.
‘Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma "N'; atthi kiñcīti" ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokho.
‘Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma {n'eva-saññā}nāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokho.
‘Sabbaso {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññā-vedayita-nirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokho. Ime kho Ānanda aṭṭha vimokhā.
36. ‘Yato kho Ānanda bhikkhu ime aṭṭha vimokhe anulomam pi samāpajjati, paṭilomam pi samāpajjati, anuloma-paṭilomam pi samāpajjati, yatth'; icchakaṃ yad icchakaṃ yāvad icchakaṃ samāpajjati pi vuṭṭhāti pi, āsavānañ ca khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññā-vimuttiṃ diṭṭhe va dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ vuccati Ānanda bhikkhu ubhatobhāga-vimutto, imāya ca Ānanda ubhato-bhāga-vimuttiyā aññā ubhato-bhāga-vimutti uttaritarā vā paṇītatarā vā n'; atthīti.'
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Attamano āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
MAHA-NIDĀNA-SUTTANTAṂ.


[page 072]
72
[xvi. Mahā-Parinibbāna-Suttanta.]
1.1. Evam me sutaṃ.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehiputto Vajjī abhiyātu-kāmo hoti. So evam āha: ‘Āhañhi'; me Vajjī evaṃ-mahiddhike evaṃ-mahānubhāve, ucchejjāmi Vajjī vināsessāmi Vajjī anayavyasanaṃ āpādessāmi Vajjī ti.'
2. Atha kho rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehiputto Vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ Magadha-mahāmattaṃ āmantesi:
‘Ehi tvaṃ brāhmaṇa yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkama, upasaṃkamitvā mama vacanena Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādham appātaṅkaṃ {lahu-ṭṭhānaṃ} balaṃ phāsu-vihāraṃ puccha: "Rājā bhante Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehiputto Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ {lahu-ṭṭhānaṃ} balaṃ phāsu-vihāraṃ pucchatīti," evañ ca vadehi: "Rājā bhante Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehiputto Vajjī abhiyātu-kāmo. So evam āha: ‘Āhañhi 'me Vajjī evaṃ-mahiddhike evaṃ-mahānubhāve, ucchejjāmi Vajjī vināsessāmi Vajjī anayavyasanaṃ āpādessāmi Vajjī ti'; ";


[page 073]
D. xvi. 1. 4.] AJĀTASATTU CONSULTS THE BUDDHA. 73
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yathā ca te Bhagavā vyākaroti taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mamaṃ āroceyyāsi, na hi Tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantīti.
3. ‘Evaṃ bho ti'; kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadhamahāmatto rañño Māgadhassa Ajātasattussa Vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā, bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā, bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhirūhitvā, bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi Rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena Gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi, yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattiko va yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadhamahāmatto Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Rājā bho Gotama Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehi-putto bhoto Gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādham appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsu-vihāraṃ pucchati. Rājā bho Gotama Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehiputto Vajjī abhiyātu-kāmo. So evam āha: "Āhañhi 'me Vajjī evaṃ-mahiddhike evaṃ-mahānubhāve, ucchejjāmi Vajjī vināsessāmi Vajjī anaya-vyasanaṃ āpādessāmi Vajjī ti."
4. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti Bhagavantaṃ vījamāno. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ, Vajjī {abhiṇhaṃ-} sannipātā sannipāta-bahulā ti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī {abhiṇhaṃ-} sannipātā sannipāta-bahulā ti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī {abhiṇhaṃ-} sannipātā sannipāta-bahulā bhavissanti, vuddhi yeva Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni. Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ,


[page 074]
74 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Vajjī samaggā sannipatanti samaggā vuṭṭhahanti samaggā Vajjī-karaṇīyāni karontīti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī samaggā sannipatanti samaggā vuṭṭhahanti samaggā Vajjī-karaṇīyāni karontīti.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti samaggā Vajji-karaṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhi yeva Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni. Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ Vajjī appaññattam na paññāpenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, {yathā-}paññatte porāṇe Vajji-dhamme samādāya vattantīti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī appaññattaṃ na paññāpenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, {yathā-}paññatte porāṇe Vajji-dhamme samādāya vattantīti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī appaññattaṃ na paññāpessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, {yathā-} paññatte porāṇe Vajji-dhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhi yeva Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ Vajjī ye te Vajjīnaṃ Vajjimahallakā te sakkaronti garukaronti mānenti pūjenti tesañ ca sotabbaṃ maññantīti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī ye te Vajjīnaṃ Vajjimahallakā te sakkaronti garukaronti mānenti pūjenti tesañ ca sotabbaṃ maññantīti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī ye te Vajjīnaṃ Vajjīmahallakā te sakkarissanti garukarissanti mānessanti pūjessanti tesañ ca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhi yeva Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni. Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ Vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kula-kumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentīti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentīti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhi yeva Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni. Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ Vajjī yāni tāni Vajjīnaṃ Vajji-cetiyāni abbhantarāni c'; eva bāhirāni ca tāni sakkaronti garukaronti mānenti pūjenti tesañ ca dinna-pubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentīti?'


[page 075]
D. xvi. 1. 5.] CONDITIONS OF SOCIAL WELFARE. 75
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjī yāni tāni Vajjīnaṃ Vajjicetiyāni, abbhantarāni c'; eva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garukaronti mānenti pūjenti, tesañ ca dinna-pubbaṃ kata-pubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentīti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjī yāni tāni Vajjīnaṃ Vajjicetiyāni, abbhantarāni c'; eva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garukarissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañ ca dinna-pubbaṃ kata-pubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpessanti, vuddhi yeva Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni. Kin ti te Ānanda sutaṃ Vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikārakkhāvaraṇa-gutti susaṃvihitā, kin ti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsuṃ vihareyyun ti?'
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikārakkhāvaraṇa-gutti susaṃvihitā, kin ti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsuṃ vihareyyun ti.'
‘Yāvakīvañ ca Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikārakkhāvaraṇa-gutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati, kin ti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsuṃ vihareyyun ti, vuddhi yeva Ānanda Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihānīti.'
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ Magadha-mahāmattaṃ āmantesi:
‘Ekam idāhaṃ brāhmaṇa samayaṃ Vesāliyaṃ viharāmi Sārandade cetiye, tatrāhaṃ Vajjīnaṃ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ, yāvakīvañ ca brāhmaṇa ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā Vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu Vajjī sandissanti, vuddhi yeva brāhmaṇa Vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihānīti.'
Evaṃ vutte Vassakāro Brāhmaṇo Magadha-mahāmatto Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Ekamekena pi bho Gotama aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṃ Vajjīnaṃ vuddhi yeva pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni,


[page 076]
76 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi?
Akaraṇīyā va bho Gotama Vajjī raññā Māgadhena Ajātasattunā Vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithu-bhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ bho Gotama gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā ti.'
‘Yassa dāni tvaṃ brāhmaṇa kālaṃ maññasīti.'
Atha kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadha-mahāmatto Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā pakkāmi.
6. Atha kho Bhagavā acira-pakkante Vassakāre brāhmaṇe Magadha-mahāmatte āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Gaccha tvaṃ Ānanda yāvatikā bhikkhū Rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū Rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti te sabbe upaṭṭhāna-sālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ‘Sannipatito bhante bhikkhu-saṃgho, yassa dāni bhante Bhagavā kālaṃ maññasīti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā yena upaṭṭhāna-sālā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi, nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
3 ‘Satta vo bhikkhave aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi-karotha bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etad avoca:
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū {abhiṇhaṃ-} sannipātā sannipāta-bahulā bhavissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti samaggā saṅgha-karaṇīyāni karissanti,


[page 077]
D. xvi. 1. 7.] THE WELFARE OF THE BRETHREN. 77
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū appaññattaṃ na paññāpessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhā-padesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā {rattaññū} cira-pabbajitā saṅgha-pitaro saṅgha-{pariṇāyakā} te sakkarissanti garukarissanti mānessanti pūjessanti tesañ ca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobhavikāya na vasaṃ gacchanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekhā bhavissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū paccattaṃ yeva satiṃ upaṭṭhāpessanti, kin ti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsuṃ vihareyyun ti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
7. ‘Apare pi kho bhikkhave satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi-karotha, bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; {ti} kho te bhikkhu Bhagavato paccassosuṃ, Bhagavā etad avoca:
10 ‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kamma-ratā na kammārāmataṃ anuyuttā,


[page 078]
78 MAHĀ-PARINIBBANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassa-ratā na bhassārāmataṃ anuyuttā, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddā-ratā na niddārāmataṃ anuyuttā, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikā-ratā na saṅgaṇikārāmataṃ anuyuttā, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na pāpa-mittā bhavissanti na pāpa-sahāyā na pāpa-sampavaṅkā, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarā vosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakivañ ca bhikkhave ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
8. ‘Apare pi kho bhikkhave satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ, Bhagavā etad avoca:
2 ‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti, hirimanā bhavissanti, ottāpī bhavissanti, bahussutā bhavissanti,


[page 079]
D. xvi. 1. 10.] THE WELFARE OF THE BRETHREN. 79
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āraddha-viriyā bhavissanti, upaṭṭhita-satī bhavissanti, paññāvanto bhavissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
9 ‘Apare pi kho bhikkhave satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, {sādhukaṃ} manasikarotha, bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ, Bhagavā etad avoca:
3 ‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū sati-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, dhammavicaya-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, viriya-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, pīti-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, passaddhi-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, samādhi-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, upekhā-sambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
10. ‘Apare pi kho bhikkhave satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ, Bhagavā etad avoca:
6 ‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū anicca-saññaṃ bhāvessanti, anatta-saññaṃ bhāvessanti, asubha-saññaṃ bhāvessanti, ādīnava-saññaṃ bhāvessanti, pahāna-saññaṃ bhāvessanti, virāga-saññaṃ bhāvessanti, nirodha-saññaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.


[page 080]
80 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi.1.10.
Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
11. ‘Cha bhikkhave aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmīti,'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ, Bhagavā etad avoca:
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvī c'; eva raho ca, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū mettaṃ vacī-kammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu . . . pe . . . mettaṃ mano-kammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvī c'; eva raho ca, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū ye te lābhā dhammikā dhamma-laddhā antamaso patta-pariyāpanna-mattam pi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhatta-bhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇa-bhogī, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhi-saṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīla-sāmañña-gatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvī c'; eva raho ca, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhū yā 'yaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā-dukkhakkhayāya tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhi-sāmañña-gatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvī c'; eva raho ca, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.


[page 081]
D. xvi. 1. 16.] THE WELFARE OF THE BRETHREN. 81
‘Yāvakīvañ ca bhikkhave ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandissanti, vuddhi yeva bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihānīti.'
12. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharanto Gijjhakūṭe pabbate etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti.
13. Atha kho Bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Ambalaṭṭhikā ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Ambalaṭṭhikā tad avasari.
14. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati Rājāgārake. Tatra pi sudaṃ Bhagavā Ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharanto Rājāgārake etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīla-paribhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi vimuccati seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti.
15. Atha kho Bhagavā Ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Nāḷandā ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Nāḷandā tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Nāḷandāyaṃ viharati Pāvārikambavane.
16. Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.


[page 082]
82 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 16.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Evaṃ-pasanno ahaṃ bhante Bhagavati na cāhu na ca bhavissati na c'; etarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā Bhagavatā bhiyyo 'bhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiyan'; ti.
‘Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ Sāriputta āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito sīha-nādo nadito: "Evaṃ-pasanno ahaṃ bhante Bhagavati na cāhu na ca bhavissati na c'; etarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā Bhagavatā bhiyyo 'bhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiyan" ti. Kin nu Sāriputta ye te ahesuṃ atītam addhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te Bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā Evaṃ-sīlā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pi, evaṃdhammā evaṃ-paññā evaṃ-vihārī evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto ahesuṃ iti pīti?"'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
Kiṃ pana Sāriputta ye te bhavissanti anāgatam addhānaṃ arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, sabbe te Bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā "Evaṃ-sīlā te Bhagavanto bhavissanti iti pi, evaṃ-dhammā evaṃ-paññā evaṃ-vihārī evaṃ-vimuttā te Bhagavanto bhavissanti iti pīti?"'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Kiṃ pana Sāriputta ahaṃ te etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito "Evaṃ-sīlo Bhagavā iti pi, evaṃ-dhammo evaṃ-pañño evaṃ-vihārī evaṃvimutto Bhagavā iti pīti?"'
‘No h'; etaṃ bhante.'
‘Etth'; eva hi te Sāriputta atītānāgata-paccuppannesu arahantesu sammā-sambuddhesu ceto-pariya-ñāṇaṃ n'; atthi. Atha kiñ carahi te ayaṃ Sāriputta uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā ekaṃso gahito sīha-nādo nadito,


[page 083]
D. xvi. 1. 18.] THE LINEAGE OF THE FAITH. 83
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Evaṃ-pasanno ahaṃ bhante Bhagavati na cāhu na ca bhavissati na c'; etarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā Bhagavatā bhiyyo 'bhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiyan" ti?'
17. ‘Na kho me bhante atītānāgata-paccuppannesu arahantesu sammā-sambuddhesu ceto-pariya-ñāṇaṃ atthi.
Api ca dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathā pi bhante rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddāpaṃ {daḷha}-pākāratoraṇaṃ eka-dvāraṃ, tatr'; assa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāya pathaṃ anukkamamāno na passeyya pākāra-sandhiṃ vā pākāra-vivaraṃ vā antamaso biḷāra-nissakkana-mattam pi. Tassa evam assa, ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te iminā va dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā ti. Evam eva kho me bhante dhammanvayo vidito. Ye te bhante ahesuṃ atītam addhānaṃ arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, sabbe te Bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catusu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhita-cittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammā-sambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Ye pi te bhante bhavissanti anāgataṃ addhānaṃ arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, sabbe te Bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catusu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhita-cittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavā pi bhante etarahi arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catusu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhita-citto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammā-sambodhiṃ abhisambuddho'; ti.
18. Tatra pi sudaṃ Bhagavā Nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto Pāvārikambavane etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti:


[page 084]
84 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 18.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi vimuccati seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti.
19. Atha kho Bhagavā Nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Pāṭaligāmo ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Pāṭaligāmo tad avasari.
20. Assosuṃ kho {Pāṭaligāmiyā} upāsakā ‘Bhagavā kira Pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto'; ti. Atha kho Pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho Pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: ‘Adhivāsetu no bhante Bhagavā āvasathāgāran'; ti. Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhī-bhāvena.
21. Atha kho Pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā Bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā, uṭṭhāy'; āsanā, Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā, {padakkhiṇaṃ} katvā, yena āvasathāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā sabba-santhariṃ āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udaka-maṇiṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telappadīpaṃ āropetvā yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantam aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho Pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Sabba-santhariṃ santhataṃ bhante āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udaka-maṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telappadīpo āropito, yassa dāni bhante Bhagavā kālaṃ maññatīti.'


[page 085]
D. xvi. 1. 23.] THE BUDDHA AT PĀṬALIGĀMA. 85
22. Atha kho Bhagavā nivāsetvā patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi. Bhikkhu-saṃgho pi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi Bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmiyā pi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu Bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkhatvā.
23. Atha kho Bhagavā Pāṭaligāmiye upāsake āmantesi: ‘Pañc'; ime gahapatayo ādīnavā dussīlassa sīla-vipattiyā.
Katame pañca?
‘Idha gahapatayo dussīlo sīla-vipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhoga-jāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīla-vipattiyā.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlassa sīla-vipannassa pāpako kitti-saddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīla-vipattiyā.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīla-vipanno yaṃ yad eva parisaṃ upasaṃkamati, yadi khattiya-parisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇa-parisaṃ yadi gahapati-parisaṃ yadi samaṇa-{parisaṃ}, avisārado upasaṃkamati maṅku-bhūto.
Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīla-vipattiyā.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīla-vipanno sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sūla-vipattiyā.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīla-vipanno kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho gahapatayo pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīla-vipattiyā.


[page 086]
86 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 24.
24. ‘Pañc'; ime gahapatayo ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca?
‘Idha gahapatayo sīlavā sīla-sampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati.
Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīla-sampadāya.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavato sīla-sampannassa kalyāṇo kitti-saddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ {dutiyo} ānisaṃso sīlavato sīla-sampadāya.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīla-sampanno yaṃ yad eva parisaṃ upasaṃkamati, yadi khattiya-parisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇa-parisaṃ yadi gahapati-parisaṃ yadi samaṇa-parisaṃ, visārado upasaṃkamati amaṅku-bhūto.
Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīla-sampadāya.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīla-sampanno asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīla-sampadāya.
‘Puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīla-sampanno kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīla-sampadāya. Ime kho gahapatayo pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyāti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā Pāṭaligāmiye upāsake bahud eva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi, ‘Abhikkantā kho gahapatayo ratti, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññathāti.'; ‘Evam bhante'; ti kho Pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā Bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho Bhagavā acirapakkantesu Pāṭaligāmiyesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.
26. Tena kho pana samayena Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahāmattā Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti Vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahassass'; eva Pāṭaligāme vatthūni parigaṇhanti.


[page 087]
D. xvi. 1. 28.] THE BUDDHA AT PĀṬALIGĀMA. 87
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rāja-mahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rāja-mahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rāja-mahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ.
27. Addasā kho Bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkanta-mānusakena tā devatāyo sahassass'; eva Pāṭaligāme vatthūni parigaṇhantiyo. Atha kho Bhagavā rattiyā {paccūsa-}samayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Ko nu kho Ānanda Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpetīti?'
‘Sunīdha-Vassakārā bhante Magadha-mahāmattā Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti Vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyāti.'
28. ‘Seyyathā pi Ānanda devehi Tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evam eva kho Ānanda Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahāmattā Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti Vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ Ānanda addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkanta-mānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahassass'; eva Pāṭaligāme vatthūni parigaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rāja-mahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rāja-mahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ.
Yāvatā Ānanda ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agga-nagaraṃ bhavissati Pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭa-bhedanaṃ.


[page 088]
88 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 1. 28.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Pāṭaliputtassa kho Ānanda tayo antarāyā bhavissanti, aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā'; ti.
29. Atha kho Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahāmattā yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahāmattā Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: ‘Adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ Gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghenāti.'; Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhī-bhāvena.
30. Atha kho Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahāmattā Bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ {paṭiyādāpetvā} Bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ ‘Kālo bho Gotama niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti.'
27. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaram ādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghena yena Sunīdha-Vassakārānaṃ Magadha-mahāmattānaṃ āvasatho ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahāmattā Buddha-pamukhaṃ bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. Atha kho Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadhamahāmattā Bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ oṇīta-patta-pāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
31. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho Sunīdha-Vassakāre Magadha-mahāmatte Bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
Yasmiṃ padese kappeti vāsaṃ paṇḍita-jātiko
Sīlavant'; ettha bhojetvā saññate brahmacārayo,
Yā tattha devatā assu tāsaṃ dakkhiṇam ādise,
Tā pūjitā pūjayanti mānitā mānayanti naṃ.


[page 089]
D. xvi. 1. 34.] THE BUDDHA CROSSES THE GANGES. 89
Tato naṃ anukampanti mātā puttaṃ va orasaṃ
Devatānukampito poso sadā bhadrāni passatīti.'; Atha kho Bhagavā Sunīdha-Vassakāre Magadha-mahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā pakkāmi.
32. Tena kho pana samayena Sunīdha-Vassakārā Magadha-mahāmattā Bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubaddhā honti, ‘Yen'; ajja samaṇo Gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati taṃ Gotama-dvāraṃ nāma bhavissati, yena titthena Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati taṃ Gotamatitthaṃ bhavissatīti.'; Atha kho Bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami taṃ Gotama-dvāraṃ nāma ahosi.
33. Atha kho Bhagavā yena Gaṅgā nadī ten'; {upasaṃkami}. Tena kho pana samayena Gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. App ekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti app ekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti app ekacce kullaṃ bandhanti aparāparaṃ gantu-kāmā. Atha kho Bhagavā seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam evaṃ Gaṅgāya nadiyā orima-tīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ {bhikkhu-saṃghena}.
34. Addasā kho Bhagavā te manusse app ekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante app ekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante app ekacce kullaṃ bandhante aparāparaṃ gantu-kāme. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā, tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi: ‘Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ setuṃ katvāna visajja pallalāni, Kullaṃ hi jano pabandhati, tiṇṇā medhāvino janā'; ti.
PAṬHAMAKA-BHĀṆAVĀRAṂ.


[page 090]
90 CHAPTER II.
2.1. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Koṭigāmo ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'; ‘Evaṃ bhante ti'; kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Koṭigāmo tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā {Koṭigāme} viharati.
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Catunnaṃ bhikkhave ariya-saccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa bhikkhave ariya-saccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca.
‘Dukkha-samudayassa bhikkhave ariya-saccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca.
‘Dukkha-nirodhassa bhikkhave ariya-saccassa . . . pe . . . Dukkha-nirodha-gāminiyā paṭipadāya bhikkhave ariya-saccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave dukkhaṃ ariya-saccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkha-samudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkha-nirodhaṃ ariya-saccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkha-nirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariya-saccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhava-taṇhā, khīṇā bhava-netti, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo'; ti.
3. {Idam avoca} Bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā: ‘Catunnaṃ ariya-saccānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ adassanā Saṃsitaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tāsu tās'; eva jātisu.


[page 091]
D. xvi. 2. 6.] FROM KOṬIGĀMA TO NĀDIKĀ. 91
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni bhava-netti samūhatā Ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo'; ti.
4. Tatra pi sudaṃ Bhagavā Koṭigāme viharanto etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīla-paribhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi vimuccati seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti.
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Nādikā ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi.
Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Nādikā tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Nādike viharati Giñjakāvasathe.
6. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Sāḷho nāma bhante bhikkhu Nādike kālakato, tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma bhante bhikkhunī Nādike kālakatā, tassā kā gati ko abhisamparāyo?


[page 092]
92 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 2. 6.
Sudatto nāma bhante upāsako Nādike kālakato, tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma bhante upāsikā Nādike kālakatā, tassā kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? Kakudho nāma bhante upāsako Nādike kālakato, tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo? {Kāliṅgo} nāma bhante upāsako . . . pe . . . Nikaṭo nāma bhante upāsako . . . Kaṭissabho nāma bhante upāsako . . . Tuṭṭho nāma bhante upāsako . . . Santuṭṭho nāma bhante upāsako
. . . Bhaddo nāma bhante upāsako . . . Subhaddo nāma bhante upāsako Nādike kālakato, tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo'; ti?
7. ‘Sāḷho Ānanda bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ ceto-vimuttiṃ paññā-vimuttiṃ diṭṭhe 'va dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā Ānanda bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha-parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto {Ānanda} upāsako tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'; antaṃ karissati. Sujātā Ānanda upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipāta-dhannā niyatā sambodhi-parāyanā. Kakudho Ānanda upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha-parinibbāyī anāvatti-dhammo tasmā lokā.
Kāliṅgo Ānanda upāsako . . . pe . . . Nikaṭo Ānanda upāsako . . . Kaṭissabho Ānanda upāsako . . . Tuṭṭho Ānanda upāsako . . . Santuṭṭho Ānanda upāsako . . . Bhaddo Ānanda upāsako . . . Subhaddo Ānanda upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha-parinibbāyī anāvatti-dhammo tasmā lokā.


[page 093]
D. xvi. 2. 9.] THE MIRROR OF TRUTH. 93
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Paro-paññāsa Ānanda Nādike upāsakā kālakatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha-parinibbāyino anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti Ānanda Nādike upāsakā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'; antaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni Ānanda pañcasatāni Nādike upāsakā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātā-dhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyanā.
8. ‘Anacchariyaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ Ānanda yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṃ kareyya, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce kālakate Tathāgatam upasaṃkamitvā etam atthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā v'; esā Ānanda Tathāgatassa. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda Dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhamma-pariyāyaṃ desessāmi yena samannāgato ariya-sāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanā va attānaṃ vyākareyya: "Khīṇa-nirayo 'mhi khīṇatiracchāna-yoniyo khīṇa-petti-visayo khīṇāpāya-duggativinipāto, sotāpanno 'ham asmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyano" ti.
9. ‘Katamo ca so Ānando Dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo yena samannāgato ariya-sāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanā va attānaṃ vyākareyya "Khīṇa-mirayo 'mhi khīṇatiracchāna-yoniyo khīṇa-petti-visayo khīṇāpāya-duggativinipāto, sotāpanno 'ham asmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyano" ti? Idh'; Ānanda ariya-sāvako Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: "Iti pi so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho vijjā-caraṇa-sampanno sugato loka-vidū anuttaro purisa-damma-sārathi satthā deva-manussānaṃ Buddho Bhagavā" ti. Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: "Svākkhāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehi-passiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti." Saṃghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: "Supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṃgho, uju-paṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-saṃgho, ñāyapaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-saṃgho,


[page 094]
94 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 2. 9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] {sāmīci}-paṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-saṃgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisa-yugāni aṭṭha purisa-puggalā, esa Bhagavato sāvaka-saṃgho āhuneyyo pāhuṇeyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjali-karaṇīyo anuttaraṃ {puñña-kkhettaṃ} lokassāti." Ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhi-saṃvattanikehi.
‘Ayaṃ kho so Ānanda dhammādāso dhamma-pariyāyo yena samannāgato ariya-sāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanā va attānaṃ vyākareyya "Khīṇa-nirayo 'mhi, khīṇa-tiracchānayoniyo, khīṇa-petti-visayo, khīṇāpāya-duggati-vinipāto, sotāpanno 'haṃ asmi avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano"'; ti.
10. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Nādike viharanto Giñjakāvasathe etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā . . . pe . . . seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti.
11. Atha kho Bhagavā Nādike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Vesāli ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi.
Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Vesāli tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Ambapāli-vane.
12. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Sato bhikkhave bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī.
‘Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ vedanāsu


[page 095]
D. xvi. 2. 15.] AMBAPĀLI. 95
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . pe . . . citte . . . pe . . . dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ, evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti.
13. ‘Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajāna-kārī hoti, sammiñjite pasārite sampajāna-kārī hoti, saṃghāṭi-patta-cīvaradhāraṇe sampajāna-kārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajāna-kārī hoti, uccāra-passāva-kamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajāna-kārī hoti. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato bhikkhave bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī'; ti.
14. Assosi kho Ambapālī gaṇikā ‘Bhagavā kira Vesāliyaṃ anuppatto Vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ {ambavane}'; ti. Atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā, bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhirūhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi Vesāliyā niyyāsi, yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi.
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikā va yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ Bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi.
Atha kho {Ambabāli}-gaṇikā Bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Adhivāsetu me bhante Bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghenāti.'
Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhī-bhāvena. Atha kho Amba{pāligaṇikā} Bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā {uṭṭhāy'} āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
15. Assosuṃ kho Vesālikā Licchavī ‘Bhagavā kira Vesāliṃ anuppatto Vesāliyaṃ viharati Ambapāli-vane'; ti.


[page 096]
96 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 2. 15.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Atha kho te Licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhirūhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi Vesāliyā niyyiṃsu. Tatr'; ekacce Licchavī nīlā honti nīla-vaṇṇā nīla-vatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce Licchavī pītā honti pīta-vaṇṇā pīta-vatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce Licchavī lohitakā honti lohita-vaṇṇā lohita-vatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce Licchavī odātā honti odāta-vaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā.
16. Atha kho {Ambapāli}gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ Licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi. Atha kho Licchavī Ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Kiñ je Ambapāli daharānaṃ daharānaṃ Licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesīti?'
‘Tathā hi pana me ayyaputtā Bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghenāti.'
‘Dehi je Ambapāli etaṃ bhattaṃ sata-sahassenāti.'
‘Sace pi me ayyaputta Vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha evaṃmahantaṃ bhattaṃ na dassāmīti.'
Atha kho te Licchavī aṅgulī poṭhesuṃ, ‘Jit'; amhā vata bho ambakāya, vañcit'; amhā vata bho ambakāyāti.'
Atha kho te Licchavī yena Ambapāli-vanaṃ tena pāyiṃsu.
17. Addasā kho Bhagavā te Licchavī dūrato va āgacchante, disvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Yesaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ devā Tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhā, oloketha bhikkhave Licchavi-parisaṃ, avaloketha bhikkhave Licchavi-parisaṃ,


[page 097]
D. xvi. 2. 19.] AMBAPĀLI AND THE LICCHAVIS. 97
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasaṃharatha bhikkhave Licchavi-parisaṃ Tāvatiṃsa-parisan'; ti.
18. Atha kho te Licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā, pattikā va yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te Licchavī Bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi.
Atha kho te Licchavī Bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Adhivāsetu no bhante Bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghenāti.'
1 ‘Adhivutthaṃ kho me Licchavī svātanāya Ambapāligaṇikāya bhattan'; ti.
Atha kho te Licchavī aṅgulī poṭhesuṃ: ‘Jit'; amhā vata bho ambakāya, vañcit'; amhā vata bho ambakāyāti.'
Atha kho te Licchavī Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.
19. Atha kho {Ambapāli}gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme {paṇītaṃ} khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā Bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: ‘Kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan'; ti. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-{cīvaraṃ} ādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghena yena Ambapāli-gaṇikāya parivesanā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho {Ambapāli} gaṇikā Buddha-pamukhaṃ bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.
Atha kho {Ambapāli}gaṇikā Bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ oṇīta-patta-pāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.


[page 098]
98 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 2. 19.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho Ambapāligaṇikā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Imāhaṃ bhante ārāmaṃ Buddha-pamukhassa bhikkhu-saṃghassa dammīti.'
Paṭiggahesi Bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho Bhagavā Ambapāli-gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā pakkāmi.
20. Tatra pi sudaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharanto Ambapāli-vane etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi vimuccati seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti.
21. Atha kho Bhagavā Ambapāli-vane yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Beluva-gāmako ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Beluva-gāmako tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Beluva-gāmake viharati.
22. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Etha tumhe bhikkhave, samantā Vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathā-sandiṭṭhaṃ yathā-sambhattaṃ vassaṃ upetha, ahaṃ pana idh'; eva Beluva-gāmake vassaṃ upagacchāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū {Bhagavato} paṭissutvā samantā Vesāliṃ yathā-mittaṃ yathā-sandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ


[page 099]
D. xvi. 2. 24.] THE BUDDHA AT BELUVA. 99
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] {upagañchuṃ,} Bhagavā pana tatth'; eva Beluva-gāmake vassaṃ upagañchi.
23. Atha kho Bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ Bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāseti avihaññamāno.
Atha kho Bhagavato etad ahosi: ‘Na kho me taṃ {paṭirūpaṃ} yo 'haṃ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yan {nūnāhaṃ} imaṃ ābādhaṃ viriyena paṭippaṇāmetvā jīvita-saṃkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyyan'; ti.
Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ viriyena paṭippaṇāmetvā jīvita-saṃkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho Bhagavato so ābādho paṭippassambhi.
24. Atha kho Bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito acira-vuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihāra-pacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Diṭṭhā me bhante Bhagavato phāsu, diṭṭhaṃ me bhante Bhagavato khamanīyaṃ. Api hi me bhante madhuraka-jāto viya kāyo, disā pi me na pakkhāyanti, dhammā pi maṃ na paṭibhanti Bhagavato gelaññena, api ca me bhante ahosi kācid eva assāsamattā, "na tāva Bhagavā parinibbāyissati na yāva Bhagavā bhikkhusaṃghaṃ ārabbha kiñcid eva udāharatīti."'


[page 100]
100 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 2. 25.
25. ‘Kim pan'; Ānanda bhikkhu-saṃgho mayi paccāsiṃsati? Desito Ānanda mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiram karitvā, na tatth'; Ānanda Tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariya-muṭṭhi. Yassa nūna Ānanda evam assa "Ahaṃ bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ pariharissāmīti" vā "Mam'; uddesiko bhikkhu-saṃgho" ti vā, so nūna Ānanda bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ ārabbha kiñcid eva udāhareyya.
Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda na evaṃ hoti "Ahaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pariharissāmīti" vā "Mam'; uddesiko bhikkhusaṃgho" ti vā. Kiṃ Ānanda Tathāgato bhikkhusaṃghaṃ ārabbha kiñcid eva udāharissati? Ahaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addha-gato vayo anuppatto, asītiko me vayo vattati. Seyyathā pi Ānanda jara-sakaṭaṃ vegha-missakena yāpeti, evam eva kho Ānanda vegha-missakena maññe Tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ Ānanda samaye Tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ {amanasikārā} ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ ceto-samādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsukato Ānanda tasmiṃ samaye Tathāgatassa kāyo hoti.
26. ‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda atta-dīpā viharatha atta-saraṇā anañña-saraṇā, dhamma-dīpā dhamma-saraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañ c'; Ānanda bhikkhu atta-dīpo viharati atta-saraṇo anañña-saraṇo, dhamma-dīpo dhamma-saraṇo anañña-saraṇo?
‘Idh'; Ānanda bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ, vedanāsu . . . pe . . . citte . . . pe . . ., dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ, evaṃ kho Ānanda bhikkhu atta-dīpo viharati atta-saraṇo anañña-saraṇo, dhammadīpo dhamma-saraṇo anañña-saraṇo.


[page 101]
D. xvi. 2. 26.] COUNSELS TO THE DISCIPLES. 101
‘Ye hi keci Ānanda etarahi vā mamaṃ vā accayena atta-dīpā viharissanti atta-saraṇā anañña-saraṇā, dhammadīpā dhamma-saraṇā anañña-saraṇā, tamatagge me te Ānanda bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhā-kāmā'; ti.
Dutiyaka-Bhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.


[page 102]
102 CHAPTER III.
3.1. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaram ādāya Vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ {piṇḍapāta}-paṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Gaṇhāhi Ānanda nisīdanaṃ. Yena Cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamissāmi divā-vihārāyāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya Bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.
2. Atha kho Bhagavā yena Cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmā pi kho Ānando Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ Bhagavā etad avoca:
‘Ramaṇīyā Ānanda Vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ Udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Sattambakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ.


[page 103]
D. xvi. 3. 5.] AT THE CĀPĀLA CETIYA. 103
3. ‘Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so {ākaṅkhamāno} kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno Ānanda Tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā'; ti.
4. Evam pi kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na Bhagavantaṃ yāci: ‘Tiṭṭhatu bhante Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan'; ti, yathā taṃ Mārena pariyuṭṭhita-citto.
5. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā . . . pe . . . Tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Ramaṇīyā Ānanda Vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ Udenaṃ cetiyaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ Gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Sattambakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ.
‘Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so {ākaṅkhamāno} kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā {susamāraddhā,} so {ākaṅkhamāno} Ānanda Tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā'; ti.
Evam pi kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ,


[page 104]
104 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na Bhagavantaṃ yāci: ‘Tiṭṭhatu bhante Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan'; ti, yathā taṃ Mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.
6. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Gaccha tvaṃ Ānanda, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkha-mūle nisīdi.
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā acira-pakkante āyasmante Ānande yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato. {Bhāsitā} kho pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: "Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessan{ti} paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantīti."
8. ‘Etarahi kho pana bhante bhikkhū Bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhammacārino sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññāpenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttāni-karonti,


[page 105]
D. xvi. 3. 8.] THE BUDDHA AND {MĀRA}. 105
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato.
‘Bhāsitā kho pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: "Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā . . . pe . . . yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena niggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantīti." Etarahi kho pana bhante upāsakā Bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhammapaṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññāpenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttāni-karonti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato.
‘Bhāsitā kho pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: "Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā {ācikkhissanti} desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantīti." Etarahi kho pana bhante upāsikā Bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhammapaṭipannā {sāmīci}-paṭipannā anudhamma-cāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññāpenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttāni-karonti,


[page 106]
106 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 8.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato.
‘Bhāsitā kho pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: "Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañ c'; eva bhavissati phītañ ca vitthārikaṃ bāhu-jaññaṃ puthu-bhūtaṃ, yāvad eva manussehi suppakāsitan" ti. Etarahi kho pana bhante Bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañ c'; eva phītañ ca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthu-bhūtaṃ yāvad eva manussehi suppakāsitaṃ.
Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato'; ti.
9. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Appossukko tvaṃ pāpima hohi, na ciraṃ Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena Tathāgato parinibbāyissatīti.'
10. Atha kho Bhagavā Cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyu-saṃkhāraṃ ossaji, ossaṭṭhe ca Bhagavato āyusaṃkhāre mahā-{bhūmi-cālo} ahosi bhiṃsanako lomahaṃsano, deva-dundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imam udānaṃ udānesi:


[page 107]
D. xvi. 3. 13.] THE BUDDHA RENOUNCES HIS LIFE. 107
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Tulam atulañ ca sambhavaṃ bhava-saṃkhāram avassajī munī,
Ajjhattarato samāhito abhida kavacam iv'; atta-sambhavan'; ti.
11. Atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: ‘Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmi-cālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso, deva-dundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāyāti?'
12. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante mahā vatāyaṃ bhante bhūmi-cālo sumahā vatāyaṃ bhante bhūmi-cālo bhiṃsanako saloma-haṃso, deva-dundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyāti?'
13. ‘Aṭṭha kho ime Ānanda hetū aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ Ānanda mahā-paṭhavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho hoti. So kho {Ānanda} samayo yaṃ mahā-vātā vāyanti, mahā-vātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti, udakaṃ kampitaṃ paṭhaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya.


[page 108]
108 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 13.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
14. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devatā vā mahiddhikā mahānubhāvā, yassa parittā paṭhavi-saññā bhāvitā hoti appamāṇā āpo-saññā, so imaṃ paṭhaviṃ kampeti saṃkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya.
15. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Bodhisatto Tusitā kāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātu-kucchiṃ okkamati, tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī kampati saṃkampati sampavedhati.
Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya.
16. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātu-kucchismā nikkhamati, tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī kampati saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya.
17. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammā-sambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī kampati saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya.
18. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhamma-cakkaṃ pavatteti, tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī kampati saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya.
19. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Tathāgato sato sampajāno āyu-saṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī kampati saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya.
20. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda yadā Tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā parinibbāyati,


[page 109]
D. xvi. 3. 23.] EIGHT CAUSES OF EARTHQUAKES. 109
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tadā 'yaṃ paṭhavī kampati saṃkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho Ānanda aṭṭha hetū aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmi-cālassa pātubhāvāyāti.
21. ‘Aṭṭha kho imā Ānanda parisā. Katamā aṭṭha?
Khattiya-parisā brāhmaṇa-parisā gahapati-parisā samaṇaparisā Cātummahārājika-parisā Tāvatiṃsa-parisā Māraparisā Brahma-parisā.
22. ‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ Ānanda aneka-sataṃ khattiya-parisaṃ upasaṃkamitvā, tatra pi mayā sannisinna-pubbañ c'; eva sallapita-pubbañ ca sākacchā ca samāpajjita-pubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti, dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañ ca maṃ na jānanti "Ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā" ti? Dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi, antarahitañ ca maṃ na jānanti "Ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā" ti?
23. ‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ Ānanda aneka-sataṃ brāhmaṇa-parisaṃ . . . pe . . . gahapati-parisaṃ samaṇaparisaṃ . . . Cātummahārājika-parisaṃ . . . Tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ . . . Māra-parisaṃ . . . Brahma-parisaṃ upasaṃkamitvā, tatra pi mayā sannisinna-pubbañ c'; eva sallapita-pubbañ ca sākacchā ca samāpajjita-pubbā, tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti, dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañ ca maṃ na jānanti "Ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā" ti?


[page 110]
110 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 23.
Dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi, antarahitañ ca maṃ na jānanti "Ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā" ti? Imā kho Ānanda aṭṭha parisā.
24. ‘Aṭṭha kho imāni Ānanda abhibhāyatanāni.
Katamāni aṭṭha?
25. ‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-{rūpāni} passati parittāni suvaṇṇa-dubbaṇṇāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
26. ‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpa-saññī eko {bahiddhā-rūpāni} passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇa-dubbaṇṇāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
27. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇa-dubbaṇṇāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
28. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇa-dubbaṇṇāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
29. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati nīlāni nīla-vaṇṇāni nīla-nidassanāni nīla-nibhāsāni -seyyathā pi nāma ummā-pupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīla-vaṇṇaṃ nīla-nidassanaṃ nīla-nibhāsaṃ -- seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ Bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhato-bhāga-vimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīla-vaṇṇaṃ nīla-nidassanaṃ nīla-nibhāsaṃ -- evam eva ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati nīlāni nīla-vaṇṇāni nīla-nidassanāni nīla-nibhāsāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.


[page 111]
D. xvi. 3. 33.] THE EIGHT ABHIBHĀYATANAS. 111
30. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati pītāni pīta-vaṇṇāni pīta-nidassanāni pīta-nibhāsāni -seyyathā pi nāma kaṇikāra-pupphaṃ pītaṃ pīta-vaṇṇaṃ pīta-nidassanaṃ pīta-nibhāsaṃ -- seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ Bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhato-bhāga-vimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pīta-vaṇṇaṃ pīta-nidassanaṃ pīta-nibhāsaṃ -- evam eva ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati pītāni pīta-vaṇṇāni pīta-nidassanāni pīta-nibhāsāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
31. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitaka-vaṇṇāni lohitaka-nidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni -- seyyathā pi nāma {bandhu-jīvaka}-pupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitaka-vaṇṇaṃ lohitaka-nidassanaṃ lohitaka-nibhāsaṃ -- seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ Bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhato-bhāga-vimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitaka-vaṇṇaṃ lohitaka-nidassanaṃ lohitaka-nibhāsaṃ -- evam eva ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitaka-vaṇṇāni lohitaka-nidassanāni lohitaka-nibhāsāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃ-saññī hoti, idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
32. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati odātāni odāta-vaṇṇāni odāta-nidassanāni odāta-nibhāsāni -- seyyathā pi nāma osadhi-tārakā odātā odāta-vaṇṇā odāta-nidassanā odāta-nibhāsā -- seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ Bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhato-bhāga-vimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odāta-vaṇṇaṃ odāta-nidassanaṃ odāta-nibhāsaṃ -evam eva ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī eko bahiddhā-rūpāni passati odātāni odāta-vaṇṇāni odāta-nidassanāni odātanibhāsāni, "Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmīti" evaṃsaññī hoti, idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ. Imāni kho Ānanda aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.
33. ‘Aṭṭha kho ime Ānanda vimokhā. Katame aṭṭha?
‘Rūpī {rūpāni} passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokho.


[page 112]
112 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 33.
‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpa-saññī bahiddhā-rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokho.
"‘Subhan" t'; eva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokho.
‘Sabbaso rūpa-saññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭigha-saññānaṃ atthagamā, nānatta-saññānaṃ amanasikārā, "Ananto ākāso" ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokho.
‘Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma "Anantaṃ viññānan" ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokho.
‘Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma "N'; atthi kiñcīti" ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokho.
‘Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma {n'eva-saññā}{nāsaññāyatanaṃ} upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ sattamo vimokho.
‘Sabbaso {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññā-vedayita-nirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokho.
‘Ime kho Ānanda aṭṭha vimokhā.
34. ‘Ekaṃ idāhaṃ Ānanda samayaṃ Uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho Ānanda Māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Ānanda Māro pāpimā maṃ etad avoca: "Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato" ti.
35. ‘Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ Ānanda Māraṃ pāpimaṃ etad avocaṃ:
"‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessantī paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti,


[page 113]
D. xvi. 3. 36.] THE BUDDHA AND MĀRA. 113
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
"‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
"‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me upāsakā na {sāvakā} bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīcipaṭipannā anudhamma-cārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
"‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
"‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañ c'; eva bhavissati phītañ ca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthu-bhūtaṃ, yāvad eva manussehi suppakāsitan" ti.
36. ‘Idāni c'; eva kho Ānanda ajja Cāpāle cetiye Māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Ānanda Māro pāpimā maṃ etad avoca:
"‘Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: ‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino,


[page 114]
114 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 36.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññāpessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttāni-karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantīti.'; Etarahi kho pana bhante bhikkhū Bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhamma-dharā dhammānudhammapaṭipannā sāmīci-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññāpenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttāni-karonti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahītaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho pan'; esā bhante Bhagavatā vācā: ‘Na tāvāhaṃ pāpima parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhuniyo . . . pe . . . yāva me upāsakā
. . . yāva me upāsikā . . . yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañ c'; eva bhavissati phītañ ca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthu-bhūtaṃ, yāvad eva manussehi suppakāsitan'; ti. Etarahi kho pana bhante Bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañ c'; eva phītañ ca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthu-bhūtaṃ, yāvad eva manussehi suppakāsitaṃ.
Parinibbātu dāni bhante Bhagavā, parinibbātu Sugato, parinibbāna-kālo dāni bhante Bhagavato" ti.
37. ‘Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ Ānanda Māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etad avocaṃ: "Appossukko tvaṃ pāpima hohi, na ciraṃ Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena Tathāgato parinibbāyissatīti."
‘Idān'; eva kho Ānanda ajja Cāpāle cetiye Tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyu-saṅkhāro ossaṭṭho'; ti.


[page 115]
D. xvi. 3. 41.] THE FAULT OF ĀNANDA. 115
38. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ‘Tiṭṭhatu bhante Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan'; ti.
‘Alaṃ dāni Ānanda, mā Tathāgataṃ yāci, akālo dāni Ānanda Tathāgataṃ yācanāyāti.'
39. Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando . . . pe . . .
Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Tiṭṭhatu bhante Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan'; ti.
‘Saddahasi tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatassa bodhin'; ti?
‘Evam bhante.'
‘Atha kiñ carahi tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ yāva-{tati}yakaṃ abhinippīḷesīti'; ?
40. ‘Sammukhā me taṃ bhante Bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ: "Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro {iddhipādā} bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā . . . pe . . . kappāvasesaṃ vā ti."'
‘Saddahasi tvaṃ Ānandāti?'
‘Evaṃ bhante.'
‘Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ Tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne, nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na Tathāgataṃ yāci: "Tiṭṭhatu Bhagavākappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato {kappaṃ}, bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti. {Sace} tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve va te vācā Tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
41. ‘Ekam idāhaṃ Ānanda samayaṃ Rājagahe viharāmi Gijjha-kūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ Ānanda āmantesiṃ:


[page 116]
116 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 41.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Ramaṇīyaṃ Ānanda Rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo Gijjha-kūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno Ānanda Tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā" ti. Evam pi kho tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne, nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na Tathāgataṃ yāci: "Tiṭṭhatu Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti. Sace tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve va te vācā Tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
42. ‘Ekam idāhaṃ Ānanda {samayaṃ tatth'} eva Rājagahe viharāmi Nigrodhārāme . . . pe . . . tatth'; eva Rājagahe viharāmi Cora-papāte . . . tatth'; eva Rājagahe viharāmi Vebhāra-passe Sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ . . . . tatth'; eva Rājagahe viharāmi Isigilipasse Kāḷa-silāyaṃ . . . . tatth'; eva Rajagahe viharāmi Sīta-vane Sappasoṇḍika-pabbhāre . . . . tatth'; eva Rājagahe viharāmi Tapodārāme . . . . tatth'; eva Rājagahe viharāmi Veḷuvane Kalandaka-nivāpe . . . . tatth'; eva Rājagahe viharāmi Jīvakambavane . . . . tatth'; eva Rājagahe viharāmi Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye.
43. ‘Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ Ānanda āmantesiṃ: "Ramaṇīyaṃ Ānanda Rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo Gijjha-kūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo Gotama-nigrodho, ramaṇīyo Cora-papāto, ramaṇīyā Vebhāra-passe Sattapaṇṇi-guhā, ramaṇīyā Isigili-passe Kāḷa-silā, ramaṇīyo Sīta-vane Sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro,


[page 117]
D. xvi. 3. 45.] THE FAULT OF ĀNANDA. 117
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ramaṇīyo Tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo {Veḷuvane} Kalandaka-nivāpo, ramaṇīyo Jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo Maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo.
44. "‘Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno Ānanda Tathāgato kappaṃ vā {tiṭṭheyya} kappāvasesaṃ vā" ti.
Evam pi kho tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne, nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na Tathāgataṃ yāci: "Tiṭṭhatu Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti. Sace tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve va te vācā Tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
45. ‘Ekam idāhaṃ Ānanda samayaṃ idh'; eva Vesāliyaṃ viharāmi Udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ Ānanda āmantesiṃ: "Ramaṇīyā Ānanda Vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ Udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno Ānanda Tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā" ti. Evam pi kho tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne, nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na Tathāgataṃ yāci: "Tiṭṭhatu Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti. Sace tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ {yāceyyāsi}, dve va te vācā Tathāgato {paṭikkhippeyya}, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ.


[page 118]
118 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 46
46. ‘Ekam idāhaṃ Ānanda samayaṃ idh'; eva Vesāliyaṃ viharāmi Gotamake cetiye . . . . pe . . . . idh'; eva Vesāliyaṃ viharāmi Sattamba-cetiye . . . . idh'; eva Vesāliyaṃ viharāmi Bahuputte cetiye . . . . idh'; eva Vesāliyaṃ viharāmi Sārandade cetiye. . . .
47. ‘Idān'; eva kho tāhaṃ Ānanda ajja Cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ: "Ramaṇīyā Ānanda Vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ Udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ Cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthu-katā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappam. vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho Ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulī-katā yāni-katā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno Ānanda Tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā" ti. Evam pi kho tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne, nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na Tathāgataṃ yāci: "Tiṭṭhatu Bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu Sugato kappaṃ, bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti. Sace tvaṃ Ānanda Tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve va te vācā Tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ dukkataṃ, tuyh'; ev'; etaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
48. ‘Na nu evaṃ Ānanda mayā paṭigacc'; eva akkhātaṃ, sabbeh'; eva piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-bhāvo aññathā-bhāvo? Taṃ kut'; ettha Ānanda labbhā? Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ paloka-dhammaṃ taṃ vata mā palujjīti n'; etaṃ ṭhānam vijjati. Yaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, ossaṭṭho āyu-saṅkhāro. Ekaṃsena vācā Tathāgatena bhāsitā: "Na ciraṃ Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati,


[page 119]
D. xvi. 3. 50.] THE BUDDHA AT THE MAHĀ-VANA. 119
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena Tathāgato parinibbāyissatīti." Taṃ vacanaṃ Tathāgato jīvita-hetu puna paccāvamissatīti, n'; etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Mahā-vanaṃ {Kūṭāgāra-sālā} ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi.
49. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhiṃ yena Mahā-vanaṃ Kūṭāgāra-sālā ten'; upasaṃkami.
Upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Gaccha tvaṃ Ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū Vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhāna-sālāyaṃ sannipātehīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paṭissutvā, yāvatikā bhikkhū Vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhāna-sālāyaṃ sannipātetvā, yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Sannipatito bhante bhikkhu-saṃgho. Yassa dāni bhante Bhagavā kālaṃ maññatīti.'
50. Atha kho Bhagavā yena upaṭṭhāna-sālā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
Nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Tasmāt iha bhikkhave ye vo mayā dhammā abhiññāya desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulī-kātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tad assa bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Katame ca te bhikkhave dhammā mayā abhiññāya desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulī-kātabbā yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ,


[page 120]
120 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 3. 51.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tad assa bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ? Seyyathīdaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro {samma-ppadhāna}, cattāro iddhipādā, pañc'; indriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho bhikkhave dhammā mayā abhiññāya desitā,te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulī-kātabbā yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tad assa bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan'; ti.
51. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Handa dāni bhikkhave āmantayāmi vo, vaya-dhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha, na ciraṃ Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena Tathāgato parinibbāyissatīti.'
Idam avoca Bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:
‘Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ,
Pahāya vo gamissāmi, katam me saraṇam attano,
Appamattā satīmanto susīlā hotha bhikkhavo
Susamāhita-saṃkappā sacittam anurakkhatha.


[page 121]
D. xvi. 3. 51.] COUNSELS TO THE BRETHREN. 121
Yo imasmiṃ dhamma-vinaye appamatto vihessati
Pahāya jāti-saṃsāraṃ dukkhass'; antaṃ karissatīti.'
Tatiyaka-Bhāṇavāraṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ.


[page 122]
122 CHAPTER IV.
4.1. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaram ādāya Vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchā-bhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṃ Vesālim apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Idaṃ pacchimakaṃ Ānanda Tathāgatassa Vesālidassanaṃ bhavissati, āyām'; Ānanda yena Bhaṇḍagāmo ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Bhaṇḍagāmo tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Bhaṇḍagāme viharati.
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Catunnaṃ bhikkhave dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca: katamesaṃ catunnaṃ?
Ariyassa bhikkhave sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. Ariyassa bhikkhave samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca.
Ariyāya bhikkhave paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. Ariyāya bhikkhave vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. Tayidaṃ bhikkhave ariyaṃ sīlam anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ,


[page 123]
D. xvi. 4. 7.] THE BUDDHA AT BHAṆḌAGĀMA. 123
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhava-taṇhā khīṇā bhava-netti, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo'; ti.
3. Idam avoca Bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:
‘Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca vimutti ca anuttarā,
Anubuddhā ime dhammā Gotamena yasassinā.
Iti Buddho abhiññāya dhammam akkhāsi bhikkhunaṃ,
Dukkhass'; anta-karo Satthā cakkhumā parinibbuto'; ti.
4. Tatrāpi sudaṃ Bhagavā Bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīla-paribhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti.
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena {Hatthi-gāmo} . . . pe . . . Ambagāmo . . . Jambugāmo . . . yena Bhoganagaraṃ ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
6. ‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Bhoganagaraṃ tad avasari.
7. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Bhoganagare viharati Ānande cetiye. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
4 ‘Cattāro 'me bhikkhave mahā-padese desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi-karotha bhāsissāmīti.'


[page 124]
124 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 7.
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etad avoca:
8. ‘Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: "Sammukhā me taṃ āvuso Bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ, ayaṃ Dhammo ayaṃ Vinayo idaṃ Satthu sāsanan" ti, tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ n'; eva abhinanditabbaṃ na paṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni pada-vyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā Sutte otāretabbāni Vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassiyamānāni na c'; eva Sutte otaranti na Vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ: "Addhā idaṃ na c'; eva tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahītan" ti, iti h'; etaṃ bhikkhave chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassiyamānāni Sutte c'; eva otaranti Vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ: "Addhā idaṃ tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahītan" ti. Idaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ mahā-padesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
9. ‘Idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: "Amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṃgho viharati satthero sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṃghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ, ayaṃ Dhammo ayaṃ Vinayo idaṃ Satthu sāsanan" ti, tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ n'; eva abhinanditabbaṃ na paṭikkositabbaṃ.
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni pada-vyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā Sutte otāretabbāni Vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassiyamānāni {na} c'; eva Sutte otaranti na Vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ: "Addhā idaṃ na c'; eva tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tassa ca saṃghassa duggahītan" ti, iti h'; etaṃ bhikkhave chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandissayamānāni Sutte c'; eva otaranti Vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ:


[page 125]
D. xvi. 4. 11.] THE FOUR GREAT REFERENCES. 125
"Addhā idaṃ tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tassa ca saṃghassa suggahītan" ti. Idaṃ bhikkhave dutiyaṃ mahā-padesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
10. ‘Idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: "Amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhamma-dharā vinayadharā mātikā-dharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ, ayaṃ Dhammo ayaṃ Vinayo ayaṃ Satthu sāsanan" ti, tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ n'; eva abhinanditabbaṃ na paṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padavyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā Sutte otāretabbāni Vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassiyamānāni na c'; eva Sutte otaranti na Vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ: "Addhā idaṃ na c'; eva tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tesañ ca therānaṃ duggahītan" ti, iti h'; etaṃ bhikkhave chaḍ{ḍeyyātha}. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassiyamānāni Sutte c'; eva otaranti Vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ: "Addhā idaṃ tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tesañ ca therānaṃ suggahītan" ti.
Idaṃ bhikkhave tatiyaṃ mahā-padesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
11. Idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: "Amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhamma-dharo vinaya-dharo mātikā-dharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ, ayaṃ Dhammo ayaṃ Vinayo idaṃ Satthu sāsanan" ti, tassa bhikkhave {bhikkhuno} bhāsitaṃ n'; eva abhinanditabbaṃ na paṭikkositabbaṃ.
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikositvā tāni pada-vyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā Sutte otāretabbāni Vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassiyamānāni na c'; eva Sutte otaranti na Vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ: "Addhā idaṃ na c'; eva tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tassa ca therassa duggahītan" ti, iti h'; etaṃ bhikkhave chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce Sutte otāriyamānāni Vinaye sandassiyamānāni Sutte c'; eva otaranti Vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ:


[page 126]
126 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 11.
"Addhā idaṃ tassa Bhagavato vacanaṃ, tassa ca therassa suggahītan" ti. Idaṃ bhikkhave {catutthaṃ} mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyāthāti.
‘Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro mahā-padese dhāreyyāthāti.'
12. Tatra pi sudaṃ Bhagavā Bhoganagare viharanto Ānande cetiye etad eva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti: Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā, sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhi-paribhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññā-paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammad eva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathīdaṃ kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti.
13. Atha kho Bhagavā Bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘{Āyām'} Ānanda yena Pāvā ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi.
Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Pāvā tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ Bhagavā Pāvāyaṃ viharati Cundassa kammāra-puttassa ambavane.
14. Assosi kho Cundo kammāra-putto: ‘Bhagavā kira Pāvaṃ anuppatto Pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane'; ti. Atha kho Cundo kammāra-putto yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Cundaṃ kammāra-puttaṃ Bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi.
15. Atha kho Cundo kammāra-putto Bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ‘Adhivāsetu me bhante Bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenāti.'; Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhī-bhāvena.
16. Atha kho Cundo kammāra-putto Bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā,


[page 127]
D. xvi. 4. 20.] THE BUDDHA VISITS CUNDA. 127
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
17. Atha kho Cundo kammāra-putto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane {paṇītaṃ} khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañ ca sūkara-maddavaṃ Bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: ‘Kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan'; ti.
18. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaram ādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghena yena Cundassa kammāra-puttassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi, nisajja kho Bhagavā Cundaṃ kammāra-puttaṃ āmantesi: ‘Yan te Cunda sūkara-maddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa, yaṃ pan'; aññaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ {paṭiyattaṃ}, tena bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ parivisāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho Cundo kammāra-putto Bhagavato paṭissutvā, yaṃ ahosi sūkara-maddavaṃ {paṭiyattaṃ}, tena Bhagavantaṃ parivisi, yaṃ pan'; aññaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ tena bhikkhu-saṃghaṃ parivisi.
19. Atha kho Bhagavā Cundaṃ kammāra-puttaṃ āmantesi:
‘Yan te Cunda sūkara-maddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi, nāhan taṃ Cunda passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadeva-manussāya yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammāpariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra Tathāgatassāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho Cundo kammāra-putto Bhagavato paṭissutvā, yaṃ ahosi sūkara-maddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā, yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ Bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā pakkāmi.
20. Atha kho Bhagavato Cundassa kammāra-puttassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji lohita-pakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ Bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno.


[page 128]
128 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 20.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Kusinārā ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evam bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi.
Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā kammārassāti me sutaṃ
Ābādhaṃ samphusī dhīro pabāḷhaṃ māraṇantikaṃ.
Bhuttassa ca sūkara-maddavena
{Vyādhi ppabāḷhā} udapādi Satthuno.
Viriccamāno Bhagavā avoca
Gacchām'; ahaṃ Kusināraṃ nagaran ti.
6
21. Atha kho {Bhagavā} maggā okkamma yen'; aññataraṃ rukkha-mūlaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ Ānanda catugguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ paññāpehi, kilanto 'smi Ānanda, nisīdissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ paññāpesi.
22. Nisīdi Bhagavā paññatte āsane, nisajja kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi, ‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ Ānanda pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsito 'smi, Ānanda, pivissāmīti.'
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Idāni bhante pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni atikkantāni, {taṃ} {cakka-cchinnaṃ} udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ bhante Kakutthā nadī avidūre acchodikā sātodikā sītodikā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā.


[page 129]
D. xvi. 4. 25.] TURBID WATERS FLOW CLEAR. 129
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Ettha Bhagavā pānīyañ ca pivissati, gattāni ca sītaṃ karissatīti.'
23. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ Ānanda pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsito 'smi Ānanda, pivissāmīti.'
Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Idāni bhante pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni atikkantāni.
Taṃ {cakka-cchinnaṃ} udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ bhante Kakutthā nadī avidūre acchodikā sātodikā sītodikā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha Bhagavā pānīyañ ca pivissati, gattāni ca sītaṃ karissatīti.'
24. Tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ Ānanda pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsito 'smi Ānanda, pivissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā ten'; upasaṃkami. Atha kho sā nadikā {cakka-cchinnā} parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā āyasmante Ānande upasaṃkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha.
25. {Atha} kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: "Acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, Tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā! Ayaṃ hi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, mayi upasaṃkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatīti!'; Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante Tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā! Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, mayi upasaṃkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha! Pivatu Bhagavā pānīyaṃ, pivatu Sugato pānīyan'; ti.
Atha kho Bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.


[page 130]
130 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 26.
26. Tena kho pana samayena Pukkuso Malla-putto Āḷārassa Kālāmassa sāvako Kusinārāya Pāvaṃ addhānamagga-paṭipanno hoti.
Addasā kho Pukkuso Malla-putto Bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkha-mūle nisinnaṃ, disvā yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Pukkuso Malla-putto Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante, {abbhutaṃ} bhante, santena vata bhante pabbajitā vihārena viharanti!
27. ‘Bhūta-pubbaṃ bhante Āḷāro Kālāmo addhānamagga-paṭipanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkha-mūle divā-vihāre nisīdi. Atha kho bhante pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni Āḷāraṃ Kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhante aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭa-satthassa piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena Āḷāro Kālāmo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Āḷāraṃ Kālāmaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Api bhante pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni atikkamantāni addasāti?"
"‘Na kho ahaṃ āvuso addasan" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante saddaṃ assosīti?"
"‘Na kho ahaṃ āvuso saddaṃ assosin" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante sutto ahosīti?"
"‘Na kho ahaṃ āvuso sutto ahosin" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante saññī ahosīti?"
"‘Evam āvuso" ti.
‘So tvaṃ bhante saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni {sakaṭa}-satāni nissāya nissāya atikkamantāni n'; eva addasa na pana saddaṃ assosi, api hi te bhante saṃghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā'; ti.
‘Evam āvuso'; ti.
‘Atha kho bhante tassa purisassa etad ahosi: "Acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni nissāya nissāya atikkamantāni n'; eva dakkhiti na pana saddaṃ sossatīti."


[page 131]
D. xvi. 4. 32.] PUKKUSA THE MALLA 131
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Āḷāre Kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā pakkāmīti.'
28. ‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Pukkusa? Kataman nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā. yo saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭa-satāni nissāya nissāya atikkamantāni n'; eva passeyya na pana saddaṃ suṇeyya, yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjutāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā n'; eva passeyya na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyāti?'
29. ‘Kiṃ hi bhante tāni karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭa-satāni satta vā sakaṭa-satāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭa-satāni nava vā sakaṭa-satāni dasa vā sakaṭasatāni sakaṭa-sataṃ vā sakaṭa-sahassaṃ vā? Atha kho etad eva dukkarataraṃ c'; eva durabhisambhavatarañ ca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjutāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā n'; eva passeyya na saddaṃ suṇeyyāti.'
30. ‘Ekaṃ idāhaṃ Pukkusa samayaṃ Ātumāyaṃ viharāmi Bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjutāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā Bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balivaddā. Atha kho Pukkusa Ātumāya mahā-jana-kāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balivaddā ten'; upasaṃkami.
31. Tena kho panāhaṃ Pukkusa samayena Bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā Bhusāgāra-dvāre abbhokāse caṃkamāmi.
Atha kho Pukkusa aññataro puriso tamhā mahā-janakāyā yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho ahaṃ Pukkusa taṃ purisaṃ etad avocaṃ:
32. "‘Kin nu kho so āvuso mahā-jana-kāyo sannipatito"? ti.


[page 132]
132 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 32.
"‘Idāni bhante deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjutāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balivaddā. Etth'; eso mahā-jana-kāyo sannipatito, tvaṃ pana bhante kva ahosīti?"
"‘Idh'; eva kho ahaṃ āvuso ahosin" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante addasāti?"
"‘Na kho āvuso addasan" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante saddaṃ assosīti?"
"‘Na kho ahaṃ āvuso saddaṃ assosin" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante sutto ahosīti?"
"‘Na kho ahaṃ āvuso sutto ahosin" ti.
"‘Kim pana bhante saññī ahosīti"?
"‘Evam āvuso" ti.
"‘So tvaṃ bhante saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjutāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā n'; eva addasa na pana saddaṃ assosīti."
"‘Evam āvuso" ti.
33. ‘Atha kho Pukkusa tassa purisassa etad ahosi: "Acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjutāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā n'; eva dakkhiti na pana saddaṃ sossatīti." Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmīti.'
34. Evaṃ vutte Pukkuso Malla-putto Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Esāhaṃ bhante yo me Āḷāre Kāḷāme pasādo taṃ mahā-vāte vā opunāmi sīgha-sotāya vā nadiyā pavāhemi.
Abhikkantaṃ bhante abhikkantaṃ bhante! Seyyathā pi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā tela-pajjotam dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti, evam eva Bhagavatā aneka-pariyāyena dhammo pakāsito! Esāhaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi Dhammañ ca Bhikkhu-Saṃghañ ca.


[page 133]
D. xvi. 4. 37.] THE BUDDHA IS TRANSFIGURED. 133
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Upāsakaṃ maṃ Bhagavā dhāretu ajjat'; agge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan'; ti.
35. Atha kho Pukkuso Malla-putto aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi: ‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ bhaṇe siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho so puriso Pukkusassa Malla-puttassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āhari.
Atha kho Pukkuso Malla-putto taṃ siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ Bhagavato upanāmesi: ‘Idaṃ bhante siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ, tam me bhante Bhagavā paṭigaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyāti.'
‘Tena hi Pukkusa ekena maṃ acchādehi ekena Ānandan'; ti.
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho Pukkuso Malla-putto Bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena Bhagavantaṃ acchādesi, ekena āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ.
36. Atha kho Bhagavā Pukkusaṃ Malla-puttaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho Pukkuso Malla-putto Bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
37. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando acira-pakkante Pukkuse Malla-putte taṃ siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ Bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi, taṃ Bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ vītaccikaṃ viya khāyati.
Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante, abbhutaṃ bhante, yāva parisuddho bhante Tathāgatassa chavi-vaṇṇo pariyodāto! Idaṃ bhante siṅgi-vaṇṇaṃ yugaṃ maṭṭaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ Bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesiṃ,


[page 134]
134 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 37.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] taṃ Bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ vītaccikaṃ viya khāyatīti'; !
‘Evam etaṃ Ānanda. Dvīsu kho Ānanda kālesu ativiya Tathāgatassa parisuddho hoti chavi-vaṇṇo pariyodāto.
Katamesu dvīsu? Yañ ca Ānanda rattiṃ Tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañ ca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā parinibbāyati, imesu kho {Ānanda} dvīsu kālesu ativiya Tathāgatassa parisuddho hoti chavi-vaṇṇo pariyodāto.
38. ‘Ajja kho pan'; Ānanda rattiyā pacchima-yāme Kusinārāyaṃ Upavattane Mallānaṃ sāla-vane antarena yamaka-sālānaṃ Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati.
Āyām'; Ānanda yena Kakutthā nadī ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi.
Siṅgi-vaṇṇa-yugaṃ maṭṭam Pukkuso abhihārayi.
Tena acchādito Satthā hema-vaṇṇo asobhathāti.
39. Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Kakutthā nadī ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Kakutthaṃ nadiṃ {ajjhogāhetvā} {nahatvā} ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena Ambavanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Cundakaṃ āmantesi:
‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ Cundaka catugguṇaṃ {saṃghāṭiṃ} paññāpehi, kilanto 'smi Cundaka, nipajjissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā {Cundako} Bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ paññāpesi.
40. Atha kho Bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīha-seyyaṃ kappesi, pāde pādaṃ accādhāya, sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā.


[page 135]
D. xvi. 4. 42.] THE BUDDHA'S LAST JOURNEY. 135
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Āyasmā pana Cundako tatth'; eva Bhagavato purato nisīdi.
41. Gantvāna Buddho nadiyaṃ Kakutthaṃ
Acchodi-sātodika-vippasannaṃ,
Ogāhi Satthā sukilanta-rūpo
Tathāgato appaṭimo va loke.
Nahatvā pitvā c'; udatāri Satthā
Purakkhato bhikkhu-gaṇassa majjhe.
Satthā pavattā Bhagavā 'dha dhamme
Upāgami {Ambavanaṃ} mahesi.
Āmantayi Cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,
‘Catugguṇaṃ patthara me nipajjaṃ.'
So modito bhāvitattena Cundo
Catugguṇaṃ patthari khippam eva.
{Nipajji} Satthā sukilanta-rūpo
Cundo pi tattha pamukhe nisīdīti.
42. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Siyā kho pan'; Ānanda Cundassa kammāra-puttassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ upadaheyya: "Tassa te āvuso Cunda alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te Tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā parinibbuto" ti. Cundassa Ānanda kammāra-puttassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo:
"‘Tassa te āvuso lābhā, tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te Tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā parinibbuto.
Sammukhā me taṃ āvuso Cunda Bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ, dve 'me piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samasama-vipākā ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca.


[page 136]
136 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 4. 42.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Katame dve? Yañ ca piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā Tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañ ca piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā Tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā parinibbāyati.
Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasama-phalā samasama-vipākā ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Āyu-saṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā Cundena kammāra-puttena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇa-saṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā Cundena kammāra-puttena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukha-saṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā Cundena kammāra-puttena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasa-saṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā Cundena kammāra-puttena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sagga-saṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā Cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyya-saṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā Cundena kammāra-puttena kammaṃ upacitan" ti.
‘Cundassa Ānanda kammāra-puttassa evaṃ vippāṭisāro paṭivinetabbo'; ti.
43. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imam udānaṃ udānesi:
Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati,
Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ, {rāga-dosa-moha-kkhayā} sa nibbuto ti.
Āḷāra-vedalla-Bhāṇavāraṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ Catutthaṃ.


[page 137]
137
CHAPTER V.
5.1. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Āyām'; Ānanda yena Hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimatīraṃ yena {Kusinārā} Upavattanaṃ Mallānaṃ sāla-vanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamissāmāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi.
Atha kho Bhagavā mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ yena Hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārima-tīraṃ yena {Kusinārā} Upavattanaṃ Mallānaṃ sāla-vanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Iṅgha me tvaṃ Ānanda antarena yamaka-{sālānaṃ} uttara-sīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññāpehi, kilanto 'smi Ānanda, nipajjissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamaka-sālānaṃ uttara-sīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññāpesi. Atha kho Bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīha-seyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.
2. Tena kho pana samayena yamaka-sālā sabba-phāliphullā honti akāla-pupphehi. Te Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya.
Dibbāni pi mandārava-pupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbāni pi candana-cuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya.


[page 138]
138 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Dibbāni pi turiyāni antalikkhe vajjenti Tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbāni pi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti Tathāgatassa pūjāya.
3. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Sabba-phāliphullā kho Ānanda yamaka-sālā akālapupphehi Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbāni pi mandārava-pupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya, dibbāni pi candana-cuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni Tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti Tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbāni pi turiyāni antalikkhe vajjenti Tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbāni pi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti Tathāgatassa pūjāya.
‘Na kho Ānanda ettāvatā Tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho Ānanda bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhamma-paṭipanno viharati {sāmīci}-paṭipanno anudhamma-cārī, so Tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garukaroti māneti pūjeti paramāya pūjāya. Tasmāt ih'; Ānanda "dhammānudhamma-paṭipannā viharissāma {sāmīci}-paṭipannā anudhamma-cārino" ti, evaṃ hi vo Ānanda sikkhitabban'; ti.
4. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upavāṇo Bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti Bhagavantaṃ vījamāno. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upavāṇaṃ apasādesi: ‘Apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsīti.'
Atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: ‘Ayaṃ kho āyasmā Upavāṇo dīgha-rattaṃ Bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpa-cārī.


[page 139]
D. xvi. 5. 6.] SPIRITS WATCHING THE BUDDHA. 139
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Atha ca pana Bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ Upavāṇaṃ apasādesi: "Apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsīti." Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo yaṃ Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upavāṇaṃ apasādesi: "Apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsīti?"'
5. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Ayaṃ bhante āyasmā Upavāṇo dīgha-rattaṃ Bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpa-cārī, atha ca pana Bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ Upavāṇaṃ apasādeti: "Apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsīti." Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yaṃ Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upavāṇaṃ apasādesi: "Apehi bhikkhu mā me purato {aṭṭhāsīti}"?'
‘Yebhuyyena Ānanda dasasu loka-dhātusu devatā sannipatitā Tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā Ānanda {Kusinārā} Upavattanaṃ Mallānaṃ sāla-vanaṃ {samantato} dvādasa yojanāni n'; atthi so padeso vālagga-koṭi-nittud{anamatto} pi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. Devatā Ānanda ujjhāyanti: "Dūrā vat'; amhā āgatā Tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci Tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, ajja ca rattiyā pacchima-yāme Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, ayañ ca mahesakkho bhikkhu Bhavagato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle Tathāgataṃ dassanāyāti" devatā Ānanda ujjhāyantīti.'
6. ‘Kathaṃ-bhūtā pana bhante Bhagavā devatā manasikarotīti'; ?
‘Sant'; Ānanda devatā ākāse paṭhavi-saññiniyo, kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papātaṃ papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti:


[page 140]
140 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Atikhippaṃ Bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatīti!"
‘Sant'; Ānanda devatā paṭhaviyā paṭhavi-saññiniyo, kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papā{taṃ} papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: "Atikhippaṃ Bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatīti!" Yā pana tā devatā vīta-rāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti: "Aniccā saṃkhārā, taṃ kut'; ettha labbā?" ti.'
7. ‘Pubbe bhante disāsu vassaṃ vutthā bhikkhū āgacchanti Tathāgataṃ dassanāya, te mayaṃ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya labhāma payirupāsanāya.
Bhagavato pana mayaṃ bhante accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya na labhissāma payirupāsanāyāti.'
8. ‘Cattār'; imāni Ānanda saddhassa kula-puttassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Katamāni cattāri?
"‘Idha Tathāgato jāto" ti Ānanda saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ.
"‘Idha Tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammā-sambodhiṃ abhisambuddho" ti Ānanda saddhassa kula-puttassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ.
"‘Idha Tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhamma-cakkaṃ pavattitan" ti Ānanda saddhassa kula-puttassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ.
"‘Idha Tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā parinibbuto" ti Ānanda saddhassa kula-puttassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ.


[page 141]
D. xvi. 5. 11.] FOUR PLACES OF PILGRIMAGE. 141
‘Imāni kho Ānanda cattāri saddhassa kula-puttassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Āgamissanti kho Ānanda saddhā bhikkhu-bhikkhuniyo upāsaka-upāsikāyo "Idha Tathāgato jāto" ti pi, "‘Idha Tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammā-sambodhiṃ abhisambuddho" ti pi, "Idha Tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhamma-cakkaṃ pavattitan" ti pi, "Idha Tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto" ti pi.
‘Ye hi keci Ānanda cetiya-cārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṃ karissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjissantīti.'
9. ‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ bhante mātugāme paṭipajjāmāti?'
‘Adassanaṃ Ānandāti.'
‘Dassane Bhagavā sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabban?'; ti.
‘Anālāpo Ānandāti.'
‘Ālapantena pana bhante kathaṃ paṭipajjitabban?'; ti.
‘Sati Ānanda upaṭṭhāpetabbā'; ti.
10. ‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ bhante Tathāgatassa sarīre {paṭipajjāmāti}?'
‘Avyāvaṭā tumhe Ānanda hotha Tathāgatassa sarīra{pūjāya}, iṅgha tumhe Ānanda sadatthe ghaṭatha, sadattham anuyuñjatha, sadatthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. Sant'; Ānanda khattiya-paṇḍitā pi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitā pi gahapati-paṇḍitā pi Tathāgate abhippasannā, te Tathāgatassa sarīra-pūjaṃ karissantīti.'
11. ‘Kathaṃ pana bhante Tathāgatassa sarīre {paṭipajjitabban}?'; ti.
‘Yathā kho Ānanda rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ Tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban'; ti.
‘Kathaṃ pana bhante rañño cakkavattissa sarīre {paṭipajjantīti}'; ?
‘Rañño Ānanda cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti.


[page 142]
142 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 11.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Etena upāyena pañcahi yuga-satehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā ayasāya tela-doṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā ayasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjetvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti, cātummahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti. Evaṃ kho Ānanda rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti.
‘Yathā kho Ānanda rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti evaṃ Tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātummahāpathe Tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā vaṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti abhivādessanti vā, cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.
12. ‘Cattāro 'me Ānanda thūpārahā. Katame cattāro?
6 ‘Tathāgato Arahaṃ Sammā-Sambuddho thūpāraho, Pacceka-Buddho thūpāraho, Tathāgata-sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho.
‘Katamañ c'; Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca Tathāgato Arahaṃ Sammā-Sambuddho thūpāraho? "Ayaṃ tassa Bhagavato arahato Sammā-Sambuddhassa thūpo" ti Ānanda bahujano cittaṃ pasādeti, te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjanti. Idaṃ kho Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca Tathāgato Arahaṃ Sammā-Sambuddho thūpāraho.
‘ Katamañ c'; Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca PaccekaSambuddho thūpāraho? "Ayaṃ tassa Bhagavato Pacceka-Sambuddhassa thūpo" ti Ānanda bahu-jano cittaṃ pasādeti,


[page 143]
D. xvi. 5. 13.] MEMORIAL MOUNDS. 143
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjanti. Idaṃ kho Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca Pacceka-Sambuddho thūpāraho.
‘Katamañ c'; Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca Tathāgatasāvako thūpāraho? "Ayaṃ tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammā-Sambuddhassa sāvaka-thūpo" ti Ānanda bahujano cittaṃ pasādeti, te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjanti.
Idaṃ kho Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca Tathāgata-sāvako thūpāraho.
‘ Katamañ c'; Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho? "Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo" ti Ānanda bahu-jano cittaṃ pasādeti, te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjanti. Idaṃ kho Ānanda attha-vasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho.
‘Ime kho Ānanda cattāro thūpārahā'; ti.
13. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi: "{Ahañ} ca vat'; amhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, Satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati yo mamaṃ anukampako'; ti.
Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: ‘Kahan nu kho bhikkhave Ānando'? ti.
‘Eso bhante āyasmā Ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito: "Ahañ ca vat'; amhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, Satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati yo mamaṃ anukampako" ti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi: ‘Ehi tvaṃ bhikkhu, mama vacanena Ānandam āmantehi: "Satthā taṃ āvuso Ānanda āmantetīti."'


[page 144]
144 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 13.
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭissutvā yen'; āyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca: ‘Satthā taṃ āvuso Ānanda āmantetīti.'
‘Evaṃ āvuso'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
14. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ Bhagavā etad avoca:
‘Alaṃ Ānanda mā soci mā paridevi. Na nu etaṃ Ānanda mayā {paṭigacc'; eva} akkhātaṃ, sabbeh'; eva piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-bhāvo aññathā-bhāvo?
Taṃ kut'; ettha Ānanda labbhā? yan taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ paloka-dhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti n'; etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgha-rattaṃ kho te Ānanda Tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāya-kammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacī-kammena . . . pe . . . mettena mano-kammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. Katapuñño 'si tvaṃ Ānanda.
Padhānaṃ anuyuñja khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo'; ti.
15. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Ye pi te bhikkhave ahesuṃ atītam addhānaṃ arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, tesam pi Bhagavantānaṃ eta-paramā yeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ seyyathā pi mayhaṃ Ānando Ye pi te bhikkhave bhavissanti anāgatam addhānaṃ arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, tesam pi Bhagavantānaṃ eta-paramā yeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti seyyathā pi mayhaṃ Ānando.
‘Paṇḍito kho bhikkhave Ānando, jānāti: "Ayaṃ kālo Tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsikānaṃ,


[page 145]
D. xvi. 5. 16.] FOUR QUALITIES IN ĀNANDA. 145
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ayaṃ kālo rañño rāja-mahāmattānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthiya-sāvakānan" ti.
16. ‘Cattāro 'me bhikkhave acchariyā abbhutā dhammā Ānande. Katame cattāro?
‘Sace bhikkhave bhikkhu-parisā Ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti, tatra ce Ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati bhāsitena pi sā attamanā hoti, atittā 'va bhikkhave bhikkhu-parisā hoti atha Ānando tuṇhī hoti.
‘Sace bhikkhave bhikkhunī-parisā . . . upāsaka-parisā . . . upāsikā-parisā Ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti, tatra ce Ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati bhāsitena pi sā attamanā hoti, atittā 'va bhikkhave {upāsikā}-parisā hoti atha Ānando tuṇhī hoti.
‘Cattāro 'me bhikkhave acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi.
‘Sace bhikkhave khattiya-parisā . . . brāhmaṇa-parisā . . . gahapati-parisā . . . samaṇa-parisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti, tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati bhāsitena pi sā attamanā hoti, atittā 'va bhikkhave samaṇa-parisā hoti atha rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti.


[page 146]
146 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 16.
‘Evam eva kho bhikkhave cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā Ānande. Sace bhikkhave bhikkhu-parisā bhikkhunī-parisā . . . upāsaka-parisā . . . upāsikā-parisā Ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamati, dassanena pi sā attamanā hoti, tatra ce Ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati bhāsitena pi sā attamanā hoti, atittā 'va bhikkhave upāsikāparisā hoti atha Ānando tuṇhī hoti.
‘Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā Ānande'; ti.
17. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Mā bhante Bhagavā imasmiṃ kuḍḍa-nagarake ujjaṅgala-nagarake sākha-nagarake parinibbāyatu. Santi hi bhante aññāni mahā-nagarāni seyyathīdaṃ Campā Rājagahaṃ Sāvatthi Sāketaṃ Kosambi Bārāṇasi. Ettha Bhagavā parinibbāyatu, ettha bahū khattiya-mahāsālā brāhmaṇa-{mahāsālā} gahapati-mahāsālā Tathāgate abhippasannā, te Tathāgatassa sarīra-pūjaṃ karissantīti.'
‘Mā h'; evaṃ Ānanda avaca, mā h'; evaṃ Ānanda avaca kuḍḍa-nagarakaṃ ujjaṅgala-nagarakaṃ sākha-nagarakan ti.
18. ‘Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda Rājā Mahā-Sudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhamma-rājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto satta-ratana-samannāgato. Rañño Ānanda Mahā-Sudassanassa ayaṃ Kusinārā Kusāvātī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasa yojanāni āyāmena uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca satta yojanāni vitthārena.
‘Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhānī iddhā c'; eva ahosi phītā ca bahu-janā ca ākiṇṇa-manussā ca subhikkhā ca.


[page 147]
D. xvi. 5. 20.] FORMER GREATNESS OF KUSINĀRĀ. 147
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Seyyathā pi Ānanda devānaṃ Āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā c'; eva phītā ca bahu-janā ca ākiṇṇa-yakkhā ca subhikkhā ca, evam eva kho Ānanda Kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā c'; eva ahosi phītā ca bahu-janā ca ākiṇṇa-manussā ca subhikkhā ca.
‘Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā c'; eva rattī ca, seyyathīdaṃ hatthi-saddena assa-saddena ratha-saddena bheri-saddena mutiṅga-saddena vīṇā-saddena gīta-saddena samma-saddena tālasaddena asnātha-pivatha-khādathāti dasamena saddena.
19. ‘Gaccha tvaṃ Ānanda, Kusinārāyaṃ pavisitvā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ ārocehi: "Ajja kho Vāseṭṭhā rattiyā pacchime yāme Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkhamatha Vāseṭṭhā! {abhikkamatha} Vāseṭṭhā! mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha: Amhākañ ca no gāmakkhette Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle Tathāgataṃ dassanāyāti."'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya atta-dutiyo Kusinārāyaṃ pāvisi.
20. Tena kho pana samayena Kosinārakā Mallā santhāgāre sannipatitā honti kenacid eva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ santhāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ ārocesi:
‘Ajja kho Vāseṭṭhā rattiyā pacchime yāme Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. {Abhikkamatha} Vāseṭṭhā! {abhikkamatha} Vāseṭṭhā! mā pacchā {vippaṭisārino} ahuvattha: ‘Amhākañ ca no gāmakkhette Tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi,


[page 148]
148 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 20.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle Tathāgataṃ dassanāyāti.'
21. Idam āyasmato Ānandassa sutvā Mallā ca Mallaputtā ca Malla-suṇisā ca Malla-pajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā ceto-dukkha-samappitā app ekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papātaṃ papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: ‘Atikhippam Bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatīti.'
Atha kho Mallā Malla-puttā ca Malla-suṇisā ca Mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā ceto-dukkha-samappitā yena Upavattanaṃ Mallānaṃ sāla-vanaṃ yen'; āyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu.
22. Atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi:
‘Sace kho ahaṃ Kosinārake Malle ekam-ekaṃ Bhagavantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito Bhagavā Kosinārakehi Mallehi bhavissati athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yan nūnāhaṃ Kosinārake Malle kula-parivattaso kula-parivattaso ṭhapetvā Bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ: "Itthannāmo bhante Mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti."'
Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Kosinārake Malle kula-parivattaso kula-parivattaso ṭhapetvā Bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi: ‘Itthannāmo bhante Mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti.'
Atha kho āyasmā Ānando etena upāyena paṭhamen'; eva yāmena Kosinārake Malle Bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.
23. Tena kho pana samayena Subhaddo nāma paribbājako Kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho Subhaddo paribbājako: ‘Ajj'; eva kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa Gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatīti.'


[page 149]
D. xvi. 5. 24.] THE VISIT OF SUBHADDA. 149
Atha kho Subhaddassa paribbājakassa etad ahosi:
‘Sutaṃ kho pana me taṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: "Kadāci karahaci Tathāgatā loke uppajjanti Arahanto Sammā-Sambuddhā" ti. Ajja ca rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa Gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhā-dhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe Gotame, pahoti me samaṇo Gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ yathā ahaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhā-dhammaṃ pajaheyyan'; ti.
24. Atha kho Subhaddo paribbājako yena Upavattanaṃ Mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yen'; āyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca:
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bho Ānanda paribbājakānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: "Kadāci karahaci Tathāgatā loke uppajjanti Arahanto Sammā-Sambuddhā" ti. Ajja ca rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa Gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhā-dhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe Gotame, pahoti me samaṇo Gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ yathā ahaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhā-dhammaṃ pajaheyyaṃ. Svāhaṃ bho Ānanda labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ dassanāyāti.'
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etad avoca: ‘Alaṃ āvuso Subhadda, mā Tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi. Kilanto Bhagavā'; ti.
Dutiyam pi kho Subhaddo paribbājako . . . pe . . . Tatiyam pi kho Subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca:
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bho Ānanda paribbājakānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: "Kadāci karahaci Tathāgatā loke uppajjanti Arahanto Sammā-Sambuddhā" ti. Ajja ca rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa Gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati.


[page 150]
150 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 24.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhā-{dhammo} uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe Gotame, pahoti me samaṇo Gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ yathā ahaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyyaṃ. Svāhaṃ bho Ānanda labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ dassanāyāti.'
Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando Subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etad avoca: ‘Alaṃ āvuso Subhadda, mā Tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi. Kilanto Bhagavā'; ti.
25. Assosi kho Bhagavā āyasmato Ānandassa Subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathā-sallāpaṃ. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Alaṃ Ānanda, mā Subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ Ānanda Subhaddo Tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ Subhaddo pucchissati, sabban taṃ aññā-pekho 'va pucchissati no vihesā-pekho, yañ c'; assāhaṃ puṭṭho vyākarissāmi taṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti.'
Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etad avoca: ‘Gacch'; āvuso Subhadda, karoti te Bhagavā okāsan'; ti.
26. Atha kho Subhaddo paribbājako yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Subhaddo paribbājako Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
3 ‘Ye '; me bho Gotama samaṇa-brāhmaṇā saṃghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhu-sammatā ca bahu-janassa, seyyathīdaṃ Pūraṇo Kassapo, Makkhali Gosālo, Ajita-Kesakambalī, Pakudho Kaccāyano, Sañjayo Belaṭṭhi-putto, Nigaṇṭho Nātha-putto, sabbe te sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññaṃsu, sabbe 'va na abbhaññaṃsu,


[page 151]
D. xvi. 5. 27.] THE VISIT OF SUBHADDA. 151
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ekacce abbhaññaṃsu ekacce na abbhaññaṃsūti'; ?
1 ‘Alaṃ Subhadda! Tiṭṭhat'; etaṃ "Sabbe te sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññaṃsu, sabbe va na abbhaññaṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññaṃsu ekacce na abbhaññaṃsūti?" Dhammaṃ te Subhadda desessāmi, taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi-karohi, bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho Subhaddo paribbājako Bhagavato paccassosi, Bhagavā etad avoca:
27. ‘Yasmiṃ kho Subhadda dhamma-vinaye Ariyo Aṭṭhaṅgiko Maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇo pi tattha na upalabbhati, dutiyo pi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati, tatiyo pi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati, catuttho pi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñ ca kho Subhadda dhamma-vinaye Ariyo Aṭṭhaṅgiko Maggo upalabbhati, samaṇo pi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyo pi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyo pi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catuttho pi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho Subhadda dhamma-vinaye Ariyo Aṭṭhaṅgiko Maggo upalabbhati, idh'; eva Subhadda samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo.
Suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññe, ime ca Subhadda bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assa.
Ekūnatiṃso vayasā Subhadda
Yaṃ pabbajiṃ kiṃ-kusalānuesī.
Vassāni {paññāsa samādhikāni}
Yato ahaṃ pabbajito Subhadda,
Ñāyassa dhammassa padesa-vattī.
Ito bahiddhā samaṇo pi n'; atthi,


[page 152]
152 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 5. 27.
dutiyo pi samaṇo n'; atthi, tatiyo pi samaṇo n'; atthi, catuttho pi samaṇo n'; atthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññe, ime ca Subhadda bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.'
28. Evaṃ vutte Subhaddo paribbājako Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ‘Abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante! Seyyathā pi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telappajotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti, evam eva Bhagavatā aneka-pariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca.
Labheyyāhaṃ Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampadan'; ti.
3 ‘Yo kho Subhadda añña-titthiya-pubbo imasmiṃ dhamma-vinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddha-cittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhu-bhāvāya. Api ca m'; ettha puggala-vemattatā viditā'; ti.
29. ‘Sace bhante añña-titthiya-pubbā {imasmiṃ} dhamma-vinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṃ, cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddha-cittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhu-bhāvāya, ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddha-cittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhu-bhāvāyāti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ‘Tena h'; Ānanda Subhaddaṃ pabbājethāti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato paccassosi.
30. Atha kho Subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca:
‘Lābhā vo āvuso Ānanda, suladdhaṃ vo āvuso Ānanda, ye ettha Satthārā sammukhā antevāsābhisekena abhisittā'; ti.


[page 153]
D. xvi. 5. 30.] CONVERSION OF SUBHADDA. 153
Alattha kho Subhaddo paribbājako Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho pan'; āyasmā Subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto {viharanto Na} cirass'; eva yass'; atthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariya-pariyosānaṃ diṭṭhe 'va dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi: ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti'; abbhaññāsi.
Aññataro kho pan'; āyasmā Subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi.
So Bhagavato pacchimo sakkhi-sāvako ahosīti.
Hiraññavatiya-Bhāṇavāraṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ Pañcamaṃ.


[page 154]
154 CHAPTER VI.
6.1. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Siyā kho pan'; Ānanda tumhākam evam assa: "Atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, n'; atthi no Satthā" ti. Na kho pan'; etaṃ Ānanda evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo Ānanda mayā Dhammo ca Vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mam'; accayena Satthā.
2. ‘Yathā kho pan'; Ānanda etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ āvuso-vādena samudācaranti, na vo mam'; accayena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena Ānanda bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvuso-vādena vā samudācaritabbo, navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu "bhante" ti vā "āyasmā" ti vā samudācaritabbo.
3. ‘Ākaṅkhamāno Ānanda saṃgho mam'; accayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhantu.
4. ‘Channassa Ānanda bhikkhuno mam'; accayena brahma-daṇḍo kātabbo'; ti.
‘Katamo pana bhante brahma-daṇḍo'; ti?
‘Channo Ānanda bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya taṃ vadeyya, so bhikkhūhi n'; eva vattabbo na ovaditabbo na anusāsitabbo'; ti.
5. Atha Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Siyā kho pana bhikkhave eka-bhikkhussa pi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā Buddhe vā dhamme vā saṃghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Pucchatha bhikkhave. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha:


[page 155]
D. xvi. 6. 7.] THE DISCIPLES'; FAITH. 155
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Sammukhī-bhūto no Satthā ahosi, na mayaṃ sakkhimha Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitun"'; ti.
Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ.
Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā. . . .
Tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Siyā kho pana bhikkhave eka-bhikkhussa pi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā Buddhe vā dhamme vā saṃghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Pucchatha bhikkhave. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha: "Sammukhī-bhūto no Satthā ahosi, na mayaṃ sakkhimha Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitun"'; ti.
Tatiyam pi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ.
Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Siyā kho pana bhikkhave Satthu-gāravena pi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyako pi bhikkhave sahāyakassa ārocetūti.'
Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ.
6. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyaṃ bhante abbhutaṃ bhante! Evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ bhante imasmiṃ bhikkhu-saṃghe, n'; atthi eka-bhikkhussa pi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā Buddhe vā dhamme vā saṃghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā'; ti.
‘Pasādā kho tvaṃ Ānanda vadesi. {Ñāṇam} eva h'; ettha Ānanda Tathāgatassa: "N'; atthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṃghe, n'; atthi eka-bhikkhussa pi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā Buddhe vā dhamme vā saṃghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Imesaṃ hi Ānanda pañcannaṃ bhikkhu-satānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu so sotāpanno avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyano'; ti.
7. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:


[page 156]
156 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 7.
‘Handa dāni bhikkhave āmantayāmi vo: "Vayadhammā saṃkhārā, appamādena sampādethāti."
Ayaṃ Tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.
8. Atha kho Bhagavā paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji.
Dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji.
Tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajji.
Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji. {Ākāsānañcāyatana}-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji. Viññāṇañcāyatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji. Ākiñcaññāyatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji. {N'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññā-vedayita-nirodhaṃ samāpajji.
Atha kho āyasmā Ānando {āyasmantaṃ} Anuruddhaṃ etad avoca:
‘Parinibbuto bhante Anuruddha Bhagavā'; ti.
‘Na āvuso Ānanda Bhagavā parinibbuto, saññā-vedayita-nirodhaṃ samāpanno'; ti.
9. Atha kho Bhagavā saññā-vedayita-nirodha-sampattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā {n'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji.
{N'eva-saññā}-nāsaññāyatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji. Ākiñcaññāyatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji. Viññāṇañcāyatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji. Ākāsānañcāyatana-samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā Bhagavā parinibbāyi.
10. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahā{bhūmi-cālo} ahosi bhiṃsanako lomahaṃso deva-dundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu.


[page 157]
D. xvi. 6. 10.] THE DEATH OF THE BUDDHA. 157
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā Brahmā Sahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:
‘Sabbe 'va nikkhipissanti bhūtā loke samussayaṃ,
Yathā etādiso Satthā loke appaṭipuggalo
Tathāgato balappatto sambuddho parinibbuto'; ti.
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā Sakko devānam indo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:
‘Aniccā vata saṃkhārā uppāda-vaya-dhammino,
Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vupasamo sukho'; ti.
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā Anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
‘Nāhu assāsa-passāso ṭhita-cittassa tādino.
Anejo santim ārabbha yaṃ kālam akarī munī
Asallīnena cittena vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi:
Pajjotass'; eva nibbānaṃ vimokho cetaso ahūti.'
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā Ānando imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:
‘Tadā 'si yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ tadā 'si loma-haṃsanaṃ
{Sabbākāra}-varūpete Sambuddhe parinibbute'; ti.
Parinibbute Bhagavati tattha ye te bhikkhū avīta-rāgā {app ekacce} bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papātaṃ papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: ‘Atikhippaṃ Bhagavā parinibbuto,


[page 158]
158 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahitan'; ti.
Ye pana te bhikkhū vīta-rāgā te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti, ‘Aniccā saṃkhārā, taṃ kut'; ettha labbhā'; ti.
11. Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Alaṃ āvuso mā socittha mā paridevittha. Na nu etaṃ āvuso Bhagavatā paṭigacc'; eva akkhātaṃ, sabbeh'; eva piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-bhāvo aññathābhāvo? Taṃ kut'; ettha āvuso labbhā? Yan taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṃkhataṃ paloka-dhammaṃ {taṃ} vata mā palujjīti n'; etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Devatā āvuso ujjhāyantīti.'
2 ‘Kathaṃ-bhūtā pana bhante āyasmā Anuruddho devatā manasikarotīti?'
‘Sant'; āvuso Ānanda devatā ākāse paṭhavi-saññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapapātaṃ papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: "Atikhippaṃ Bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahitan" ti.
‘Sant'; āvuso {Ānando} devatā paṭhaviyā paṭhavi-saññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papātaṃ papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: "Atikhippaṃ Bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahitan" ti.
‘Yā pana devatā vīta-rāgā tā satā sampajānā adhivā senti, "Aniccā saṃkhārā, taṃ kut'; ettha labbhā"'; ti.
12. Atha kho āyasmā ca Anuruddho āyasmā ca Ānando taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
‘Gacch'; āvuso Ānanda, Kusināraṃ pavisitvā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ ārocehi: "Parinibbuto Vāseṭṭhā Bhagavā, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññathāti."'
‘Evaṃ bhante'; ti kho āyasmā Ānanda āyasmato Anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya atta-dutiyo Kusināraṃ pāvisi.


[page 159]
D. xvi. 6. 14.] HOMAGE OF THE MALLAS. 159
Tena kho pana samayena Kosinārakā Mallā santhāgāre sannipatitā honti ten'; eva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ santhāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ ārocesi: ‘Parinibbuto Vāseṭṭhā Bhagavā, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññathāti.'
Idam āyasmato Ānandassa sutvā Mallā ca Malla-puttā ca Malla-suṇisā ca Malla-pajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā ceto-dukkha-samappitā app ekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papātam papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: ‘Atikhippaṃ Bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahitan'; ti.
13. Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ: ‘Tena hi bhaṇe Kusinārāyaṃ gandha-mālañ ca sabbañ ca tāḷāvacaraṃ sannipātethāti.'
Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā gandha-mālañ ca sabbañ ca tāḷāvacaraṃ pañca ca dussa-yuga-satāni ādāya yena Upavattanaṃ Mallānaṃ sāla-vanaṃ yena Bhagavato sarīraṃ ten'{upasaṃkamiṃsu}, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garukarontā mānentā pūjentā cela-vitānāni karontā maṇḍala-mālāni paṭiyādentā evaṃ taṃ divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.
Atha kho Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ etad ahosi: "Ativikālo kho ajja Bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ. Sve dāni mayaṃ Bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmāti.'; Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā Bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garukarontā mānentā pūjentā cela-vitānāni karontā maṇḍala-mālāni paṭiyādentā dutiyam pi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyam pi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, catuttham pi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañcamam pi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭham pi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.
14. Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ etad ahosi:


[page 160]
160 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 14.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ‘Mayaṃ Bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garukarontā {mānentā} pūjentā, dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa Bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmāti.'
Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha Malla-pāmokkhā sīsaṃ nahātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: ‘Mayaṃ Bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmāti,'; na sakkonti uccāretuṃ.
Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā āyasmantaṃ Anuruddhaṃ etad avocum: ‘Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena 'me aṭṭha Malla-pāmokkhā sīsaṃ nahātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā, "Mayaṃ Bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmāti," na sakkonti uccāretun'? ti.
‘Aññathā kho Vāseṭṭhā tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṃ adhippāyo'; ti.
15. ‘Kathaṃ pana bhante devatānaṃ adhippāyo'? ti.
‘Tumhākaṃ kho Vāseṭṭhā adhippāyo: "Mayaṃ Bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garukarontā mānentā pūjentā, dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā, bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa Bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmāti." Devatānaṃ kho Vāseṭṭhā adhippāyo: "Mayaṃ Bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garukarontā mānentā pūjentā, uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā, uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā, majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā, puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa Makuṭa-bandhanaṃ nāma Mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, ettha Bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmāti."'
‘Yathā bhante devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotūti.'
16. Tena kho pana samayena Kusinārā yāva sandhisamala-saṅkaṭīrā jannu-mattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā hoti. Atha kho devatā ca Kosinārakā ca Mallā Bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garukarontā mānentā pūjentā,


[page 161]
D. xvi. 6. 18.] BURIAL OF A KING. 161
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā, uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā, majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā, puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā -- puratthimato nagarassa Makuṭa-bandhanaṃ nāma Mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ -- ettha Bhagavato sarīraṃ nikkhipiṃsu.
17. Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avocum: ‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ bhante Ānanda Tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmāti?'
‘Yathā kho Vāseṭṭhā rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ Tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban'; ti.
‘Kathaṃ pana bhante Ānanda rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantīti?'
‘Rañño Vāseṭṭhā cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, etena upāyena pañcahi yuga-satehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā ayasāya tela-doṇiyā pakkhipitvā, aññissā ayasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā, sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti, cātummahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti. Evaṃ kho Vāseṭṭhā rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti.
‘Yathā kho Vāseṭṭhā rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ Tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
Cātummahāpathe Tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā vaṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti, abhivādessanti vā, cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti.'
18. Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ, ‘Tena hi bhaṇe Mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sannipātethāti.'
Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā Bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṃ, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṃ,


[page 162]
162 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 18.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] etena upāyena pañcahi yuga-satehi Bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā ayasāya tela-doṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā ayasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabba-gandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā Bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropesuṃ.
19. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Pāvāya Kusināraṃ addhāna-magga-paṭipanno hoti mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhu-satehi.
Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
Tena kho pana {samayena} aññataro ājīvako Kusinārāya mandārava-pupphaṃ gahetvā Pāvaṃ addhāna-maggapaṭipanno hoti.
Addasā kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo ājīvakaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ. Disvā tam ājīvakaṃ etad avoca: ‘Ap'; āvuso amhākaṃ Satthāraṃ jānāsīti.'
‘Āma āvuso jānāmi. Ajja sattāha-parinibbuto samaṇo Gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandārava-pupphaṃ gahitan'; ti.
Tattha ye te bhikkhū avīta-rāgā app ekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinna-papātaṃ papatanti āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: ‘Atikhippaṃ Bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ Sugato parinibbuto, atikhippam cakkhuṃ loke antarahitan'; ti.
Ye pana te bhikkhū vīta-rāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti: ‘Aniccā saṃkhārā, taṃ kut'; ettha labbhā?'; ti.
20. Tena kho pana samayena Subhaddo nāma buḍḍhapabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho Subhaddo buḍḍha-pabbajito te bhikkhū etad avoca:
‘Alaṃ āvuso mā socittha mā paridevittha. Sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahā-samaṇena. {Upaddutā} ca homa "Idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatīti," idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma taṃ na karissāmāti.'
Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo bhikkhū āmantesi:
‘Alaṃ āvuso mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ āvuso Bhagavatā paṭigacc'; eva akkhātaṃ:


[page 163]
D. xvi. 6. 22.] KASSAPA'S SALUTATION. 163
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Sabbeh'; eva piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-bhāvo {aññathā}bhāvo, taṃ kut'; ettha āvuso labbhā? yan taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṃkhataṃ paloka-dhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti n'; etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti."'
21. Tena kho pana samayena cattāro Malla-pāmokkhā sīsaṃ nahātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: ‘Mayaṃ Bhagavato citakaṃ ālimpessāmāti'; na sakkonti ālimpetuṃ.
Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā āyasmantaṃ Anuruddhaṃ etad avocuṃ:
‘Ko nu kho bhante Anuruddha hetu ko paccayo yena 'me cattāro Malla-pāmokkhā sīsaṃ nahātā ahatāni {vatthāni} nivatthā ‘Mayaṃ Bhagavato citakaṃ ālimpessāmāti'; na sakkonti ālimpetun?'; ti.
‘Aññathā kho Vāseṭṭhā devatānaṃ adhippāyo'; ti.
‘Kathaṃ pana bhante devatānaṃ adhippāyo'? ti.
‘Devatānaṃ kho Vāseṭṭhā adhippāyo: "Ayaṃ āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Pāvāya Kusināraṃ addhāna-magga-paṭipanno mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhu-satehi, na tāva Bhagavato citako pajjalissati yāv'; āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatīti."'
‘Yathā bhante devatānaṃ adhippāyo tathā hotūti.'
22. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena {Kusinārā} Makuṭa-bandhanaṃ Mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ yena Bhagavato citako ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā {añjaliṃ} paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, pādato vivaritvā Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi.
Tāni pi kho pañca bhikkhu-satāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjalim paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu.


[page 164]
164 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 22.
Vandite ca pan'; āyasmatā Mahā-Kassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhu-satehi, sayam eva Bhagavato citako pajjali.
23. Jhāyamānassa pana Bhagavato sarīrassa, yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā camman ti vā maṃsan ti vā nahārūti vā lasikā ti vā tassa n'; eva chārikā paññāyittha na masi, sarīrān'; eva avasissiṃsu.
Seyyathā pi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa n'; eva chārikā paññāyati na masi, evam eva Bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā camman ti vā maṃsan ti vā nahārūti vā lasikā ti vā tassa n'; eva chārikā paññāyittha na masi, sarīrān'; eva avasissiṃsu.
Tesañ ca pañcannaṃ dussa-yuga-satānaṃ dve va dussāni ḍayhiṃsu yañ ca sabba-abbhantarimaṃ yañ ca bāhiraṃ.
Daḍḍhe kho pana Bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātu bhavitvā Bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi,udakasālato pi abbhunnamitvā Bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi.
Kosinārakā pi Mallā sabba-gandhodakena Bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesuṃ.
Atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā Bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṃ santhāgāre satti-pañjaraṃ karitvā dhanu-pākāraṃ parikkhipitvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṃsu parikariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.
24. Assosi kho Rājā Māgadho Ajāta-sattu Vedehi-putto: ‘Bhagavā kira Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti.
Atha kho Rājā Māgadho Ajāta-sattu Vedehi-putto Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi: ‘Bhagavā pi khattiyo {aham} pi khattiyo. Aham pi arahāmi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, aham pi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmīti.'
Assosuṃ kho Vesālikā Licchavī: ‘Bhagavā kira Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Vesālikā Licchavī Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ: ‘Bhagavā pi khattiyo mayam pi khattiyā. Mayam pi arahāma Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ,


[page 165]
D. xvi. 6. 25.] APPLICATIONS FOR THE REMAINS. 165
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mayam pi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
Assosuṃ kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā: ‘Bhagavā kira Kusinārāyaṃ {parinibbuto}'; ti. Atha kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ: ‘Bhagavā amhākaṃ ñāti-seṭṭho. Mayam pi arahāma Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayam pi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
Assosuṃ kho Allakappakā Bulayo: ‘Bhagavā {kira} Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Allakappakā Bulayo Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pahesuṃ: ‘Bhagavā pi khattiyo mayam pi khattiyā. Mayam pi arahāma Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayam pi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
Assosuṃ kho Rāmagāmakā Koliyā: ‘Bhagavā kira Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Rāmagāmakā Koliyā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ: ‘Bhagavā pi khāttiyo mayam pi khattiyā. Mayam pi arahāma Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayam pi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
Assosi kho Veṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo: ‘Bhagavā kira Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Veṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi: ‘Bhagavā pi khattiyo, aham asmi brāhmaṇo. Aham pi arahāmi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, aham pi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmīti.'
Assosuṃ kho Pāveyyakā Mallā: ‘Bhagavā kira Kusinā{rāyaṃ} parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Pāveyyakā Mallā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtam pahesuṃ: ‘Bhagavā pi khattiyo mayam pi khattiyā. Mayam pi arahāma Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayam pi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
25. Evaṃ vutte Kosinārakā Mallā te saṃghe gaṇe etad avocuṃ:


[page 166]
166 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 25.
‘Bhagavā amhākaṃ gāma-kkhette parinibbuto. Na mayaṃ dassāma Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgan'; ti.
Evaṃ vutte Doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṃghe gaṇe etad avoca:
Suṇantu bhonto mama eka-vākyaṃ.
Amhākaṃ Buddho ahu khanti-vādo.
Na hi sādhu yaṃ uttama-puggalassa
Sarīra-bhaṅge siya sampahāro.
Sabbe {va} bhonto sahitā samaggā
Sammodamānā karom'; aṭṭha bhāge,
Vitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā
Bahujjano cakkhumato pasanno'; ti.
‘Tena hi brāhmaṇa tvaṃ yeva Bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajāhīti.'
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho Doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṃghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā Bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṃghe gaṇe etad avoca:
‘Imaṃ me bhonto kumbhaṃ dadantu, aham pi kumbhassa thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmīti.'
Adaṃsu kho te Doṇassa brāhmaṇassa kumbhaṃ.
26. Assosuṃ kho Pipphalivaniyā Moriyā: ‘Bhagavā kira Kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'; ti. Atha kho Pipphalivaniyā Moriyā Kosinārakānaṃ Mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ: ‘Bhagavā pi khattiyo mayam pi khattiyā. Mayam pi arahāma Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ {bhāgaṃ}, mayam pi Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca karissāmāti.'
‘N'; atthi Bhagavato {sarīrānaṃ} bhāgo, vibhattāni Bhagavato sarīrāni, ito aṅgāraṃ harathāti.'; Te tato {aṅgāraṃ} hariṃsu.
27. Atha kho Rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu Vedehi-putto Rājagahe Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca {mahañ} ca akāsi.


[page 167]
D. xvi. 6. 28.] THE TEN STŪPAS 167
Vesālikā pi Licchavī Vesāliyaṃ Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Kāpilavatthavā pi Sakyā kapila-vatthusmiṃ Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Allakappakā pi Bulayo {Allakappe} Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Rāmagāmakā pi Koliyā Rāmagāme Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Veṭhadīpako pi brāhmaṇo Veṭhadīpe Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akāsi.
Pāveyyakā pi Mallā Pāvāyaṃ Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Kosinārakā pi Mallā Kusinārāyaṃ Bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Doṇo pi brāhmaṇo kumbhassa thūpañ ca mahañ ca akāsi.
Pipphalivaniyā pi Moriyā Pipphalivane aṅgārānaṃ thūpañ ca mahañ ca akaṃsu.
Iti aṭṭh'; assa sarīra-thūpā navamo kumbha-thūpo dasamo aṅgāra-thūpo.
Evam etaṃ bhūta-pubban ti.
28. Aṭṭha-doṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, satta-doṇaṃ {Jambudīpe} mahenti, Ekañ ca doṇaṃ purisa-varuttamassa Rāmagāme nāgarājā mahenti.
Ekā pi dāṭhā Tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana Gandhāra-pure mahīyati,
Kāliṅga-rañño vijite pun'; ekaṃ, ekaṃ puna nāga-rājā mahenti.
Tass'; eva tejena ayaṃ vasundharā āyāga-seṭṭhehi mahī alaṃkatā.
Evam imaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ susakkataṃ sakkatasakkatehi.


[page 168]
168 MAHĀ-PARINIBBĀNA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvi. 6. 28.
Devinda-nāginda-narinda-pūjito manussa-seṭṭhehi tath'
eva pūjito Taṃ vandatha pañjalikā bhavitvā, Buddho have kappasatehi dullabho ti.]
Mahā-Parinibbāna-Suttantaṃ Niṭṭhitaṃ.


[page 169]
169
[xvii. Mahā-Sudassana-Suttanta.]
1.1. Evam me sutaṃ. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kusinārāyaṃ viharati Upavattane Mallānaṃ sāla-vane antarena yamaka-sālānaṃ parinibbāna-samaye.
2. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando {Bhagavantaṃ} etad avoca:
‘Mā bhante Bhagavā imasmiṃ kuḍḍa-nagarake ujjaṅgala-nagarake sākha-nagarake parinibbāyi. Santi bhante aññāni mahā-nagarāni seyyathīdaṃ Campā Rājagahaṃ Sāvatthi Sāketaṃ Kosambi Bārāṇasi, ettha Bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā brāhmaṇa-mahāsālā, gahapati-mahāsālā Tathāgate abhippasannā, te Tathāgatassa {sarīra}-pūjaṃ karis{santīti.}
3. ‘Mā h'; evaṃ Ānanda avaca "kuḍḍa-nagarakaṃ ujjaṅgala-nagarakaṃ sākha-nagarakan ti." Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano nāma ahosi khattiyo muddhāvasitto cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto.


[page 170]
170 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa ayaṃ Kusinārā Kusāvatī nāma rājadhāni ahosi. Sā kho Ānanda Kusāvatī pacchimena ca puratthimena ca dvādasayojanāni ahosi āyāmena, uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca satta-yojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhāni iddhā c'; eva ahosi phītā ca bahu-janā ca ākiṇṇa-manussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathā pi Ānanda devānaṃ Āḷakamandā nāma rājadhāni iddhā c'; eva phītā ca bahu-janā ca ākiṇṇa-yakkhā ca subhikkhā ca, evam eva kho Ānanda Kusāvatī rājadhāni iddhā c'; eva ahosi phītā ca bahu-janā ca ākiṇṇa-manussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhāni dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā c'; eva rattī ca, seyyathīdaṃ hatthi-saddena assa-saddena rathasaddena bheri-saddena mutiṅga-saddena vīṇā-saddena gīta-saddena samma-saddena tāḷa-saddena "asnātha pivatha khādathāti" dasamena saddena.
4. ‘Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhāni sattahi pākārehi parikkhittā ahosi. Tattha eko pākāro sovaṇṇamayo, eko rūpimayo, eko veḷuriyamayo, eko phalikamayo, eko lohitaṅkamayo, eko masāragallamayo, eko sabbaratanamayo.
5. ‘Kusāvatiyā Ānanda rājadhāniyā catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ dvārāni ahesuṃ. Ekaṃ dvāraṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriya-mayam, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ.


[page 171]
D. xvii. 1. 6.] THE SEVEN AVENUES OF PALMS. 171
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Ekam-ekasmiṃ dvāre satta esikā nikhātā ahesuṃ ti-porisaṅgā catu-porisā ubbedhena. Ekā esikā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpimayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratana mayā.
6. ‘Kusāvatī Ānanda rājadhāni sattahi tāla-pantīhi parikkhittā ahosi. Ekā tāla-panti sovaṇṇamayā ekā rūpimayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā.
Sovaṇṇamayassa tālassa sovaṇṇamayo khandho ahosi, {rūpimayāni} pattāni ca phalāni ca. Rūpimayassa tālassa rūpimayo khandho ahosi sovaṇṇamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Veḷuriyamayassa tālassa veḷuriyamayo khandho ahosi phalikamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca.
Phalikamayassa tālassa phalikamayo khandho ahosi veḷuriyamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khandho ahosi lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Sabbaratanamayassa tālassa sabbaratanamayo khandho ahosi sabbaratana-mayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca.
Tāsaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Seyyathā pi Ānanda pañcaṅgikassa turiyassa suvinītassa suppaṭipatālitassa kusalehi samannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca,


[page 172]
172 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evam eva kho Ānanda tāsaṃ tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Ye kho pan'; Ānanda tena samayena Kusāvatiyā rājadhāniyā dhuttā ahesuṃ {soṇḍā} pipāsā, te tāsaṃ tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddena paricāresuṃ.
7. ‘Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano sattahi ratanehi samannāgato ahosi catūhi ca iddhīhi. Katamehi sattahi?
Idh'; Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa tadahu 'posathe paṇṇarase sīsaṃ nahātassa uposathikassa upari-pāsādavara-gatassa dibbaṃ cakka-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāra-paripūraṃ.
Disvā {rañño} Mahā-sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ: ‘Yassa rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa tadahu 'posathe paṇṇarase sīsaṃ nahātassa uposathikassa upari-pāsāda-vara-gatassa dibbaṃ {cakka-ratanaṃ} pātu bhavati sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāra-paripūraṃ, so hoti rājā cakkavattīti.
Assaṃ nu kho ahaṃ rājā cakkavattīti."
8. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano uṭṭhāy'; āsanā, ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā, vāmena hatthena bhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā, dakkhiṇena hatthena cakkaratanaṃ abbhukkiri: "Pavattatu bhavaṃ cakkaratanaṃ, abhivijinātu bhavaṃ cakka-ratanan ti." Atha kho taṃ Ānanda cakka-ratanaṃ puratthimaṃ disaṃ pavatti, anvad eva rājā Mahā-sudassano saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Yasmiṃ kho pan'; Ānanda padese cakka-ratanaṃ patiṭṭhāsi,


[page 173]
D. xvii. 1. 10.] THE TREASURE OF THE WHEEL. 173
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tattha rājā Mahā-sudassano vāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya.
9. ‘Ye kho pan'; Ānanda puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno te rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam āhaṃsu:
"‘Ehi kho Mahārāja, sāgataṃ Mahārāja, sakan te Mahārāja, anusāsa Mahārājāti."
‘Rājā Mahā-sudassano evam āha: "Pāṇo na hantabbo.
Adinnaṃ n'; ādātabbaṃ. Kāmesu micchā na caritabbā.
Musā na bhāsitabbā. Majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ. Yathabhuttañ ca bhuñjathāti."
‘Ye kho pan'; Ānanda puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno te rañño Mahā-sudassanassa anuyuttā ahesuṃ.
10. ‘Atha kho taṃ Ānanda cakka-ratanaṃ puratthimaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogahetvā paccuttaritvā dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ pavatti . . . pe . . . dakkhiṇaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogahetvā paccuttaritvā pacchimaṃ disaṃ pavatti . . . pe . . . pacchimaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogahetvā paccuttaritvā uttaraṃ disaṃ pavatti, anvad eva rājā Mahā-sudassano saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Yasmiṃ kho pan'; Ānanda padese cakka-ratanaṃ paṭiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā Mahāsudassano vāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya.
‘Ye kho pan'; Ānanda uttarāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam āhaṃsu:
"‘Ehi kho Mahārāja, sāgataṃ Mahārāja, sakan te Mahārāja, anusāsa Mahārājāti."
‘Rājā Mahā-sudassano eva āha: "Pāṇo na hantabbo.
Adinnaṃ n'; ādātabbaṃ. Kāmesu micchā na caritabbā.

[page 174]
174 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 10.
Musā na bhāsitabbā. Majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ. Yathābhuttañ ca {bhuñjathāti}."
‘Ye kho pan'; Ānanda uttarāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rañño Mahā-sudassanassa anuyuttā ahesuṃ.
11. ‘Atha kho taṃ Ānanda cakka-ratanaṃ samuddapariyantaṃ paṭhaviṃ abhivijinitvā Kusāvatiṃ {rājadhāniṃ} paccāgantvā rañño Mahā-sudassanassa antepura-dvāre attha-karaṇa-pamukhe akkhāhataṃ maññe aṭṭhāsi rañño Mahā-sudassanassa ante-puraṃ upasobhayamānaṃ.
{Rañño} Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarūpaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
12. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa hatthi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi, sabba-seto sattappatiṭṭho iddhimā vehāsaṃ-gamo Uposatho nāma nāga-rājā. Disvā rañño Mahā-sudassanassa cittaṃ pasīdi: "Bhaddakaṃ vata bho hatthi-yānaṃ sace damathaṃ upeyyāti." Atha kho tam Ānanda hatthi-ratanaṃ seyyathā pi nāma bhaddo hatthājānīyo dīgha-rattaṃ suparidanto evam evaṃ damathaṃ upagacchi. Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tam eva hatthi-ratanaṃ {vīmaṃsamāno} pubbaṇha-samayaṃ abhirūhitvā samudda-pariyantaṃ paṭhaviṃ anusaṃsāyitvā Kusāvatiṃ rājadhāniṃ paccāgantvā pātarāsaṃ akāsi. Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarūpaṃ hatthi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
13. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa assa-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi, sabba-seto kāka-sīso muñjakeso iddhimā vehāsaṃ-gamo Valāhako nāma assa-rājā. Disvā rañño Mahā-sudassanassa cittaṃ pasīdi: "Bhaddakaṃ vata bho assa-yānaṃ sace damathaṃ upeyyāti." Atha kho taṃ Ānanda assa-ratanaṃ seyyathā pi nāma bhaddo assājānīyo dīgha-rattaṃ suparidanto evam evaṃ damathaṃ upagacchi.


[page 175]
D. xvii. 1. 15.] THE SEVEN TREASURES. 175
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā Mahāsudassano tam eva assa-ratanaṃ {vīmaṃsamāno} pubbaṇhasamayaṃ abhirūhitvā samudda-pariyantaṃ paṭhaviṃ anusāyitvā Kusāvatiṃ rājadhāniṃ paccāgantvā pātarāsam akāsi. Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarūpaṃ assa-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
14. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa maṇi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi. So ahosi maṇi-veḷuriyo subho jātimā {aṭṭhaṃso} suparikamma-kato accho vippasanno sabbākāra-sampanno. Tassa kho pan'; Ānanda maṇi-ratanassa ābhā samantā yojanaṃ phuṭā ahosi.
Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tam eva maṇi-ratanaṃ {vīmaṃsamāno} caturaṅgini-senaṃ sannayhitvā maṇi-dhajaggaṃ āropetvā rattandhakāratimisāyaṃ pāyāti. Ye kho pan'; Ānanda samantā gāmā ahesuṃ, te ten'; obhāsena kammante payojesuṃ "Divā te" maññamānā. Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa {evarūpaṃ} maṇi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
15. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-Sudassanassa itthi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi, abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇa-pokkharatāya samannāgatā, {nātidīghā} nātirassā nātikisā {nātithūlā} nātikāḷī nāccodātā, atikkantā mānusaṃ vaṇṇaṃ appattā dibbaṃ vaṇṇaṃ.
Tassa kho pan'; Ānanda itthi-ratanassa evarūpo kāyasamphasso hoti, seyyathā pi nāma tūla-picuno vā kappāsapicuno vā. Tassa kho pan'; Ānanda itthi-ratanassa sīte uṇhāni gattāni honti, uṇhe sītāni. Tassa kho pan'; Ānanda itthi-ratanassa kāyato candana-gandho vāyati, mukhato uppala-gandho. Taṃ kho pan'; Ānanda itthiratanaṃ rañño Mahā-Sudassanassa pubbuṭṭhāyinī ahosi pacchā-nipātinī kiṃkāra-paṭissāvinī manāpa-cārinī piyavādinī.


[page 176]
176 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 15.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Taṃ kho pan'; Ānanda itthi-ratanaṃ rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ manasā pi no {aticāri}, kuto pana kāyena. Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarūpaṃ itthi-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
16. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa gahapati-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi. Tassa kamma-vipākajaṃ dibba-cakkhuṃ pātur ahosi yena nidhiṃ passati sassāmikam pi assāmikam pi. So rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam āha: "Appossukko tvaṃ deva hohi, ahaṃ te dhanena dhana-karaṇīyaṃ karissāmīti."
‘Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tam eva gahapati-ratanaṃ {vīmaṃsamāno} nāvaṃ abhirūhitvā majjhe Gaṅgāya nadiyā sotaṃ ogāhetvā gahapatiratanaṃ etad avoca:
"‘Attho me gahapati hirañña-suvaṇṇenāti."
"‘Tena hi mahā-rāja ekaṃ va tīraṃ nāvā upetūti."
"‘Idh'; eva me gahapati attho hirañña-suvaṇṇenāti."
‘Atha kho taṃ Ānanda gahapati-ratanaṃ ubhohi hatthehi udakaṃ omasitvā pūraṃ hirañña-suvaṇṇassa kumbhiṃ uddharitvā rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ etad avoca: "Alam ettāvatā mahā-rāja, katam ettāvatā mahā-rājāti?"
‘Rājā Mahā-sudassano evam āha: "Alam ettāvatā gahapati, katam ettāvatā gahapati, pūjitam ettāvatā gahapatīti."


[page 177]
D. xvii. 1. 20.] THE FOUR IDDHIS. 177
‘Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarūpaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
17. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa pariṇāyaka-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi, paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upayāpetabbaṃ upayāpetuṃ apayāpetabbaṃ apayāpetuṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ ṭhapetuṃ.
So rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam āha: "Appossukko tvaṃ deva hohi, aham anusāsissāmīti."
‘Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa evarūpaṃ pariṇāyaka-ratanaṃ pātur ahosi.
‘Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imehi sattahi ratanehi samannāgato ahosi.
18. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano catūhi iddhīhi samannāgato ahosi. Katamāhi catūhi iddhīhi? Idh'; Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano abhirūpo ahosi dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇa-pokkharatāya samannāgato ativiya aññehi manussehi. Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imāya paṭhamāya iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi.
19. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano dīghāyuko ahosi ciraṭṭhitiko ativiya aññehi manussehi.
Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imāya dutiyāya iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi.
20. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-{sudassano} appābādho ahosi appātaṅko sama-vepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya ativiya aññehi manussehi. Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imāya tatiyāya iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi.


[page 178]
178 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 21.
21. ‘Puna ca paraṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano brāhmaṇa-gahapatikānaṃ piyo ahosi manāpo. Seyyathā pi Ānanda pitā puttānaṃ piyo hoti manāpo, evam eva kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano brāhmaṇa-gahapatikānaṃ piyo ahosi manāpo. Rañño pi Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā piyā ahesuṃ manāpā. Seyyathā pi Ānanda pitu puttā piyā honti manāpā, evam eva kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā piyā ahesuṃ manāpā. Bhūta-pubbaṃ Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano caturaṅginiyā senāya uyyāna-bhūmiṃ niyyāsi. Atha kho Ānanda brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam āhaṃsu: "Ataramāno deva yāhi yathā taṃ mayaṃ cirataraṃ passeyyāmāti." Rājā pi Ānanda Mahā-sudassano sārathiṃ āmantesi: "Ataramāno sārathi rathaṃ pesehi yathā ahaṃ brāhmaṇa-gahapatike cirataraṃ passeyyan ti." Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imāya catutthāya iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi.
‘Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano imāhi catūhi iddhīhi samannāgato ahosi.
22. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Yan nūnāhaṃ imāsu tālantarikāsu dhanu-sate dhanu-sate pokkharaṇīyo māpeyyan ti."
‘Māpesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tāsu tālantarikāsu dhanu-sate dhanu-sate pokkharaṇīyo. Tā kho pan'; Ānanda pokkharaṇīyo catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ {iṭṭhakāhi} citā ahesuṃ, ekā {iṭṭhakā} sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpi mayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā. Tāsu kho pan'; Ānanda pokkharaṇīsu cattāri cattāri sopānāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ, ekaṃ sopānaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ Sovaṇṇamayassa sopānassa sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ,


[page 179]
D. xvii. 1. 23.] THE BATHING TANKS. 179
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] rūpimayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; rūpimayassa sopānassa rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ, sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; veḷuriyamayassa sopānassa veḷuriyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, phalikamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; phalikamayassa sopānassa phalikamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, veḷuriyamayā sūciyo ca {uṇhīsañ} ca. Tā kho pan'; Ānanda pokkharaṇīyo dvīhi vedikāhi parikkhittā ahesuṃ, ekā vedikā sovaṇṇamayā ekā rūpimayā; sovaṇṇamayāya vedikāya sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ rūpimayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; rūpimayāya vedikāya rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca.
23. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Yan nūnāhaṃ imāsu pokkharaṇīsu {evarūpaṃ} mālaṃ ropāpeyyaṃ uppalaṃ padumaṃ kumudaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ sabbotukaṃ sabba-janassa anācāran ti." Ropāpesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tāsu pokkharaṇīsu evarūpaṃ mālaṃ uppalaṃ padumaṃ kumudaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ sabbotukaṃ {sabba-janassa} anācāraṃ.
‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Yan nūnāhaṃ imāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre nahāpake purise ṭhapeyyaṃ ye āgatāgataṃ janaṃ nahāpessantīti." Ṭhapesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre nahāpake purise ye āgatāgataṃ janaṃ nahāpeyyuṃ.
‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Yan nūnāhaṃ imāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre evarūpaṃ dānaṃ paṭṭhapeyyaṃ, annaṃ annatthikassa pānaṃ pānatthikassa vatthaṃ vatthatthikassa {yānaṃ} yānatthikassa sayanaṃ sayanatthikassa itthiṃ itthatthikassa hiraññaṃ hiraññatthikassa suvaṇṇaṃ suvaṇṇatthikassāti."


[page 180]
180 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 23.
Paṭṭhapesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre evarūpaṃ dānaṃ, annaṃ annatthikassa pānaṃ pānatthikassa vatthaṃ vatthatthikassa yānaṃ yānatthikassa sayanaṃ sayanatthikassa itthiṃ itthatthikassa hiraññaṃ hiraññatthikassa suvaṇṇaṃ suvaṇṇatthikassa.
24. ‘Atha kho Ānanda brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ ādāya rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam {āhaṃsu}: "Idaṃ deva pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ devaṃ yeva uddissa āhataṃ, taṃ devo {paṭigaṇhatūti}."
"‘Alaṃ bho, mama pi pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ dhammikena balinā abhisaṃkhataṃ. Taṃ vo hotu, ito ca bhīyo harathāti."
"Te raññā paṭikkhittā ekamantaṃ apakkamma evaṃ samacintesuṃ: "Na kho etaṃ amhākaṃ paṭirūpaṃ yaṃ mayaṃ imāni sāpateyyāni punad eva sakāni gharāni paṭihārāma. Yan nūna mayaṃ rañño Mahā-sudassanassa nivesanaṃ māpeyyāmāti."
‘Te rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: "Nivesanaṃ te deva māpessāmāti."
"‘Adhivāsesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tuṇhībhāvena."
25. ‘Atha kho Ānanda Sakko devānaṃ indo rañño Mahā-sudassanassa cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya Vissakammaṃ deva-puttaṃ āmantesi: "Ehi tvaṃ samma Vissakamma rañño Mahā-sudassanassa nivesanaṃ māpehi Dhammaṃ nāma pāsādan ti."
"‘Evaṃ bhaddan tavāti" kho Ānanda Vissakammo deva-putto Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā,


[page 181]
D. xvii. 1. 26.] THE PALACE OF TRUTH. 181
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva devesu Tāvatiṃsesu antarahito rañño Mahā-sudassanassa purato pātur ahosi. Atha kho Ānanda Vissakammo deva-putto rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ etad avoca: "Nivesanan te deva māpessāmi Dhammaṃ nāma pāsādan ti."
‘Adhivāsesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano tuṇhībhāvena. Māpesi kho Ānanda Vissakammo deva-putto rañño Mahā-sudassanassa nivesanaṃ Dhammaṃ nāma pāsādaṃ.
26. ‘Dhammo Ānanda pāsādo puratthimena ca pacchimena ca yojanaṃ āyāmena ahosi, uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca addha-yojanaṃ vitthārena.
‘Dhammassa Ānanda pāsādassa ti-porisaṃ uccattanena vatthuṃ citaṃ ahosi catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ iṭṭhakāhi, ekā iṭṭhakā {sovaṇṇamayā}, ekā rūpimayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā.
‘Dhammassa Ānanda pāsādassa caturāsīti-thambhasahassāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ, eko thambho sovaṇṇamayo, eko rūpimayo, eko veḷuriyamayo, eko phalikamayo.
‘Dhammo Ānanda pāsādo catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ phalakehi santhato ahosi, ekaṃ phalakaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ.
‘Dhammassa Ānanda pāsādassa catu-vīsati sopānāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ, ekaṃ sopānaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamayassa sopānassa sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, rūpimayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; rūpimayassa sopānassa rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ, sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; veḷuriyamayassa sopānassa veḷuriyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ,


[page 182]
182 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 26.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] phalikamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; phalikamayassa sopānassa phalikamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, veḷuriyamayā sūciyo ca unhīsañ ca.
‘Dhamme Ānanda pāsāde caturāsīti-kūṭāgāra-sahassāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ; ekaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamaye kūṭāgāre rūpimayo pallaṃko paññatto ahosi; rūpimaye kūṭāgāre sovaṇṇamayo pallaṃko paññatto ahosi; veḷuriyamaye kūṭāgāre dantamayo pallaṃko paññatto ahosi; phalikamaye kūṭāgāre sāramayo pallaṃko paññatto ahosi. Sovaṇṇamayassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre rūpimayo tālo ṭhito ahosi; tassa rūpimayo khandho sovaṇṇamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca.
Rūpimayassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre sovaṇṇamayo tālo ṭhito ahosi; tassa sovaṇṇamayo khandho rūpimayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Veḷuriyamayassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre phalikamayo tālo ṭhito ahosi; tassa phalikamayo khandho veḷuriyamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Phalikamayassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre veḷuriyamayo tālo ṭhito ahosi;
tassa veḷuriyamayo khandho phalikamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca.
27. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Yan nūnāhaṃ Mahā-vyūhassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre sabba-sovaṇṇamayaṃ tāla-vanaṃ māpeyyaṃ yattha divā vihāraṃ nisīdissāmīti."
‘Māpesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano mahā-vyūhassa {kūṭāgārassa} dvāre sabba-sovaṇṇamayaṃ tāla-vanaṃ, yattha divā vihāraṃ nisīdi.
28. ‘Dhammo Ānanda pāsādo dvīhi vedikāhi parikkhitto ahosi,


[page 183]
D. xvii. 1. 30.] THE AEOLIAN HARPS. 183
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ekā vedikā sovaṇṇamayā ekā rūpimayā; sovaṇṇamayāya vedikāya sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, rūpimayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; rūpimayāya vedikāya rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ, sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca.
29. ‘Dhammo Ānanda pāsādo dvīhi kiṅkiṇika-jālāhi parikkhitto ahosi, ekaṃ jālaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ ekaṃ jālaṃ rūpimayaṃ; sovaṇṇamayassa jālassa rūpimayā kiṅkiṇiyo ahesuṃ, rūpimayassa jālassa sovaṇṇamayā kiṅkiṇiyo ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda kiṅkiṇika-jālānaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Seyyathā pi Ānanda pañcaṅgikassa turiyassa suvinītassa suppaṭipatālitassa kusalehi samannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca, evam eva kho Ānanda tesaṃ kiṅkiṇikajālānaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Ye kho pan'; Ānanda tena samayena Kusāvatiyā rājadhāniyā dhuttā ahesuṃ soṇḍā pipāsā, te tesaṃ kiṅkiṇika-jālānaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddena paricāresuṃ.
30. ‘Niṭṭhito kho pan'; Ānanda Dhammo pāsādo dudikkho ahosi musati cakkhūni. Seyyathā pi Ānanda vassānaṃ pacchime māse sarada-samaye viddhe vigata-valāhake deve ādicco nabhaṃ abbhussukkamāno dudikkho hoti musati cakkhūni,


[page 184]
184 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 1. 30.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evam eva kho Ānanda Dhammo pāsādo dudikkho ahosi musati cakkhūni.
31. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Yan {nūnāhaṃ} Dhammassa pāsādassa purato Dhammaṃ nāma pokkharaṇiṃ māpeyyan ti."
‘Māpesi kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano Dhammassa pāsādassa purato Dhammaṃ nāma pokkharaṇiṃ.
‘Dhammo Ānanda pokkharaṇī puratthimena ca pacchimena ca yojanaṃ āyāmena ca ahosi, uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca addha-yojanaṃ vitthārena.
‘Dhammo Ānanda pokkharaṇī catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ iṭṭhakāhi citā ahosi, ekā iṭṭhakā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpimayā, ekā {veḷuriyamayā}, ekā phalikamayā.
‘Dhammāya ca Ānanda pokkharaṇiyā catu-vīsatisopānāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ, ekaṃ sopānaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpimayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamayassa sopānassa sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ rūpimayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; rūpimayassa sopānassa rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; {veḷuriyamayassa} sopānassa {veḷuriyamayā} thambhā ahesuṃ phalikamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; phalikamayassa sopānassa phalikamayā thambhā ahesuṃ veḷuriyamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca.
‘Dhammo Ānanda pokkharaṇī dvīhi vedikāhi parikkhittā ahosi, ekā vedikā sovaṇṇamayā ekā rūpimayā; sovaṇṇamayāya vedikāya sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ rūpimayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca; rūpimayāya vedikāya rūpimayā thambhā ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañ ca.
32. ‘Dhammo Ānanda pokkharaṇī sattahi tāla-pantīhi parikkhittā ahosi, ekā tāla-panti sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpimayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā.
Sovaṇṇamayassa tālassa sovaṇṇamayo khandho ahosi rūpimayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca.


[page 185]
D. xvii. 2. 1.] THE AEOLIAN HARPS. 185
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Rūpimayassa tālassa rūpimayo khandho ahosi sovaṇṇamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Veḷuriyamayassa tālassa veḷuriyamayo khandho ahosi phalikamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Phalikamayassa tālassa phalikamayo khandho ahosi veḷuriyamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khandho ahosi lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Sabbaratanamayassa tālassa sabbaratanamayo khandho ahosi sabbaratanamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Tāsaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Seyyathā pi Ānanda pañcaṅgikassa turiyassa suvinītassa suppaṭipatālitassa kusalehi samannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca, evam eva kho Ānanda tāsaṃ tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Ye kho pan'; Ānanda tena samayena Kusāvatiyā rajadhāniyā dhuttā ahesuṃ soṇḍā pipāsā, te tāsaṃ tāla-pantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddena paricāresuṃ.
33. ‘Niṭṭhite kho pan'; Ānanda Dhamme ca pāsāde Dhammāya ca pokkharaṇiyā, rājā Mahā-sudassano ye tena samayena samaṇesu vā samaṇa-sammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇa-sammatā te sabba-kāmehi santappetvā Dhammaṃ pāsādaṃ abhirūhi.
Paṭhamaka-Bhāṇavāraṃ.
2.1. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Kissa nu kho me idaṃ kammassa phalaṃ, kissa kammassa vipāko, yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃ mahiddhiko evaṃ mahānubhāvo ti?"


[page 186]
186 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 1.
‘Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa etad ahosi: "Tiṇṇaṃ kho me idaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ vipāko, yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃ mahiddhiko evaṃ mahānubhāvo, seyyathīdaṃ dānassa damassa saṃyamassāti."
2. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano yena Mahāvyūhaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Mahā-vyūhassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre ṭhito udānaṃ udānesi: "Tiṭṭha kāma-vitakka! Tiṭṭha vyāpāda-vitakka! Tiṭṭha vihiṃsā-vitakka! Ettāvatā kāma-vitakka! Ettāvatā vyāpāda-vitakka! Ettāvatā vihiṃsā-vitakkāti!"
3. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano Mahāvyūhaṃ {kūṭāgāraṃ} pavisitvā sovaṇṇamaye pallaṅke nisinno, vivicc'; eva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pīti-sukhaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi. {Vitakka}-vicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ {pīti}-sukhaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekhako ca vihāsi sato sampajāno sukhañ ca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yan taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti "upekhako satimā sukha-vihārī" ti tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubb'; eva somanassa-domanassānaṃ atthagamā {adukkha-ṃ-asukhaṃ} upekhā-sati-pārisuddhiṃ catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi.
4. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano Mahāvyūhā kūṭāgārā nikkhamitvā sovaṇṇamayaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ pavisitvā rūpimaye pallaṅke nisinno mettā-sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā vihāsi . . . karuṇā-sahagatena cetasā . . . muditā-sahagatena cetasā . . . upekhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihāsi,


[page 187]
D. xvii. 2. 5.] THE KING'S WEALTH. 187
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekhā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā vihāsi.
5. ‘Rañño Ānanda Mahā-sudassanassa caturāsītinagara-sahassāni ahesuṃ Kusāvatī-rājadhāni-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassāni ahesuṃ Dhamma-pāsādapamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-{kūṭāgāra}-sahassāni ahesuṃ Mahā-vyūha{kūṭāgāra}-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassāni ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayāni rūpimayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni {goṇakatthatāni} paṭalikatthatāni kadali-miga-paccattharaṇāni sa-uttaracchadanāni ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni;
‘{Caturāsīti}-nāga-sahassāni ahesuṃ sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Uposathanāgarāja-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-assa-sahassāni ahesuṃ sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Valāhakaassarāja-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-ratha-sahassāni ahesuṃ sīha-camma-parivārāni vyaggha-camma-parivārāni dīpi-camma-parivārāni paṇḍu-kambala-parivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Vejayanta-ratha-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-maṇi-sahassāni ahesuṃ maṇi-ratana-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-itthi-sahassāni ahesuṃ Subhadda-devīpamukhāni;


[page 188]
188 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 5.
‘Caturāsīti-gahapati-sahassāni ahesuṃ gahapati-ratanapamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-khattiya-sahassāni ahesuṃ anuyuttāni pariṇāyaka-ratana-pamukhāni;
‘Caturāsīti-dhenu-sahassāni ahesuṃ dukūla-sandanāni {kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni};
‘Caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassāni ahesuṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumānaṃ kambala-sukhumānaṃ;
‘Caturāsīti-thālipāka-sahassāni ahesuṃ sāyapātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha.
6. ‘Tena kho pan'; Ānanda samayena rañño Mahāsudassanassa caturāsīti-nāga-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti. Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahāsudassanassa etad ahosi: "Imāni kho me caturāsītināga-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti. Yan nūna vassa-satassa vassa-satassa accayena dve cattārīsaṃ nāga-sahassāni dve cattārīsaṃ nāga-sahassāni sakiṃ sakiṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgaccheyyun ti."
‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano pariṇāyakaratanaṃ āmantesi: "Imāni kho me samma pariṇāyakaratana caturāsīti-nāga-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti, tena hi samma pariṇāyaka-ratana vassa-satassa vassa-satassa accayena dve cattārīsaṃ nāga-sahassāni dve cattārīsaṃ nāga-sahassāni sakiṃ sakiṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchantūti."


[page 189]
D. xvii. 2. 7.] THE QUEEN'S VISIT. 189
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho Ānanda pariṇāyaka-ratanaṃ rañño Mahā-sudassanassa paccassosi. Atha kho Ānanda rañño Mahā-sudassanassa aparena samayena vassa-satassa vassa-satassa accayena dve cattārīsaṃ nāga-sahassāni dve cattārīsaṃ nāga-sahassāni sakiṃ sakiṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgamaṃsu.
7. ‘Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddāya deviyā bahunnaṃ vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassa-satānaṃ bahunnuṃ vasa-satasahassānaṃ accayena etad ahosi: "Cira-diṭṭho kho me rājā Mahā-sudassano, yan nūnāhaṃ rājānaṃ Mahāsudassanaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkameyyan ti."
‘Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddā devī itthāgāraṃ āmantesi: "Etha tumhe sīsāni nahāyatha pītāni vatthāni pārūpatha, cira-diṭṭho no rājā Mahā-sudassano, rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamissāmāti."
"‘Evaṃ ayye ti" kho Ānanda itthāgāraṃ Subhaddāya deviyā paṭissutvā sīsaṃ nahāyitvā pītāni vatthāni pārūpitvā yena subhaddā devī ten'; upasaṃkami.
‘Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddā devī pariṇāyaka-ratanaṃ āmantesi: "Kappehi samma pariṇāyaka-ratana caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ. Cira-diṭṭho no rājā Mahā-sudassano, rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamissāmāti."
"‘Evaṃ devī" ti kho Ānanda pariṇāyaka-ratanaṃ Subhaddāya deviyā paṭissutvā caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ kappāpetvā Subhaddāya deviyā paṭivedesi: "Kappitā kho te devi caturaṅgini-senā, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasīti."


[page 190]
190 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 8.
8. ‘Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddā devī caturaṅginiyā senāya saddhiṃ itthāgārena yena Dhammo pāsādo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Dhammaṃ pāsādaṃ abhirūhitvā yena Mahā-vyūhaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Mahā-vyūhassa kūtāgārassa dvāra-bāhaṃ ālambitvā aṭṭhāsi.
‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano: "Kin nu kho mahato viya jana-kāyassa saddo?" ti Mahāvyūhā kūṭāgārā nikkhamanto addasa Subhaddaṃ deviṃ dvāra-bāhaṃ ālambitvā ṭhitaṃ. Disvā Subhaddaṃ deviṃ etad avoca: "Etth'; eva devi tiṭṭha, mā pāvisīti."
9. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi: "Ehi tvaṃ ambho purisa Mahā-vyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tāla-vane paññāpehīti."
"‘Evaṃ devāti" kho Ānanda so puriso rañño Mahāsudassanassa paṭissutvā Mahā-vyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ nīharitvā sabba-sovaṇṇamaye tāla-vane paññāpesi.
‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano dakkhiṇena passena sīha-seyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.
10. ‘Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddāya deviyā etad ahosi: "Vippasannāni kho rañño Mahā-sudassanassa indriyāni, parisuddho chavi-vaṇṇo pariyodāto, mā h'; eva kho rājā Mahā-sudassano kālam akāsīti."
‘Rājānaṃ Mahā-sudassanaṃ etad avoca: "Imāni kho te deva caturāsīti-nagara-sahassāni Kusāvatī-rājadhānipamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.


[page 191]
D. xvii. 2. 10.] THE QUEEN'S FIRST APPEAL. 191
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassāni Dhammapāsāda-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-kūṭāgāra-sahassāni Mahāvyūha-kūṭāgāra-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpimayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni goṇakatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadali-miga-paccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadanāni ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-nāga-sahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Uposathanāgarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-assa-sahassāni {sovaṇṇālaṅ}kārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Valāhakaassarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-ratha-sahassāni sīha-cammaparivārāni vyaggha-camma-parivārāni dīpi-cammaparivārāni paṇḍu-kambala-parivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Vejayanta-rathapamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-maṇi-sahassāni Maṇi-ratanapamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-itthi-sahassāni Itthi-ratanapamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-gahapati-sahassāni Gahapatiratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-khattiya-sahassāni anuyuttāni pariṇāyaka-ratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-dhenu-sahassāni dukūlasandanāni {kaṃsūpadhārāni},


[page 192]
192 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassāni khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumānaṃ kambala-sukhumānaṃ, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ karohi.
"‘Imāni te deva thālipāka-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha, ettha deva chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekhaṃ kārohīti."
11. ‘Evaṃ vutte Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano Subhaddaṃ deviṃ etad avoca: "Dīgha-rattaṃ kho maṃ tvaṃ devi iṭṭhehi kantehi manāpehi samudācaritvā, atha ca pana maṃ tvaṃ pacchime kāle aniṭṭhehi akantehi amanāpehi samudācarasīti."
"‘Kathañ carahi taṃ deva samudācarāmīti?"
"‘Evaṃ kho maṃ tvaṃ devi samudācara: Sabbeh'; eva deva piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinā-bhāvo aññathā-bhāvo. Mā kho tvaṃ deva sāpekho kālam akāsi. Dukkhā sāpekhassa kāla-kiriyā, garahitā ca sāpekhassa kāla-kiriyā.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-nagara-sahassāni Kusāvatīrājadhāni-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassāni Dhammapāsāda-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.


[page 193]
D. xvii. 2. 11.] PREPARATION FOR DEATH. 193
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-kūṭāgāra-sahassāni Mahāvyūha-kūṭāgāra-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpimayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni goṇakatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadali-miga-paccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadanāni ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}nāga-sahassāni, sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Uposatha-nāgarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}assa-sahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Valāhaka-assarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}ratha-sahassāni sīha-cammaparivārāni vyaggha-camma-parivārāni paṇḍu-kambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jālapaṭicchannāni Vejayanta-ratha-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}maṇi-sahassāni Maṇiratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}itthi-sahassāni Subhaddādevi-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-gahapati-sahassāni Gahapati-{ratana-}pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-khattiya-sahassāni anuyuttāni Pariṇāyaka-ratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-dhenu-sahassāni dukūlasandanāni {kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni}, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.


[page 194]
194 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 11.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassāni khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumānaṃ kambala-sukhumānaṃ, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-thālipāka-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsīti."
12. ‘Evaṃ vutte Ānanda Subhaddā devī parodi assūni pavattesi. Atha kho Ānanda Subhaddā devī assūni pamajjitvā {rājānaṃ} Mahā-{sudassanaṃ} etad avoca: "Sabbeh'; eva deva piyehi manāpehi nānā-bhāvo vinābhāvo aññathā-bhāvo. Mā kho tvaṃ deva sāpekho kālam akāsi. Dukkhā sāpekhassa kāla-kiriyā, garahitā ca sāpekhassa kāla-kiriyā.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-nagara-sahassāni Kusāvatīrājadhāni-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassāni Dhammapāsāda-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā {akāsi}.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-kūṭāgāra-sahassāni {Mahā-} vyūha-kūṭāgāra-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpimayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni goṇakatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadali-miga-paccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadanāni ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}nāga-sahassāni, sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Uposatha-nāgarāja-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}assa-sahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Valāhaka-assarāja-pamukhāni,


[page 195]
D. xvii. 2. 13.] THE QUEEN'S EXHORTATION. 195
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}ratha-sahassāni sīhacamma-parivārāni vyaggha-camma-parivārāni paṇḍukambala-parivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Vejayanta-ratha-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}maṇi-sahassāni Maṇiratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva {caturāsīti-}itthi-sahassāni Subhaddādevi-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti{-gahapati-}sahassāni Gahapati{ratana-}pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-khattiya-sahassāni anuyuttāni Pariṇāyaka-ratana-pamukhāni, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-dhenu-sahassāni dukūlasandanāni {kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni}, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassāni khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumānaṃ kambala-sukhumānaṃ, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsi.
"‘Imāni te deva caturāsīti-thālipāka-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha, ettha deva chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekhaṃ mā akāsīti."
13. ‘Atha kho Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano na cirass'; eva kālam akāsi. Seyyathā pi Ānanda gahapatissa vā gahapati-puttassa vā manuññaṃ {bhojanaṃ} bhuttāvissa bhatta-sammado hoti, evam eva kho rañño Mahāsudassanassa māraṇantikā vedanā ahosi.


[page 196]
196 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 13.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Kāla-kato Ānanda rājā Mahā-sudassano sugatiṃ brahma-lokaṃ uppajji. Rājā Ānanda Mahā-sudassano caturāsīti-vassasahassāni kumāra-kīḷikaṃ kīḷi, caturāsīti-vassa-sahassāni oparajjaṃ kāresi, caturāsīti-vassa-sahassāni rajjaṃ kāresi caturāsīti-vassa-sahassāni gihī-bhūto Dhamme pāsāde brahmacariyaṃ cari. So cattāro brahma-vihāre bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Brahmalokūpago ahosi.
14. ‘Siyā kho pana te Ānanda evam assa: "Añño nūna tena samayena rājā Mahā-sudassano ahosīti." Na kho pana taṃ Ānanda evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ahaṃ tena samayena rājā Mahā-sudassano ahosiṃ.
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-nagara-sahassāni Kusāvatīrājadhāni-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassāni Dhammapāsāda-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-{kūṭāgāra}-sahassāni Mahāvyūha{kūṭāgāra}-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni {rūpimayāni} dantamayāni sāramayāni {goṇakatthatāni} paṭalikatthatāni kadali-miga-paccattharaṇāni sa-uttaracchadanāni ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-nāga-sahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Uposatha-nāgarāja-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-assa-sahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Valāhaka-assarāja-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-ratha-sahassāni sīha-cammaparivārāni vyaggha-camma-parivārāni dīpi-cammaparivārāni paṇḍu-kambala-parivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇa-dhajāni hema-jāla-paṭicchannāni Vejayanta-rathapamukhāni;


[page 197]
D. xvii. 2. 15.] THE IDENTIFICATION. 197
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-maṇi-sahassāni maṇi-ratanapamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-itthi-sahassāni Subhadda-devīpamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-gahapati-sahassāni gahapatiratana-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-khattiya-sahassāni anuyuttāni pariṇāyaka-ratana-pamukhāni;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-dhenu-sahassāni dukūla-sandanāni {kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni};
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassāni khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumānam kambala-sukhumānaṃ;
‘Mama tāni caturāsīti-thālipāka-sahassāni sāyapātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha.
15. ‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-nagara-sahas{sānaṃ} ekaṃ yeva taṃ nagaraṃ hoti yan tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi, yadidaṃ Kusāvatī rāja-dhānī.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-pāsāda-sahassānaṃ eko yeva so pāsādo hoti yan tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi yadidaṃ Dhammo pāsādo.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-{kūṭāgāra}-sahassānaṃ ekaṃ yeva taṃ {kūṭāgāraṃ} hoti, yan tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi, yadidaṃ Mahā-vyūhaṃ {kūṭāgāraṃ}.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-pallaṅka-sahassānaṃ, eko yeva so pallaṅko hoti yan tena samayena paribhuñjāmi yadidaṃ sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpimayo vā dantamayo vā sāramayo vā.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-nāga-sahassānaṃ eko yeva so nāgo hoti yan tena samayena abhirūhāmi yadidaṃ Uposatho nāga-rājā.


[page 198]
198 MAHĀ-SUDASSANA-SUTTANTA. [D. xvii. 2. 15.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-assa-{sahassānaṃ}, eko yeva asso hoti yan tena samayena abhirūhāmi, yadidaṃ Valāhako assa-rājā.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-ratha-sahassānaṃ eko yeva so ratho hoti yan tena samayena abhirūhāmi, yadidaṃ {Vejayanta-}ratho.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-itthi-sahassānaṃ ekā yeva sā itthi hoti yā maṃ tena samayena paccupaṭṭhāti {khattiyānī} vā {velāmikānī} vā.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda caturāsīti-vattha-koṭi-sahassānaṃ ekaṃ yeva taṃ dussa-yugaṃ hoti yan tena samayena paridahāmi khoma-sukhumaṃ vā kappāsikasukhumaṃ vā koseyya-sukhumaṃ vā kambala-sukhumaṃ vā.
‘Tesaṃ kho pan'; Ānanda {caturāsīti-}thālipāka-sahassānaṃ eko yeva so thālipāko hoti yato nāḷikodanaparamaṃ bhuñjāmi tadūpiyañ ca sūpeyyaṃ.
16. ‘Pass'; Ānanda sabbe te saṃkhārā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā. Evaṃ aniccā kho Ānanda saṃkhārā, evaṃ addhuvā kho Ānanda saṃkhārā, evaṃ anassāsikā kho Ānanda saṃkhārā, yāvañ c'; idaṃ Ānanda alam eva sabbasaṃkhāresu nibbindituṃ, alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccituṃ.
17. ‘Chakkhattuṃ kho panāhaṃ Ānanda abhijānāmi imasmiṃ padese sarīraṃ nikkhipitaṃ, tañ ca kho rājā vasamāno cakkavattī dhammiko dhamma-rājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto satta-ratana-samannāgato, ayaṃ sattamo sarīra-nikkhepo. Na kho panāhaṃ Ānanda taṃ padesaṃ samanupassāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadeva-manussāya yattha Tathāgato aṭṭhamaṃ sarīraṃ nikkhipeyyāti.'


[page 199]
D. xvii. 2. 17.] IMPERMANENCY. 199
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:
‘Aniccā vata saṃkhārā uppādavaya-dhammino,
Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho ti.'
Mahā-Sudassana-Suttantaṃ
Niṭṭhitaṃ.


[page 200]
200
[xviii. Janavasabha Suttanta.]
Evam me sutaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Nādike viharati Giñjakāvasathe. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu vyākaroti Kāsi-Kosalesu Vajji-Mallesu Ceti-{Vaṃsesu} Kuru-Pañcālesu Maccha-Sūrasenesu: ‘Asu amutra uppanno,asu amutra uppanno. Paro-paññāsa Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā, tattha parinibbāyino anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā.
Sādhikā navuti Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'; antaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni pañca-satāni Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipāta-dhammā niyatā sambodhi-parāyanā'; ti.


[page 201]
D. xviii. 4] REBIRTHS OF THE FAITHFUL. 201
2. Assosuṃ kho Nādikiyā paricārakā: ‘Bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kāla-kate uppattīsu vyākaroti Kāsi-Kosalesu Vajji-Mallesu {Ceti-vaṃsesu} Kuru-Pañcālesu Maccha-Sūrasenesu: ‘Asu amutra uppanno, asu amutra uppanno. Paro-paññāsa Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kāla-katā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā, tattha parinibbāyino anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'; antaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni pañca-satāni Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā, avinipāta-dhammā niyatā sambodhi-parāyanā"'; ti. Tena ca Nādikiyā paricārakā attamanā ahesuṃ pamuditā {pīti-somanassa}-jātā Bhagavato {pañha-}veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā.
3. Assosi kho āyasmā Ānando: ‘Bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu vyākaroti Kāsi-Kosalesu Vajji-Mallesu {Ceti-vaṃsesu} KuruPañcālesu Maccha-Sūrasenesu: ‘Asu amutra uppanno asu amutra uppanno. Paro-paññāsa Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kāla-katā {pañcannaṃ} orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā, tattha parinibbāyino anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'; antaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni pañca satāni Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipāta-dhammā niyatā sambodhi-parāyanā" ti. Tena ca Nādikiyā paricārakā attamanā ahesuṃ pamuditā pītisomanassa-jātā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā'; ti.
4. Atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: ‘Ime kho pana pi ahesuṃ Māgadhakā paricārakā bahū {c'; eva} rattaññū ca abbhatītā kālakatā,


[page 202]
202 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] suññā maññe AṅgaMagadhā Māgadhakehi paricārakehi abbhatītehi kālakatehi. Te kho pana pi ahesuṃ Buddhe pasannā Dhamme pasannā Saṃghe pasannā, sīlesu paripūrakārino. Te abbhatītā kālakatā Bhagavatā avyākatā, tesam p'; assa sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ, bahujano pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya {sugatiṃ}. Ayaṃ kho pana pi ahosi rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro dhammiko dhamma-rājā hito brāhmaṇa-gahapatikānaṃ negamānañ c'; eva jānapadānañ ca. Api ssudaṃ manussā kittayamāna-rūpā viharanti: "Evaṃ no so dhammiko dhamma-rājā sukhāpetvā kālakato, evaṃ mayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhamma-rañño vijite phāsu viharimhāti." So kho pana pi ahosi Buddhe pasanno Dhamme pasanno Saṃghe pasanno sīlesu paripūrakārī. Api ssudaṃ manussā evam āhaṃsu: "Yāva maraṇa-kālā pi rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Bhagavantaṃ kittayamāna-rūpo kālakato" ti. So abbhatīto kālakato Bhagavatā avyākato, tassa p'; assa sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ, bahujano pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya sugatiṃ.
Bhagavato kho pana sambodhi Magadhesu. Yattha kho pana Bhagavato sambodhi Magadhesu, kathaṃ tattha Bhagavā Māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu na vyākareyya? Bhagavā ce kho pana Māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu na vyākareyya dīnamānā tena 'ssu Māgadhakā paricārakā.


[page 203]
D. xviii. 6.] THE DISCIPLES IN MĀGADHA. 203
Yena kho pana 'ssu dīnamānā Māgadhakā paricārakā, kathaṃ taṃ Bhagavā na vyākareyyāti?'
5. Idam āyasmā Ānando Māgadhake paricārake ārabbha eko raho anuvicintetvā, rattiyā paccūsa-samayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya, yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante: Bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu vyākaroti Kāsi-Kosalesu Vajji-Mallesu Ceti-Vaṃsesu KuruPañcālesu Maccha-Sūrasenesu: "Asu amutra uppanno, asu amutra uppanno. Paro-paññāsa Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā, tattha parinibbāyino anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā {kālakatā} tiṇṇaṃ, saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'; antaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni pañca satāni Nādikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā, avinipāta-dhammā niyatā sambodhi-parāyanā" ti.
Tena ca Nādikiyā paricārakā attamanā pamuditā pītisomanassa-jātā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā.
6. ‘Ime kho pana pi bhante ahesuṃ Māgadhakā paricārakā bahū c'; eva rattaññū ca abbhatītā {kālakatā}.
Suññā maññe Aṅga-Magadhā Māgadhakehi paricārakehi abbhatītehi kālakatehi. Te kho pana pi bhante ahesuṃ Buddhe pasannā Dhamme pasannā Saṃghe pasannā, sīlesu paripūrakārino. Te abbhatītā kālakatā Bhagavatā avyākatā. Tesaṃ p'; assa sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ, bahujano pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya sugatiṃ. Ayaṃ kho pana pi bhante ahosi rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro dhammiko dhamma-rājā hito brāhmaṇa-gahapatikānaṃ negamānañ c'; eva {janapadānañ} ca.


[page 204]
204 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Api ssudaṃ manussā kittayamāna-rūpā viharanti: "Evaṃ no so dhammiko dhammarājā sukhāpetvā kālakato, evaṃ mayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhamma-rañño vijite phāsu viharimhāti." So kho pana pi bhante ahosi Buddhe pasanno Dhamme pasanno Saṃghe pasanno, sīlesu paripūrakārī. Api ssudaṃ manussā evam āhaṃsu: "Yāva maraṇa-kālā pi rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Bhagavantaṃ kittayamānarūpo kālakato" ti. So abbhatīto kālakato Bhagavatā avyākato, tassa p'; assa sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ, bahujano pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya sugatiṃ. Bhagavato kho pana bhante sambodhi Magadhesu. Yattha kho pana bhante Bhagavato sambodhi Magadhesu, kathaṃ tattha Bhagavā Māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu na vyākareyya? Bhagavā ce kho pana bhante Māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālakate uppattīsu na vyākareyya, dīnamānā tena 'ssu Māgadhakā paricārakā. Yena kho pana 'ssu bhante dīnamānā Māgadhakā paricārakā, kathaṃ taṃ Bhagavā na vyākareyyāti?'
Idam āyasmā Ānando Māgadhake paricārake ārabbha Bhagavato sammukhā parikathaṃ katvā uṭṭhāy'; āsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
7. Atha kho Bhagavā acira-pakkante {āyasmato} Ānande pubbaṇha-samayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-cīvaraṃ ādāya Nādikaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Nādike piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā Giñjakāvasathaṃ pavisitvā Māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhikatvā manasikatvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi: ‘Gatiṃ tesaṃ jānissāmi abhisamparāyaṃ, yaṃ-gatikā te bhavanto yam-abhisamparāyā'; ti. Addasā kho Bhagavā Māgadhake paricārake yaṃ-gatikā te bhavanto yam-abhisamparāyā.


[page 205]
D. xviii. 9.] THE EFFECT OF THE NAME. 205
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇha-samayaṃ patisallānā vuṭṭhito Giñjakāvasathā nikkhamitvā vihāra-pacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi.
8. Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ‘Upasantappadisso bhante Bhagavā, bhāti-r-iva Bhagavato mukha-vaṇṇo pasannattā indriyānaṃ. Santena nūn'; ajja bhante Bhagavā vihārena vihāsīti.'
9. ‘Yad eva kho me tvaṃ Ānanda Māgadhake paricārake ārabbha sammukhā parikathaṃ katvā, uṭṭhāy'; āsanā pakkanto, tad evāhaṃ Nādike piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ {piṇḍapāto} paṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā Giñjakāvasathaṃ pavisitvā Māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhikatvā manasikatvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṃ: "Gatiṃ tesaṃ jānissāmi abhisamparāyaṃ, yaṃ-gatikā te bhavanto yam-abhisamparāyā ti." Addasaṃ kho ahaṃ Ānanda Māgadhake paricārake yaṃ-gatikā te bhavanto yam-abhisamparāyā. Atha kho Ānanda antarahito yakkho saddam anussāvesi: "Janavasabho ahaṃ Bhagavā, Janavasabho ahaṃ Sugatāti." Abhijānāsi no tvaṃ Ānanda ito pubbe evarūpam nāmadheyyaṃ sutvā yadidaṃ Janavasabho ti?'
‘Na kho ahaṃ bhante abhijānāmi ito pubbe evarūpaṃ nāma-dheyyaṃ sutvā yadidaṃ Janavasabho ti. Api hi me bhante lomāni naṭṭhāni "Janavasabho" ti nāmadheyyaṃ sutvā. Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi: "Na ha nūna so orako yakkho bhavissati {yass'; idaṃ} evarūpaṃ nāma-dheyyaṃ yadidaṃ Janavasabho ti."'


[page 206]
206 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
10. ‘Anantarā kho Ānanda sadda-pātubhāvā uḷāravaṇṇo so me yakkho sammukhe pātur ahosi. Dutiyakam pi saddam anussāvesi: "Bimbisāro ahaṃ Bhagavā, Bimbisāro ahaṃ Sugata. Idaṃ sattamaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante Vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sahavyataṃ uppajjāmi.
So tato cuto manussa-rājā, amanussa-rājā divi homi.
Ito satta tato satta saṃsārāni catuddasa
Nivāsam abhijānāmi yattha me vusitaṃ pure.
"‘Dīgha-rattaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante avinipāto avinipātaṃ sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāyāti."
‘Acchariyam idaṃ āyasmato Janavasabhassa yakkhassa, abbhutam idaṃ āyasmato Janavasabhassa yakkhassa: ‘Dīgha-rattaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante avinipāto avinipātaṃ sañjānāmīti'; ca vadesi, ‘Āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāyāti'; ca vadesi. Kuto nidānaṃ pan'; āyasmā Janavasabho yakkho evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ visesādhigamaṃ sañjānātīti?'
11. "‘Na aññattha Bhagavā tava sāsanā, na aññattha Sugata tava sāsanā. Yad-agge ahaṃ bhante Bhagavati ekantagato abhipasanno, tad-agge ahaṃ bhante dīgharattaṃ avinipāto avinipātaṃ sañjānāmi,


[page 207]
D. xviii. 12.] JANAVASABHA'S STORY. 207
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāya. Idhāhaṃ bhante Vessavaṇena mahārājena pesito Virūḷhakassa mahārājassa santike kenacid eva karaṇīyena addasaṃ Bhagavantaṃ antarā magge Giñjakāvasathaṃ pavisitvā Māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhikatvā manasikatvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā nisinnaṃ: ‘Gatiṃ tesaṃ jānissāmi abhisamparāyaṃ, yaṃ-gatikā te bhavanto yam-abhisamparāyāti.'; Anacchariyaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ bhante yaṃ Vessavaṇassa mahārājassa yaṃ parisāyaṃ bhāsato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ ‘{yaṃ-gatikā} te bhavanto yam-abhisaṃparāyā {ti}.'; Tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi: ‘Bhagavantañ ca dakkhāmi idañ ca Bhagavato āroceyyāmīti.'; Ime kho bhante dve paccayā Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya pakkamituṃ.
12. Purimāni bhante divasāni purimatarāni tadahu 'posathe paṇṇarase vassūpanāyikāya puṇṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā kavalakappā ca deva Tāvatiṃsā Sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, mahatī ca dibbā parisā samantato nisinnā honti, cattāro ca mahārājā catuddisā nisinnā honti. Puratthimāya disāya Dhataraṭṭho mahārājā pacchāmukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Dakkhiṇāya disāya Virūḷhako mahārājā uttarābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Pacchimāya disāya Virūpakkho mahārājā puratthimābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Uttarāya disāya Vessavaṇo mahārājā dakkhiṇābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā.


[page 208]
208 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 12.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Yadā bhante kevalakappā ca devā Tāvatiṃsā {Sudhammāyaṃ} sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, mahatī ca dibbā parisā samantato nisinnā honti cattāro ca mahārājā catuddisā nisinnā honti, idaṃ tesaṃ hoti āsanasmiṃ. Atha pacchā amhākaṃ āsanaṃ hoti. Ye te bhante devā Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā adhunuppannā Tāvatiṃsakāyaṃ, te aññe deve atirocanti vaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca. Tena sudaṃ bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti pamuditā pītisomanassa-jātā: "Dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti hāyanti {asura-kāyāti}'.
13. Atha kho bhante Sakko devānam Indo devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
‘Modanti vata bho devā Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Tathāgataṃ namassantā Dhammassa ca sudhammataṃ.
Nave va deve passantā vaṇṇavante yasassino
Sugatasmiṃ brahmacaryaṃ caritvāna idhāgate,
Te aññe atirocanti vaṇṇena yasasāyunā
Sāvakā Bhūri-paññassa visesūpagatā idha.
Idaṃ disvāna nandanti Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā
Tathāgataṃ namassantā Dhammassa ca sudhammatan'
ti.


[page 209]
D. xviii. 16.] THE FOUR GREAT KINGS. 209
Tena sudaṃ bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā bhīyoso mattāya attamanā honti pamuditā pīti-somanassa-jātā: ‘Dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asura-kāyā'; ti.
14. Atha bhante yen'; atthena devā Tāvatiṃsā Sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, taṃ atthaṃ cintayitvā taṃ atthaṃ mantayitvā, vutta-vacanā pi taṃ cattāro mahārājā tasmiṃ atthe honti, paccanusiṭṭha-vacanā pi taṃ cattāro mahārājā tasmiṃ atthe honti sakesu āsanesu ṭhitā avipakkantā.
Te vutta-vākyā rājāno paṭigayhānusāsaniṃ
Vippasanna-manā santā aṭṭhaṃsu samhi āsane ti.
15. Atha kho bhante uttarāya disāya uḷāro āloko sañjāyi, obhāso pātur ahosi, atikkamm'; eva devānam devānubhāvaṃ. Atha bhante Sakko devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi: ‘Yathā kho mārisā nimittā dissanti āloko sañjāyati obhāso pātu bhavati Brahmā pātu bhavissati, Brahmuno etaṃ pubba-nimittaṃ pātubhāvāya yadidaṃ āloko sañjāyati obhāso pātu bhavatīti.'
Yathā nimittā dissanti Brahmā pātu bhavissati,
Brahmuno h'; etaṃ nimittaṃ obhāso vipulo mahā ti.
16. Atha kho bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā sakesu āsanesu nisīdiṃsu: ‘Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma {yaṃ-vipāko} bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ gamissāmāti.'
Cattāro pi mahārājā yathā sakesu āsanesu nisīdiṃsu:
‘Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma {yaṃ-vipāko} bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ gamissāmāti.'


[page 210]
210 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 16.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Idaṃ sutvā devā Tāvatiṃsā ekaggā samāpajjiṃsu: ‘Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma {yaṃ-vipāko} bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ gamissāmāti.'
17. Yadā bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, oḷārikaṃ attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā pātu bhavati. Yo kho pana bhante Brahmuno pakati-vaṇṇo anabhisambhavanīyo so devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ cakkhu-pathasmiṃ. Yadā bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, so aññe deve atīrocati vaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca. Seyyathā pi bhante sovaṇṇa-viggaho manussa-viggahaṃ atirocati, evam eva kho bhante yadā Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, so aññe deve atirocati vaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca. Yadā bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, na tassa parisāyaṃ koci devo abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. Sabbe va tuṇhī-bhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅke na nisīdanti ‘Yassa dāni devassa icchissati Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatīti.'; Yassa kho pana bhante devassa Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo veda-paṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṃ. Seyyathā pi bhante rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto adhunābhisitto rajjena, uḷāraṃ so labhati vedapaṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ, evam eva kho bhante yassa devassa Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo somanassa-paṭilābham.


[page 211]
D. xviii. 20.] JOY OF THE GODS. 211
18. Atha bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro oḷārikaṃ attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā kumāra-vaṇṇī hutvā Pañcasikho devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātur ahosi. So vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīdi. Seyyathā pi bhante balavā puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmi-bhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya, evam eva kho bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
‘Modanti vata bho devā Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Tathāgataṃ namassantā Dhammassa ca sudhammataṃ,
Nave va deve passantā vaṇṇavante yasassino,
Sugatasmiṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritvāna idhāgate.
Te aññe atirocanti vaṇṇena yasasāyunā
Sāvakā Bhūri-paññassa visesūpagatā idha.
Idaṃ disvāna nandanti Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Tathāgataṃ namassantā Dhammassa ca sudhammatan'
ti.
19. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro abhāsittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmuno Sanaṃkumārassa bhāsato aṭṭhaṅga-samannāgato saro hoti vissaṭṭho ca viññeyyo ca mañjū ca savanīyo ca bindu ca avisārī ca gambhīro ca ninnādī ca. Yathā parisaṃ kho pana bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro sarena viññāpeti, na c'; assa bahiddhā parisāya ghoso niccharati. Yassa kho pana bhante evaṃ aṭṭhaṅga-samannāgato saro hoti, so vuccati Brahmassaro ti.
20. Atha kho bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro tettiṃse attabhāve abhinimminitvā devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pacceka-pallaṅkesu pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:


[page 212]
212 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 20.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva ca so Bhagavā bahujana-hitāya paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Ye hi keci bho Buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā sīlesu paripūrakārino, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā app ekacce Parinimmita-Vasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjanti, app ekacce {Nimmānaratīnaṃ} devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjanti, app ekacce Tusitānaṃ devānaṃ . . . Yāmānaṃ devānaṃ . . . Tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ . . . {Cātummahārājikānaṃ} devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjanti. Ye sabbanihīnaṃ kāyaṃ paripūrenti, te gandhabbakāyaṃ paripūrentīti.'
21. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro abhāsittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmuno Sanaṃkumārassa bhāsato ghoso yeva devo maññati ‘Yo 'yaṃ mama pallaṅke, {so 'yaṃ} eko va bhāsatīti.'
Ekasmiṃ bhāsamānasmiṃ sabbe bhāsanti nimmitā,
Ekasmiṃ tuṇhīm āsīne sabbe tuṇhī bhavanti te.
Tadā su devā maññanti Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Yo ayaṃ mama pallaṅke so 'yaṃ eko va bhāsatīti.
22. Atha kho bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro ekante attānaṃ upasaṃhāsi, ekante attānaṃ upasaṃharitvā Sakkassa devānam indassa pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:


[page 213]
D. xviii. 22.] THE FOUR WAYS TO IDDHI. 213
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva suppaññattā v'; ime tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā iddhipahutāya iddhi-visavitāya iddhi-vikubbanatāya. Katame cattāro? Idha bho bhikkhu chanda-samādhi-padhānasaṃkhāra-samannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, viriyasamādhi . . . citta-samādhi . . . vīmaṃsā-samādhipadhāna-saṃkhāra-samannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti.
Ime kho bho tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā paññattā iddhipahutāya iddhi-visavitāya iddhi-vikubbanatāya. Ye hi keci bho atītam addhānam samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ iddhi-vidhaṃ paccanubhosuṃ, sabbe te imesaṃ yeva catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulī-katattā.
Ye hi pi keci bho anāgatam addhānaṃ {samaṇā} vā brāhmaṇā aneka-vihitaṃ iddhi-vidhaṃ paccanubhossanti, sabbe te imesaṃ yeva catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā.
bahulī-katattā. Ye hi pi keci bho etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aneka-vihitaṃ iddhi-vidhaṃ paccanubhonti, sabbe te imesaṃ yeva catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulī-katattā. Passanti no bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā mama pi naṃ evarūpaṃ iddhānubhāvan'; ti?
‘Evaṃ Brahme'; ti.
‘Aham pi kho bho imesaṃ yeva catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulī-katattā evam mahiddhiko evam mahānubhāvo'; ti.


[page 214]
214 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 22.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
23. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro abhāsittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro bhāsitvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
‘Taṃ {kiṃ} maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāvañ c'; idaṃ tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā sambuddhena tayo okāsādhigamā anubuddhā sukhassādhigamāya. Katame tayo?
‘Idha bho ekacco saṃsaṭṭho viharati kāmehi, saṃsaṭṭho akusalehi dhammehi. so aparena samayena ariyaṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti, yoniso manasikaroti, dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjati. So ariya-dhamma-savanaṃ āgamma yoniso manasikāraṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipattiṃ {asaṃsaṭṭho} viharati kāmehi, asaṃsaṭṭho akusalehi dhammehi. Tassa asaṃsaṭṭhassa kāmehi asaṃsaṭṭhassa akusalehi dhammehi uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo somanassaṃ. Seyyathā pi bho mudā pāmujjaṃ jāyetha, evam eva kho bho asaṃsaṭṭhassa kāmehi asaṃsaṭṭhassa akusalehi dhammehi uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo somanassaṃ. Ayaṃ kho bho tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena paṭhamo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya.
24. ‘Puna ca paraṃ bho idh'; ekaccassa oḷārikā kāyasaṃkhārā appaṭippassaddhā honti, oḷārikā vacī-saṃkhārā . . . pe . . . citta-saṃkhārā {appaṭippassaddhā} honti. So aparena samayena ariya-dhammaṃ suṇāti, yoniso manasikaroti, dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjati. Tassa ariya-dhamma-savanaṃ āgamma yoniso-manasikāraṃ dhammānudhamma-paṭipattiṃ oḷārikā kāya-saṃkhārā paṭippassambhanti, oḷārikā vacī-saṃkhārā . . . pe . . . citta-saṃkhārā paṭippassambhanti.


[page 215]
D. xviii. 25.] THE THREE WAYS TO BLISS. 215
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Tassa oḷārikānaṃ kāya-saṃkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā, oḷārikānaṃ vacīsaṃkhārānaṃ . . . citta-saṃkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo somanassaṃ. Seyyathā pi bho mudā pāmujjam jāyetha, evam eva kho bho oḷārikānaṃ kāya-saṃkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā oḷārikānaṃ vacī-saṃkhārānaṃ . . . citta-saṃkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo somanassaṃ.
Ayaṃ kho bho tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena dutiyo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya.
25. ‘Puna ca paraṃ bho idh'; ekacco ‘idaṃ kusalan'; ti yathābhūtaṃ {na ppajānāti}, ‘idaṃ akusalan'; ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ‘idaṃ sāvajjaṃ idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hīnaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇha-sukka-sappaṭibhāgan'; ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. So aparena samayena ariyaṃ dhammam suṇāti, {yoniso} manasikaroti, {dhammānudhammaṃ} paṭipajjati. So ariya-dhamma-savanaṃ āgamma yoniso-manasikāraṃ dhammānudhamma-paṭipattiṃ, ‘idaṃ kusalan'; ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘idaṃ akusalan'; ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘idaṃ sāvajjaṃ idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ {hīnaṃ} idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇha-sukka-sappaṭibhāgan'; ti {yathābhūtaṃ} pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati. Tass'; avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo somanassaṃ. Seyyathā pi bho mudā pāmujjaṃ jāyetha, evam eva kho bho avijjā-virāgā vijjuppādā uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhīyo somanassaṃ. Ayaṃ kho bho tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena tatiyo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya.


[page 216]
216 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 25.
‘Ime kho bho tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena tayo okāsādhigamā anubuddhā sukhassādhigamāyāti.'
26. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro abhāsittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā sanaṃkumāro bhāsitvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
‘Taṃ {kiṃ} maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva suppaññattā v'; ime tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro satipaṭṭhānā kusalassādhigamāya. Katame cattāro? Idha bho bhikkhu ajjhattaṃ kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā domanassaṃ. Ajjhattaṃ kāye kāyānupassī viharanto tattha sammā samādhiyati sammā vippasīdati. So tattha sammā samāhito sammā vippasanno bahiddhā para-kāye ñāṇa-dassanaṃ abhinibbatteti. Ajjhattaṃ vedanāsu . . . pe . . . citte . . . pe . . . dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā domanassaṃ.
Ajjhattaṃ dhammesu dhammānupassī viharanto tattha sammā samādhiyatī sammā vippasīdati. So tattha sammā {samāhito} sammā vippasanno bahiddhā paradhammesu ñāṇadassanaṃ abhinibbatteti.
‘Ime kho bho tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena cattāro satipaṭṭhānā paññattā kusalassādhigamāyāti.'
27. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro abhāsittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro bhāsitvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
‘Taṃ {kiṃ} maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva suppaññattā v'; ime tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena satta samādhi-parikkhārā sammā-samādhissa bhāvanāya samādhissa pāripūriyā.
Katame satta? Seyyathīdaṃ sammā-diṭṭhi, sammāsaṃkappo, sammā-vācā, sammā-kammanto, sammāājīvo,


[page 217]
D. xviii. 27.] SEVEN REQUISITES OF SAMĀDHI. 217
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sammā-vāyāmo, sammā-sati. Yā kho bho imehi satta aṅgehi cittass'; ekaggatā parikkhatā, ayaṃ vuccati bho ariyo sammā-samādhi sa-upaniso iti pi saparikkhāro iti pi. Sammā-diṭṭhissa bho sammā-saṃkappo pahoti, sammā-saṃkappassa sammā-vācā pahoti, sammā-vācassa sammā-kammanto pahoti, sammā-kammantassa sammā-ājīvo pahoti, sammā-ājīvassa sammāvāyāmo pahoti, sammā-vāyāmassa sammā-sati pahoti, sammā-satissa sammā-samādhi pahoti, sammā-samādhissa sammā-ñāṇaṃ pahoti, sammā-ñāṇassa sammāvimutti pahoti.
‘Yaṃ hi taṃ bho {sammā} vadamāno vadeyya: "Svākkhāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti, Apārūtā amatassa dvārā ti" idam eva taṃ {sammā} vadamāno vadeyya. Svākkhāto hi bho Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi, apārūtā amatassa dvārā.
‘Ye hi keci bho Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, Saṃghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, ariya-kantehi sīlehi samannāgatā,


[page 218]
218 JANAVASABHA SUTTANTA. [D. xviii. 27.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ye hi kec'; ime opapātikā dhamma-vinītā sātirekāni catu-vīsati-sata-sahassāni Māgadhakā paricārakā abbhatītā kālakatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipāta-dhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyanā, atthi c'; ev'; ettha sakadāgāmino,
Athāyaṃ itarā pajā
Puññābhāgā ti me mano
Saṅkhātuṃ no pi sakkomi
Musā-vādassa ottappan ti.'
28. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro abhāsittha. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmuno Sanaṃkumārassa bhāsato {Vessavaṇassa} Mahārājassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ‘Acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, evarūpo pi {nāma} uḷāro satthā bhavissati, evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ, evarūpā uḷārā visesādhigamā paññāyissantīti.'
Atha bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro {Vessavaṇassa} Mahārājassa cetasā ceto-parivitakkam aññāya {Vessavaṇaṃ} Mahārājaṃ etad avoca:
‘Taṃ {kiṃ} maññati bhavaṃ {Vessavaṇo} Mahārājā? Atītam pi addhānaṃ evarūpo uḷāro satthā ahosi, evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ, evarūpā uḷārā visesādhigamā paññāyiṃsu. Anāgatam pi addhānaṃ evarūpo uḷāro satthā bhavissati, evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ, evarūpā uḷārā visesādhigamā paññāyissantīti.'
29. Idam atthaṃ Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ abhāsi. Idam atthaṃ {Vessavaṇo} Mahārājā Brahmuno Sanaṃkumārassa devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ bhāsato sammukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā saparisāyaṃ ārocesi.


[page 219]
D. xviii. 29.] HOW THE TALE WAS HANDED ON 219
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Idam atthaṃ Janavasabho yakkho {Vessavaṇassa} Mahārājassa parisāyaṃ bhāsato sammukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā Bhagavato ārocesi.
Idam atthaṃ Bhagavā Janavasabhassa yakkhassa sammukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā sāmañ ca abhiññāya āyasmato Ānandassa ārocesi. Idam atthaṃ āyasmā Ānando Bhagavato sammukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā ārocesi bhikkhūnaṃ {bhikkhunīnaṃ} upāsakānaṃ {upāsikānaṃ}. Tayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañ c'; eva phītañ ca vitthāritaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāvad eva manussehi suppakāsitan ti.
Janavasabha-Suttantaṃ
Niṭṭhitaṃ.


[page 220]
220
[xix. Mahā-Govinda Suttanta.] 1
Evam me sutaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Atha kho Pañcasikho Gandhabba-putto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkanta-vaṇṇo {kevalakappaṃ} Gijjhakūṭaṃ obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Yam me bhante devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā {paṭiggahītaṃ}, ārocem'; etaṃ bhante Bhagavato ti.'
‘Ārocehi me tvaṃ Pañcasikhāti,'; Bhagavā avoca.
2. Purimāni bhante divasāni purimatarāni, tadahu 'posathe paṇṇarase pavāraṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā kevalakappā ca devā Tāvatiṃsā Sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, mahatī ca dibbā parisā samantato nisinnā hoti, cattāro ca {Mahārājā} cātuddisā nisinnā honti. Puratthimāya disāya Dhataraṭṭho Mahārājā pacchābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Dakkhiṇāya disāya Virūḷhako Mahārājā uttarābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Pacchimāya disāya Virūpakkho Mahārājā puratthābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā.


[page 221]
D. xix. 3.] WHY THE GODS REJOICE 221
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Uttarāya disāya Vessavaṇo Mahārājā dakkhiṇābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Yadā bhante kevalakappā ca devā Tāvatiṃsā Sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, mahatī ca dibbā parisā samantato nisinnā honti, cattāro ca mahārājā catuddisā nisinnā honti, idaṃ tesaṃ hoti āsanasmiṃ, atha pacchā amhākaṃ āsanaṃ hoti. Ye te bhante devā Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā adhun-uppannā Tāvatiṃsa-kāyā, te aññe deve atirocanti vaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca. Tena sudaṃ bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti pamuditā pīti-somanassa-jātā: "Dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asura-kāyā ti."
3. Atha bhante Sakko devānam Indo devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pāsādaṃ viditvā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
‘Modanti vata bho devā Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā, Tathāgataṃ namassantā dhammassa ca sudhammataṃ, Nave va deve passantā vaṇṇavante yasassino, Sugatasmiṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritvāna idhāgate.
Te aññe atirocanti vaṇṇena yasasāyunā, Sāvakā Bhūri-paññassa visesūpagatā idha.
Idaṃ disvāna nandanti Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā, Tathāgataṃ namassantā dhammassa ca sudhammatan ti.'


[page 222]
222 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix.3.
Tena sudaṃ bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā bhīyoso mattāya attamanā honti pamuditā pīti-somanassa-jātā: "Dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asura-kāyā ti."
4. Atha bhante Sakko devānam indo devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
"Iccheyyātha no tumhe mārisā tassa Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe sotun ti?"
"Iccheyyāma mayaṃ mārisa tassa Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe sotun ti."
Atha bhante Sakko devānam indo devānaṃ Tāvaṭiṃsānaṃ Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi.
5. "Taṃ {kiṃ} maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva c'; assa so Bhagavā bahujana-hitāya paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ, evaṃ bahujana-hitāya paṭipannaṃ bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ, iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ, n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
6. "Svākkhāto kho pana tassa Bhagavato dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi. Evam opanayikassa dhammassa desetāraṃ, iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ, n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
7. "Idaṃ kusalan ti kho pana tena Bhagavatā suppaññattaṃ, idam akusalan ti suppaññattaṃ, idaṃ sāvajjaṃ idam anavajjaṃ,


[page 223]
D. xix. 10.] NIRVĀNA AND THE PATH. 223
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hīnaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇhasukka-sappaṭibhāgan ti suppaññattaṃ. Evaṃ kusalākusala-sāvajjānavajja-sevitabbāsevitabba-hīnappaṇītakaṇhasukka-sappaṭibhāgānaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāpetāraṃ, iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ, n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
8. "Suppaññattā kho pana tena Bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbāna-gāminī paṭipadā, saṃsandati nibbānañ ca paṭipadā ca. Seyyathā pi nāma Gaṅgodakaṃ Yamunodakena saṃsandati sameti, evam eva suppaññattā tena Bhagavatā sāvakānam nibbāna-gāminī paṭipadā, saṃsandati nibbānañ ca paṭipadā ca.{Evaṃ} nibbānagāmini-paṭipadāya paññāpetāraṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
9. "Laddha-sahāyo kho pana so Bhagavā sekhānañ c'; eva paṭipadānaṃ khīṇāsavānañ ca vusitavataṃ, te Bhagavā apanujja ekārāmataṃ anuyutto viharati. Evaṃ ekārāmataṃ anuyuttaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
10. "Abhinippanno kho pana tassa Bhagavato lābho, abhinippanno siloko, yāva maññe khattiyā sampiyāyamāna-rūpā viharanti, vigata-mado kho pana so Bhagavā āhāraṃ āhāreti. Evaṃ vigata-madaṃ āhāraṃ āhariyamānaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma,


[page 224]
224 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
11. "Yathā-vādī kho pana so Bhagavā tathā-kārī, yathā-kārī tathā-vādī. Iti yathā-vādī tathā-kārī {yathā}kārī tathā-vādī evaṃ dhammānudhamma-paṭipannaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
12. "Tiṇṇa-vicikiccho kho pana so Bhagavā vigatakathaṃkatho pariyosita-saṃkappo ajjhāsayaṃ ādi-brahmacariyaṃ. Evaṃ tiṇṇa-vicikicchaṃ vigata-kathaṅkathaṃ pariyosita-saṃkappaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ ādi-brahmacariyaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi {aññatra} tena Bhagavatā" ti.
Ime kho bhante Sakko devānam indo devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi. Tena sudaṃ bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā bhīyoso mattāya attamanā honti, pamuditā pīti-somanassa-jātā Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe sutvā.
13. Tatra kho bhante ekacce devā evam āhaṃsu:--
"Aho vata mārisā cattāro Sammā-sambuddhā loke uppajjeyyuṃ, dhammañ ca deseyyuṃ, yathariva Bhagavā.
Tad assa bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti.
Ekacce devā evam āhaṃsu:--
"Tiṭṭhantu mārisā cattāro sammā-sambuddhā. Aho vata mārisā tayo sammā-sambuddhā loke uppajjeyyuṃ dhammañ ca deseyyuṃ, yathariva Bhagavā. Tad assa bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti.
Ekacce devā evam āhaṃsu:--
"Tiṭṭhantu mārisā tayo sammā-sambuddhā. Aho vata mārisā dve sammā-sambuddhā loke uppajjeyyuṃ, dhammañ ca deseyyuṃ, yathariva Bhagavā. Tad assa bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti.


[page 225]
D. xix. 15.] CAN THERE BE TWO BUDDHAS? 225
14. Evaṃ vutte bhante Sakko devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse etad avoca:--
"Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ mārisā anavakāso yaṃ ekissā loka-dhātuyā dve arahanto sammā-sambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ uppajjeyyuṃ. N'; etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Aho vata mārisā so Bhagavā appābādho appātaṅko ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya. Tad assa bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānan" ti.
Atha bhante yen'; atthena devā Tāvatiṃsā Sudhammāya sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, taṃ atthaṃ cintayitvā taṃ atthaṃ mantayitvā vutta-vacanā pi taṃ cattāro Mahārājā {tasmiṃ} atthe honti, paccanusiṭṭha-vacanā pi taṃ cattāro Mahārājā tasmiṃ atthe honti sakesu āsanesu ṭhitā avippakantā.
Te vutta-vākyā rājāno {paṭiggayhānusāsaniṃ}
Vippasanna-manā santā aṭṭhaṃsu samhi āsane ti.
15. Atha bhante uttarāya disāya uḷāro āloko sañjāyi obhāso pātur ahosi atikamm'; eva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Atha bhante Sakko devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
14 "Yathā kho mārisā nimittā dissanti āloko sañjāyati obhāso pātu bhavati Brahmā pātu bhavissati. Brahmuno etaṃ pubba-nimittaṃ pātubhāvāya yadidaṃ āloko sañjāyati obhāso pātu bhavatīti.
Yathā nimittā dissanti, Brahmā pātu bhavissati,
Brahmuno h'; etaṃ nimittaṃ obhāso vipulo mahā ti.


[page 226]
226 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 15.
Atha bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā yathā sakesu āsanesu nisīdiṃsu: "Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma, {yaṃ-vipāko} bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ gamissāmāti." Cattāro ca Mahārājā yathā sakesu āsanesu nisīdiṃsu: "Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma, yaṃ vipāko bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ gamissāmāti." Idaṃ sutvā devā Tāvatiṃsā ekaggatā {samāpajjiṃsu:} "Obhāsam etaṃ ñassāma, {yaṃ-vipāko} bhavissati, sacchikatvā va naṃ gamissāmāti."
16. Yadā bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, {oḷārikaṃ} attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā pātu bhavati. Yo kho pana bhante Brahmuno pakati-vaṇṇo anabhisambhavanīyo, so devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ cakkhu-pathasmiṃ. Yadā bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, so aññe deve atirocati vaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca.
Seyyathā pi bhante sovaṇṇo viggaho mānusaṃ viggahaṃ atirocati, evam eva kho bhante yadā Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, so aññe deve atirocativaṇṇena c'; eva yasasā ca. Yadā bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātu bhavati, na tassa parisāyaṃ koci devo abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena nimanteti vā. Sabbe tuṇhī-bhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅkena nisīdanti: "Yassa dāni devassa icchissati Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatīti." Yassa kho pana bhante devassa Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ.


[page 227]
D. xix. 19.] WHY THE GODS REJOICE. 227
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Seyyathā pi bhante rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto adhunābhisitto rajjena, uḷāraṃ so labhati veda-paṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ, evam eva kho bhante yassa devassa Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo veda-paṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ.
17. Atha bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā antarahito imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
Modanti vata bho devā Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Tathāgatam namassantā dhammassa ca sudhammataṃ,
Nave va deve passantā vaṇṇavante yasassino,
Sugatasmiṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritvāna idhāgate.
Te aññe atirocanti vaṇṇena yasasāyunā
Sāvakā Bhūri-paññassa visesūpagatā idha.
Idaṃ disvāna nandanti Tāvatiṃsā sahindakā,
Tathāgataṃ namassantā dhammassa ca sudhammatan
ti.
18. Idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro abhāsittha, idam atthaṃ bhante Brahmuno Sanaṃkumārassa bhāsato aṭṭhaṅga-samannāgato saro hoti vissaṭṭho ca viññeyyo ca mañju ca savanīyo ca bindu ca avisārī ca gambhīro ca ninnādī ca. Yathā-parisaṃ kho pana bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro sarena viññāpeti, na c'; assa bahiddhā parisāya ghoso niccharati. Yassa kho pana bhante evaṃ aṭṭhaṅga-samannāgato saro hoti, so vuccati Brahmassaro ti.
19. Atha bhante devā Tāvatiṃsā Brahmā-Sanaṃkumāraṃ etad avocuṃ:
"Sādhu Brahme, etad eva mayaṃ saṅkhāya modāma, atthi ca Sakkena devānam indena tassa Bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhuccā vaṇṇā bhāsitā,


[page 228]
228 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 19.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te ca mayaṃ saṅkhāya modāmāti."
Atha kho bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro Sakkaṃ devānam indaṃ etad avoca:--
"Sādhu {devānam} inda, mayam pi tassa Bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe suṇeyyāmāti."
"Evaṃ Mahā-Brahme" ti kho bhante Sakko devānam indo Brahmuno Sanaṃkumārassa Bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce {vaṇṇe} payirudāhāsi.
20. "Taṃ {kiṃ} maññati bhavaṃ Mahā-Brahmā? Yāva ca so Bhagavā bahujana-hitāya paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ, evaṃ bahujana-hitāya paṭipannaṃ bahujanasukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
21. "Svākkhāto kho pana tassa Bhagavato dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi. Evaṃ opanayikassa dhammassa desetāraṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
22. "Idaṃ kusalan ti kho pana tena Bhagavatā suppaññattaṃ, idaṃ akusalan ti suppaññattaṃ, idaṃ sāvajjaṃ idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hīnaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇhasukka-sappaṭibhāgan ti suppaññattaṃ. Evaṃ kusalākusala-sāvajjānavajja-sevitabbāsevitabba-hīnappaṇītakaṇhasukka-sappaṭibhāgānaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāpetāraṃ, iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ, n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.


[page 229]
D. xix. 27.] {NIRVĀNA} AND THE PATH. 229
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
23. "Suppaññattā kho pana tena Bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbāna-{gāminī} paṭipadā, saṃsandati nibbānañ ca paṭipadā ca. Seyyathā pi nāma Gaṅgodakaṃ Yamunodakena saṃsandati sameti, evam eva suppaññattā tena Bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbāna-gāminī paṭipadā, saṃsandati nibbānañ ca paṭipadā ca. Evaṃ nibbāna-gāminipaṭipadāya paññāpetāraṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
24. "Laddha-sahāyo kho pana so Bhagavā sekhānañ c'; eva {paṭipadānaṃ} khīṇāsavānañ ca vusitavataṃ, te Bhagavā apanujja ekārāmataṃ anuyutto viharati. Evaṃ ekārāmataṃ anuyuttaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi {aññatra} tena Bhagavatā.
25. "Abhinippanno kho pana tassa Bhagavato lābho, abhinippanno siloko, yāva maññe khattiyā sampiyāyamāna-rūpā viharanti, vigata-mado kho pana so Bhagavā āhāraṃ āhāreti. Evaṃ vigata-madaṃ āhāraṃ āhariyamānaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
26. "Yathā-vādī kho pana so Bhagavā tathā-kārī, yathā-kārī tathā-vādī. Iti yathā-vādī tathā-kārī, yathākārī tathā-vādī evaṃ dhammānudhamma-paṭipannaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā.
27. "Tiṇṇa-vicikiccho kho pana so Bhagavā vigatakathaṅkatho pariyosita-saṃkappo ajjhāsayaṃ ādi-brahmacariyaṃ.


[page 230]
230 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 27.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Evaṃ tiṇṇa-vicikicchaṃ vigata-kathaṅkathaṃ pariyosita-saṃkappaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ ādi-brahmacariyaṃ iminā p'; aṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ n'; eva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na pan'; etarahi aññatra tena Bhagavatā" ti.
Ime kho bhante Sakko devānam indo Brahmuno Sanaṃkumārassa Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi. Tena sudaṃ bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro attamano hoti pamudito pīti-somanassa-jāto Bhagavato aṭṭha yathā-bhucce vaṇṇe sutvā.
28. Atha bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro {oḷārikaṃ} attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā kumāra-vaṇṇī hutvā Pañcasikho devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātur ahosi vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā. Seyyathā pi bhante balavā puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmi-bhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya, evam eva kho bhante Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:--
29. Taṃ {kiṃ} maññanti bhonto devā Tāvatiṃsā? Yāva dīgha-rattaṃ mahā-pañño ca so Bhagavā ahosi.
Bhūta-pubbaṃ bho rājā Disampatī nāma ahosi.
Disampatissa rañño Govindo nāma brāhmaṇo purohito ahosi. Disampatissa rañño Reṇu nāma kumāro putto ahosi. Govindassa brāhmaṇassa Jotipālo nāma māṇavo putto ahosi. Iti Reṇu ca rājaputto Jotipālo ca māṇavo aññe ca chakkhattiyā icc ete aṭṭha sahāyā ahesuṃ.


[page 231]
D. xix. 30.] DEATH OF GOVINDA. 231
Attha kho ahorattānaṃ accayena Govindo brāhmaṇo kālam akāsi. Govinde brāhmaṇe kālakate rājā Disampatī paridevesi:--
‘Yasmiṃ vata bho mayaṃ samaye Govinde brāhmaṇe sabba-kiccāni {sammavossajjitvā} pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappitā samaṅgi-bhūtā paricārema, tasmiṃ samaye Govindo brāhmaṇo kālakato'; ti.
Evaṃ vutte bho Reṇu rājaputto rājānaṃ Disampatiṃ etad avoca:--
‘Mā kho tvaṃ deva Govinde brāhmaṇe kālakate atibāḷhaṃ paridevesi. Atthi deva Govindassa brāhmaṇassa Jotipālo nāma māṇavo putto paṇḍitataro c'; eva pitarā alamatthadasataro {c'; eva} pitarā. Ye pi 'ssa pitā atthe anusāsi, te pi Jotipālass'; eva māṇavassa anusāsaniyā'; ti.
‘Evaṃ kumārāti'; ?
‘Evaṃ devāti.'
30. Atha kho bho rājā Disampati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi:--
‘Ehi tvaṃ ambho purisa, yena Jotipālo māṇavo ten'; upasaṃkama, upasaṃkamitvā Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ evaṃ vadehi: Bhavam atthu bhavantaṃ Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ, rājā Disampati bhavantaṃ Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ āmantayati. Rājā Disampati bhoto Jotipālassa māṇavassa dassana-kāmo'; ti.
‘Evaṃ devāti'; bho so puriso Disampatissa rañño paṭissutvā yena Jotipālo māṇavo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Jotipāla-māṇavaṃ etad avoca:--
‘Bhavam atthu bhavantaṃ Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ.
Rājā Disampati bhavantaṃ Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ āmantayati.


[page 232]
232 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 30.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Rājā Disampati bhoto Jotipālassa māṇavassa dassana-kāmo'; ti.
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho Jotipālo māṇavo tassa purisassa paṭissutvā yena rājā Disampati ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Disampatinā raññā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho bho Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ rājā Disampati etad avoca:--
‘Anusāsatu no bhavaṃ Jotipālo māṇavo, mā bhavaṃ Jotipālo anusāsaniyā paccavyāhāsi. Pettike taṃ ṭhāne ṭhapayissāmi, Govindiye abhisiñcissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho Jotipālo māṇavo Disampatissa rañño paccassosi.
31. Atha kho bho rājā Disampati Jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ Govindiye abhisiñci, pettike ṭhāne ṭhapesi. Abhisitto Jotipālo māṇavo Govindiye pettike ṭhāne ṭhapito ye pi 'ssa pitā atthe anusāsi, te atthe anusāsati; ye pi 'ssa pitā atthe nānusāsi, te pi atthe nānusāsati. Ye pi 'ssa pitā kammante abhisambhosi, te pi kammante abhisambhoti; ye pi 'ssa pitā kammante nābhisambhosi te pi kammante nābhisambhoti. Tam enaṃ manussā evam āhaṃsu: ‘Govindo vata bho brāhmaṇo, mahā Govindo vata bho brāhmaṇo'; ti. Iminā kho etaṃ bho pariyāyena Jotipālassa māṇavassa Mahā-Govindo Mahā-Govindo tv eva samaññā udapādi.
32. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena te chakkhattiyā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te chakkhattiye etad avocā:-‘Disampati bho rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo-anuppatto.


[page 233]
D. xix. 33.] THE FRIENDS OF THE CROWN-PRINCE. 233
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Ko nu kho pana bho jānāti jīvitānaṃ? Ṭhānaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ vijjati yaṃ Disampatimhi raññe kālakate, rāja-kattāro Reṇuṃ rāja-puttaṃ rajje abhisiñceyyuṃ. Āyantu bho bhonto, yena Reṇu rāja-putto ten'; upasaṃkamatha, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇuṃ rāja-puttaṃ evaṃ vadetha: "Mayaṃ bhoto Reṇussa sahāyā piyā manāpā appaṭikkūlā, {yaṃ-sukho} bhavaṃ {taṃ-sukhā} mayaṃ, {yaṃ-dukkho} bhavaṃ, {taṃ-dukkhā} mayaṃ. Disampati bho rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addha-gato vayo-anuppatto. Ko nu kho pana bho jānāti jīvitānaṃ? Ṭhānaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ vijjati yaṃ Disampatimhi raññe kālakate rāja-kattāro bhavantaṃ Reṇuṃ rajje abhisiñceyyuṃ. Sace bhavaṃ Reṇu rajjaṃ labhetha, saṃvibhajetha no rajjenāti."'
33. ‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho te {chakkhattiyā} MahāGovindassa Brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena Reṇu rāja-putto ten'; {upasaṃkamiṃsu}, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇuṃ rāja-puttaṃ etad avocuṃ:--
‘Mayaṃ bhoto Reṇussa sahāyā piyā manāpā appaṭikkūlā, {yaṃ-sukho} bhavaṃ {taṃ-sukhā} mayaṃ, {yaṃ-dukkho} bhavaṃ {taṃ-dukkhā} mayaṃ. Disampati kho bho rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addha-gato vayo-anuppatto. Ko nu kho bho pana jānāti jīvitānaṃ? Ṭhānaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ vijjati yaṃ Disampatimhi {raññe} kālakate rājakattāro bhavantaṃ Reṇuṃ rajje abhisiñceyyuṃ. Sace bhavaṃ {Reṇu} rajjaṃ labhetha, saṃvibhajetha no rajjenāti.'
‘Ko no kho bho añño mama vijite sukham edheyyātha aññatra bhavantehi? Sacāhaṃ bho rajjaṃ labhissāmi, saṃvibhajissāmi vo rajjenāti.'


[page 234]
234 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 34.
34. Atha kho bho ahorattānaṃ accayena rājā Disampati kālam akāsi. Disampatimhi raññe kālakate rājakattāro Reṇuṃ rāja-puttaṃ rajje abhisiñciṃsu. Abhisitto Reṇu rajjena pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappito samaṅgibhūto paricāreti. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena te chakkhattiyā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te chakkhattiye etad avoca:--
‘Disampati kho bho rājā kālakato, abhisitto bhavaṃ Reṇu rajjena pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappito samaṅgibhūto paricāreti. Ko nu kho pana bho jānāti? Madanīyā kāmā. Āyantu bhonto, yena Reṇu rājā ten'; upasaṃkamatha, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇuṃ rājānaṃ evaṃ vadetha:
"Disampati kho bho rājā kālakato, abhisitto bhavaṃ Reṇu rajjena, sarati bhavan tam vacanan" ti?'
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho te chakkhattiyā MahāGovindasa Brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena Reṇu rājā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇuṃ rājānaṃ etad avocuṃ:--
‘Disampati kho bho rājā kālakato, abhisitto bhavaṃ Reṇu rajjena, sarati bhavan taṃ vacanan'; ti?
‘{Sarām'} ahaṃ bho taṃ vacanaṃ. Ko nu kho bho pahoti imaṃ mahā-paṭhaviṃ uttarena āyataṃ dakkhiṇena sakaṭamukhaṃ sattadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitun'; ti?
‘Ko nu kho bho añño pahoti aññatra Mahā-Govindena brāhmaṇenāti?'
35. Atha kho bho Reṇu rājā aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi:--
‘Ehi tvaṃ ambho purisa yena Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo ten'; {upasaṃkama}, upasaṃkamitvā Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ evaṃ vadehi: "Rājā taṃ bhante Reṇu āmantetīti."'


[page 235]
D. xix. 36.] HOW INDIA WAS DIVIDED UP. 235
‘Evaṃ devo'; ti kho bho so puriso Reṇussa rañño paṭissutvā yena Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etad avoca:
‘Rājā taṃ bhante Reṇu āmantetīti.'
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo tassa purisassa paṭissutvā yena Reṇu rājā ten'; upasaṃkami, {upasaṃkamitvā} Reṇunā raññā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ Reṇu rājā etad avoca:
‘Etu bhavaṃ Govindo imaṃ mahā-paṭhaviṃ uttarena āyataṃ dakkhiṇena sakaṭamukhaṃ sattadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajatūti.
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Reṇussa rañño paṭissutvā, imaṃ mahā-paṭhaviṃ uttarena āyataṃ dakkhiṇena sakaṭamukhaṃ sattadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhaji, sabbāni sakaṭamukhāni aṭṭhapesi.
36. Tatra sudaṃ majjhe Reṇussa rañño janapado hoti.
Dantapuraṃ Kāliṅgānaṃ Assakānañ ca {Potanaṃ}
Māhissatī Avantīnaṃ Sovīrānañ ca Rorukaṃ
Mithilā ca Videhānaṃ Campā Aṅgesu māpitā,
Bārāṇasī ca Kāsīnaṃ, ete Govinda-māpitā ti.


[page 236]
236 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 36.
Atha kho bho te chakkhattiyā yathā sakena lābhena attamanā ahesuṃ paripuṇṇa-saṃkappā: ‘Yaṃ vata no ahosi icchitaṃ yaṃ ākaṅkhitaṃ yaṃ adhippetaṃ yaṃ adhipatthitaṃ, taṃ no laddhan ti.
Sattabhū Brahmadātto ca Vessabhū Bharato saha,
Reṇu dve ca Dhataraṭṭhā tadāsuṃ satta Bhāratā ti.
Paṭhama-bhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
37. Atha kho bho te chakkhattiyā yena Mahā-Govindo Brāhmaṇo ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā MahāGovindaṃ Brāhmaṇaṃ etad avocuṃ: ‘Yathā bhavaṃ Govindo Reṇussa rañño sahāyo piyo manāpo appaṭikkūlo, evam eva bhavam Govindo amhākaṃ pi sahāyo piyo manāpo appaṭikkūlo. Anusāsatu no bhavaṃ Govindo, mā no bhavaṃ Govindo anusāsaniyā paccavyāhāsīti.
‘Evaṃ bho'; ti kho bho Mahā-Govindo Brāhmaṇo tesaṃ channaṃ khattiyānaṃ paccassosi. Atha kho bho MahāGovindo Brāhmaṇo satta ca rājāno khattiye muddhāvasitte rajje anusāsi, satta ca brāhmaṇa-{mahāsāle} satta ca nahātaka-satāni mante vācesi.


[page 237]
D. xix. 39.] INTERCOURSE WITH GOD. 237
38. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindassa Brāhmaṇassa aparena samayena evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggañchi: ‘Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti.'; Atha kho bho MahāGovindassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: ‘Mayhaṃ kho evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti.
Na kho panāhaṃ Brahmānaṃ passāmi, na Brahmunā sākacchemi, na Brahmūnā sallapāmi, na Brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānam: Yo vassike cattāro māse patisallīyati, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so Brahmānaṃ passati Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. {Yannūnāhaṃ} vassike cattāro māse patisallīyeyyaṃ karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyeyyan'; ti.
39. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo Brāhmaṇo yena Reṇu rājā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇuṃ rājānaṃ etad avoca: ‘Mayhaṃ kho bho evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Na kho panāhaṃ bho Brahmānaṃ passāmi, na Brahmunā sākacchemi, na Brahmunā sallapāmi, na Brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: Yo vassike cattāro māse patisallīyati karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so Brahmānaṃ passati, Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho vassike cattāro māse patisallīyituṃ, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyituṃ. N'; amhi kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattābhihārenāti.'
‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ Govindo kālaṃ maññatīti.'


[page 238]
238 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 40.
40. Atha kho Mahā-Govindo Brāhmaṇo yena te chakkhattiyā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te chakkhattiye etad avoca: ‘Mayhaṃ kho evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ passati, {sakkhī} Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Na kho panāhaṃ Brahmānaṃ passāmi, na Brahmunā sākacchemi, na Brahmunā sallapāmi, na Brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ Brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: Yo vassike cattāro māse patisallīyati, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so Brahmānaṃ passati Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho vassike cattāro māse patisallīyituṃ, karuṇaṃ jhāyaṃ jhāyituṃ. {N'; amhi} kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattābhihārenāti.
‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ Govindo kālaṃ maññatīti.'
41. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo Brāhmaṇo yena satta ca Brāhmaṇa-mahā-sālā satta ca nahātaka-satāni ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā satta ca Brāhmaṇa-mahāsāle satta ca nahātaka-satāni etad avoca:--
‘Mayhaṃ kho bho evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:
Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Na kho panāhaṃ kho Brahmānaṃ passāmi, na Brahmunā sākacchemi, na Brahmunā sallapāmi, na Brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: Yo vassike cattāro māse patisallīyati, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Tena hi bho yathā sute yathā pariyatte mante vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karotha, aññam aññañ ca mante vācetha. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho vassike cattāro māse patisallīyituṃ karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyituṃ.
{N'; amhi} kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattābhihārenāti.'
‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ Govindo kālaṃ maññatīti.'


[page 239]
D. xix. 44.] THE PRACTICE OF PITY. 239
42. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā {cattārīsā} bhariyā sādisiyo etad avoca: ‘Mayhaṃ kho {bhoti} evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo {abbhuggato}: Sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhī Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Na kho panāhaṃ bhoti Brahmānaṃ passāmi, na Brahmunā sākacchemi, na Brāhmunā sallapāmi, na Brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: Yo vassike cattāro māse {paṭisallīyati} karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so Brahmānaṃ passati, Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Icchām'; ahaṃ bhoti vassike cattāro māse {patisallīyituṃ} karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyituṃ. {N'; amhi} kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattābhihārenāti.'
‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ Govindo kālaṃ maññatīti.'
43. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo puratthimena nagarassa navaṃ santhāgāraṃ kārāpetvā vassike cattāro māse {patisallīyi}, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyi, nāssuda koci upasaṃkami aññatra ekena bhattābhihārena. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindassa brāhmaṇassa catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena ahud eva ukkaṇṭhanā ahu paritassanā:
Sutaṃ kho pana m'; etaṃ Brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariya-pācariyānaṃ {bhāsamānānaṃ}: Yo vassike cattāro māse patisallīyati karuṇaṃ jhāyaṃ jhāyati, so Brahmānaṃ passati, Brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetīti. Na kho panāhaṃ Brahmānaṃ passāmi, na Brahmunā sākacchemi, na Brahmunā sallapāmi, na Brahmunā mantemīti.
44. Atha kho bho Brahmā Sanaṃkumāro MahāGovindassa Brāhmaṇassa cetasā {ceto-}parivitakkam aññāya,


[page 240]
240 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 44.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Brahma-loke antarahito Mahā-Govindassa brāhmaṇassa pamukhe pātur ahosi. Atha kho bho MahāGovindassa brāhmaṇassa ahud eva bhayaṃ ahu chambhitattaṃ ahu lomahaṃso yathā taṃ adiṭṭha-pubbaṃ rūpaṃ disvā. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo bhīto saṃviggo loma-haṭṭha-jāto Brahmānaṃ Sanaṃkumāraṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:--
‘Vaṇṇavā yasavā sirimā, ko nu tvam asi mārisa?
Ajānantā tam pucchāma kathaṃ jānemu taṃ mayaṃ?'
‘Maṃ ve kumāraṃ jānanti Brahma-loke sanantanaṃ,
Sabbe jānanti maṃ devā, evaṃ Govinda jānahi.'
‘Āsanaṃ udakaṃ pajjaṃ madhu-pākañ ca brahmuno,
Agghe Bhavantaṃ pucchāma. Agghaṃ kurutu no Bhavaṃ.'
‘{Paṭigaṇhāma} te agghaṃ yaṃ tvaṃ Govinda bhāsasi.
Diṭṭha-dhamma-hitatthāya samparāya-sukhāya ca,
Katāvakāso puccha ssu yaṃ kiñci abhipatthitan'; ti.
45. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: ‘Katāvakāso kho 'mhi Brahmunā Sanaṃkumārena. Kin nu kho ahaṃ Brahmānaṃ Sanaṃkumāraṃ puccheyyaṃ diṭṭha-dhammikaṃ vā atthaṃ samparāyikaṃ vā ti?'


[page 241]
D. xix. 46.] THE GOD AS PREACHER. 241
Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: ‘Kusalo kho ahaṃ diṭṭha-dhammikānaṃ atthānaṃ. Aññe pi maṃ diṭṭha-dhammikaṃ atthaṃ pucchanti.
Yannūnāhaṃ Brahmānaṃ Sanaṃkumāraṃ samparāyikaṃ yeva atthaṃ puccheyyan'; ti.
Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo Brahmānaṃ Sanaṃkumāraṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
‘Pucchāmi Brahmānaṃ Sanaṃkumāraṃ
Kaṅkhī akaṅkhiṃ paravediyesu
Katthaṭṭhito kimhi ca sikkhamāno
Pappoti macco amataṃ Brahma-lokan ti?'
‘Hitvā mamattaṃ manujesu brahme
Ekodibhūto karuṇādhimutto
Nirāmagandho virato methunasmā
Etthaṭṭhito ettha ca sikkhamāno
Pappoti macco amataṃ Brahma-lokan ti.'
46. ‘Hitvā mamattaṃ tāhaṃ bhoto ājānāmi. Idh'; ekacco appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya appaṃ vā ñāti-parivaṭṭaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā ñati-parivaṭṭaṃ pahāya kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. Iti hitvā mamattaṃ tāhaṃ bhoto ājānāmi.


[page 242]
242 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 46.
‘Ekodibhūto ti cāhaṃ bhoto ājānāmi. Idh'; ekacco vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkha-mūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giri-guhaṃ susānaṃ vana-patthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palāla-puñjaṃ. Iti ekodibhūto ti p'; ahaṃ bhoto ājānāmi.
‘Karuṇādhimutto ti p'; ahaṃ bhoto ājānāmi. Idh'; ekacco karuṇā-sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ.
Iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ karuṇā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati. Iti karuṇādhimutto ti p'; ahaṃ bhoto ājānāmi.
‘Āmagandhe va kho ahaṃ bhoto bhāsamānassa na ājānāmi.
‘Ke āmagandhā manujesu Brahme?
Ete avidvā idha brūhi dhīra.
Ken'; āvaṭā vāti pajā kuruṭṭharū
Āpāyikā nīvuta-brahmalokā ti.'


[page 243]
D. xix. 47.] GOVINDA AND REṆU. 243
‘Kodho mosa-vajjaṃ nikatī ca dobho
Kadariyatā atimāno usuyyā
Icchā vicikicchā para-heṭhanā ca
Lobho ca doso ca mado ca moho
Etesu yuttā anirāmagandhā
Āpāyikā nīvuta-brahmalokā ti.'
‘Yathā kho ahaṃ bhoto āmagandhe bhāsamānassa ājānāmi, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ Govindo kālaṃ maññatīti.'
47. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena Reṇu rājā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Reṇu-{rājānaṃ} etad avoca: ‘Aññaṃ dāni bhavaṃ purohitaṃ pariyesatu, yo bhoto rajjaṃ anusāsissati. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Āmantayāmi rājānaṃ Reṇuṃ bhūmi-patiṃ ahaṃ,
Tvaṃ pajānassu rajjena, nāhaṃ porohacce rame.'
‘Sace te ūnaṃ kāmehi ahaṃ paripūrayāmi te,
Yo taṃ hiṃsati vāremi bhūmi-senāpatī ahaṃ,
Tvaṃ pitā 'si ahaṃ putto mā no Govinda pājahi.'
‘Na m'; atthi ūnaṃ kāmehi hiṃsitā me na vijjati
Amanussa-vaco sutvā tasmā 'haṃ na gahe rame.'


[page 244]
244 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 47.
‘Amanusso kathaṃ-vaṇṇo, kan te atthaṃ abhāsatha, Yaṃ sutvā pajāhāsi no gehe amhe ca kevale.'; ‘Upavutthassa me pubbe yatthu-kāmassa me sato Aggi pajjalito āsi kusapatta-paritthato.
Tato me Brahmā pātur ahu Brahma-lokā Sanantano, So me pañhaṃ viyākāsi taṃ sutvā na gahe rame.'; ‘Saddahāmi ahaṃ bhoto yaṃ tvaṃ Govinda bhāsasi, Amanussa-vaco sutvā kathaṃ vattetha aññathā, Te taṃ anuvattissāma satthā Govinda no bhava.
Maṇi yathā veḷuriyo akāco vimalo subho, Evaṃ suddhā carissāma Govindassānusāsane ti.'
‘Sace bhavaṃ Govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, aham pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi. Atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
48. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena te chakkhattiyā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā chakkhattiye etad avoca: ‘Aññaṃ dāni bhavanto purohitaṃ pariyesantu, yo bhavantānaṃ rajje anusāsissati. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
Atha kho bho chakkhattiyā ekamantaṃ apakkamma evaṃ samacintesuṃ:


[page 245]
D. xix. 49.] THE REJECTED BRIBES. 245
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ‘Ime kho brāhmaṇā nāma dhanaluddhā, yan nūna mayaṃ Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ dhanena sikkheyyāmāti.'
Te Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam āhaṃsu: ‘Saṃvijjati kho bho imesu sattasu rajjesu pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ. Tato bhoto yāvatakena attho tāvatakaṃ āhareyyatan ti.
‘Alaṃ bho! Mama p'; idaṃ pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ bhavantānaṃ yeva vāhasā, tam ahaṃ yasaṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
49. Atha kho bho te chakkhattiyā ekamantaṃ apakkamma evaṃ samacintesuṃ: ‘Ime kho brāhmaṇā nāma itthi-luddhā. Yan nūna mayaṃ Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ itthīhi sikkheyyāmāti?'
Te Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam āhaṃsu: ‘{Saṃvijjante}'; kho bho imesu sattasu rajjesu pahūtā itthiyo. Tato bhoto yāvatikāhi attho, tāvatikā āniyyatan'; ti.
‘Alaṃ bho! mama p'; imā {cattārīsā} bhariyā sādisiyo.
Tā p'; ahaṃ sabbā pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.


[page 246]
246 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 50.
50. ‘Sace bhavaṃ Govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
‘Sace jahātha kāmāni yattha satto puthujjano
Ārabhavho daḷhā hotha khanti-bala-samāhitā.
Esa maggo uju maggo esa maggo anuttaro
Saddhammo sabbhi rakkhito Brahmalokūpapattiyā ti.'
51. ‘Tena hi bhavaṃ Govindo satta vassāni āgametu, sattannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
‘Aticiraṃ kho bho satta vassāni. Nāhaṃ sakkomi bhavante satta vassāni āgametuṃ. Ko kho pana bho jānāti jīvitānaṃ. Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāya {bodhabbaṃ}, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, n'; atthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
52. ‘Tena hi bhavaṃ Govindo cha vassāni āgametu . . . pe . . . pañca vassāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . cattāri vassāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . tīṇi vassāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . dve vassāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . ekaṃ vassaṃ āgametu. Eka-vassassa accayena mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti?
53. ‘Aticiraṃ kho bho ekaṃ vassaṃ. Nāhaṃ sakkomi bhavante ekaṃ vassaṃ āgametuṃ.


[page 247]
D. xix. 55.] THE DANGER OF DELAY. 247
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Ko kho pana bho jānāti jīvitānaṃ. Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāya bodhabbaṃ, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, n'; atthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā {agāraṃ} ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Tena hi bhavaṃ Govindo satta māsāni āgametu.
Sattannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
54. ‘Aticiraṃ kho bho satta māsāni. Nāhaṃ sakkomi bhavante satta māsāni āgametuṃ. Ko kho pana bho jānāti jīvitānaṃ? Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāya bodhabbaṃ, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, n'; atthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Tena hi bhavaṃ Govindo cha māsāni āgametu . . . pe . . . pañca māsāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . cattāri māsāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . tīṇi māsāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . dve māsāni āgametu . . . [pe] . . . māsaṃ āgametu . . . [pe] . . . addha-māsaṃ āgametu. Addha-māsassa accayena mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati {bhavissatīti.}
55. ‘Aticiraṃ kho bho addhamāso. Nāhaṃ sakkomi bhavante addhamāsam āgametuṃ. Ko kho pana bho jānāti jīvitānaṃ? Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāya {bodhabbaṃ}, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, n'; atthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe {bhāsamānassa} te na sunimmadayā agārasmā ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; aham bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.


[page 248]
248 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 55.
‘Tena hi bhavaṃ Govindo sattāhaṃ āgametu yāva mayaṃ sake putta- bhātaro rajje anusāsāma. Sattāhassa accayena mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
‘Na ciraṃ kho bho sattāhaṃ, āgamissām'; ahaṃ bhavante sattāhan'; ti.
56. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena te satta brāhmaṇā mahā-sālā satta ca nahātaka-satāni ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā satta brāhmaṇa-mahāsāle satta ca nahātaka-satāni etad avoca:
‘Aññaṃ dāni bhavanto ācariyaṃ pariyesantu, yo bhavantānaṃ mante vācessati. Icchām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Mā bhavaṃ Govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji, pabbajjā bho appesakkhā ca appalābhā ca, brahmaññaṃ mahesakkhañ ca mahālābhañ cāti.'
‘Mā bhavanto evaṃ avacuttha: "Pabbajjā appesakkhā ca appalābhā ca, brahmaññaṃ mahesakkhañ ca mahālābhañ cāti." Ko nu kho bho añño mayā mahesakkhataro vā mahālābhataro vā. Ahaṃ hi bho etarahi rājā ca raññaṃ Brahmā ca brāhmaṇānaṃ devatā ca gahapatikānaṃ, taṃ p'; ahaṃ sabbaṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā,


[page 249]
D. xix. 58.] GOVINDA'S WIVES. 249
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bho agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Sace bhavaṃ Govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, mayam pi agārasmā anagariyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
57. Atha kho bho Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo yena cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo ten'; {upasaṃkami}, upasaṃkamitvā cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo etad avoca: ‘Yā bhoti naṃ icchati sakāni va ñāti-kulāni gacchatu, aññaṃ bhattāraṃ pariyesatu. Icchām'; ahaṃ bhoti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ Brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissām'; ahaṃ bhoti agārasmā anagāriyan'; ti.
‘Tvaṃ yeva no ñāti ñāti-kāmānaṃ. Tvaṃ pana bhattā bhattu-kāmānaṃ. Sace bhavaṃ Govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, mayam pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati sā no gati bhavissatīti.'
58. Atha kho bho Mahā Govindo brāhmaṇo tassa sattāhassa accayena kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbaji. Pabbajitañ ca pana Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ satta ca rājāno khattiyā muddhāvasittā satta ca brāhmaṇa-mahāsālā satta ca nahātaka-satāni cattārīsā ca bhariyā sādisiyo anekāni ca khattiya-sahassāni anekāni ca brāhmaṇa-sahassāni anekāni ca gahapati-sahassāni anekā ca itthāgārehi itthikāyo kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā Mahā-Govindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitaṃ anupabbajiṃsu. Tāya sudaṃ bho parisāya parivuto Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo gāma-nigama-rājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carati.


[page 250]
250 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 58.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Yaṃ kho pana bho tena samayena Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upasaṃkamati, tattha rājā va hoti raññaṃ Brahmā va brāhmaṇānaṃ devatā va gahapatikānaṃ. Ye ca kho pana bho tena samayena manussā khipanti vā upakkhalanti vā, te evam {āhaṃsu}: ‘Nam'; atthu MahāGovindassa {brāhmaṇassa}, nam'; atthu satta-purohitassāti.'
59. Mahā-Govindo bho brāhmaṇo mettā-sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā vihāsi. Karuṇā-sahagatena cetasā . . . muditā-sahagatena cetasā . . . upekhā-sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihāsi tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ. Iti udham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekhā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā vihāsi, sāvakānañ ca Brahmaloka-sahavyatāya maggaṃ desesi.
60. Ye kho pana bho tena samayena Mahā-Govindassa brāhmaṇassa sāvakā sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājāniṃsu, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ Brahma-lokaṃ upapajjiṃsu. Ye na sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājāniṃsu, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā app ekacce Paranimmita-Vasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjiṃsu, app ekacce Nimmāna-ratīnaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjiṃsu, app ekacce Tusitānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ {uppajjiṃsu}, app ekacce Yāmānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjiṃsu,


[page 251]
D. xix. 62.] THE LOWER AND HIGHER WAYS. 251
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] app ekacce Tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjiṃsu, app ekacce Cātummahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjiṃsu. Ye sabbe sabba-nihīna-kāyaṃ paripūresuṃ te gandhabba-kāyaṃ paripūresuṃ.
Iti kho bho sabbesaṃ yeva tesaṃ kula-puttānaṃ amoghā pabbajjā ahosi avañjhā saphalā sa-uddisā ti.
61. ‘Sarati taṃ Bhagavā ti?'
‘Sarām'; ahaṃ Pañcasikha. Ahaṃ tena samayena Mahā-Govindo brāhmaṇo ahosiṃ. Ahaṃ tesaṃ sāvakānaṃ Brahmaloka-sahavyatāya maggaṃ desesiṃ. Taṃ kho pana Pañcasikha brahmacariyaṃ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na {nibbānāya} saṃvattati, yāvad eva Brahmalokūpapattiyā. Idaṃ kho pana me Pañcasikha brahmacariyaṃ ekanta-nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati, ayaṃ eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko Maggo, seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi sammā-saṃkappo sammā-vācā sammā-kammanto sammā-ājīvo sammā-vāyāmo sammā-sati sammā-samādhi.
Idaṃ kho taṃ Pañcasikha brahmacariyaṃ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.
62. ‘Ye kho pana me Pañcasikha sāvakā sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti, te {āsavānaṃ} khayā anāsavaṃ ceto-vimuttiṃ paññā-vimuttiṃ diṭṭhe va dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti.


[page 252]
252 MAHĀ-GOVINDA SUTTANTA. [D. xix. 62.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Ye na sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti {app ekacce} pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā honti, tattha parinibbāyino anāvatti-dhammā tasmā lokā.
Ye na sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti app ekacce tiṇṇam saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāga-dosa-mohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino honti sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhass'; antaṃ karonti. Ye na sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti app ekacce tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā honti avinipāta-dhammā niyatā sambodhi-parāyanā. Iti kho Pañcasikha sabbesaṃ yeva imesaṃ kula-puttānaṃ amoghā pabbajjā avañjhā saphalā sa-uddisā'; ti.
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Attamano Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyīti.
MAHĀ-GOVINDA-SUTTANTAṂ
NIṬṬHITAṂ.


[page 253]
253
[xx. Mahā-Samaya Suttanta.]
1. Evam me sutaṃ.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmiṃ Mahāvane mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ pañca-mattehi bhikkhu-satehi sabbeh'; eva arahantehi, dasahi ca loka-dhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca.
2. Atha kho catunnaṃ Suddhāvāsakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ etad ahosi:
‘Ayaṃ kho Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapila-vatthusmiṃ Mahāvane mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ pañca-mattehi bhikkhu-satehi sabbeh'; eva arahantehi, dasahi ca loka-dhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca.
Yan nūna mayam pi yena Bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkameyyāma, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavato santike pacceka-gāthaṃ bhāseyyāmāti.'
3. Atha kho tā devatā seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya,


[page 254]
254 MAHĀ-SAMAYA SUTTANTA. [D. xx. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evam evaṃ Suddhāvāsesu devesu antarahitā Bhagavato purato pātur ahaṃsu. Atha kho tā devatā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ {aṭṭhaṃsu}, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:--
‘Mahā-samayo pavanasmiṃ, deva-kāyā samāgatā,
Āgat'; amha imaṃ dhamma-samayaṃ dakkhitāye aparājita-saṃghan ti.'
Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:--
‘Tatra bhikkhavo samādahaṃsu cittaṃ attano ujukam akaṃsu,
Sārathi va nettāni gahetvā indriyāni rakkhanti paṇḍitā ti.'
Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:--
‘Chetvā khilaṃ chetvā palighaṃ inda-khīlaṃ ūhacca-m-anejā,
Te caranti suddhā vimalā cakkhumatā sudantā susunāgā ti.'


[page 255]
D. xx. 5.] VISITS OF GODS. 255
Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:--
‘Ye keci Buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatāse na te gamissanti {apāyaṃ},
Pahāya mānusaṃ dehaṃ deva-kāyaṃ paripūressantīti.'
4. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:--
‘Yebhuyyena bhikkhave dasasu loka-dhātusu devatā sannipatitā Tathāgatam dassanāya bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca.
Ye pi te bhikkhave ahesuṃ atītam addhānaṃ arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, tesam pi Bhagavantānaṃ eta-paramā yeva devatā sannipatitā ahesuṃ seyyathā pi mayhaṃ etarahi. Ye pi te bhikkhave bhavissanti anāgatam addhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesam pi Bhagavantānaṃ eta-paramā yeva devatā sannipatitā bhavissanti seyyathā pi mayhaṃ etarahi. Ācikkhissāmi bhikkhave devakāyānaṃ nāmāni, kittayissāmi bhikkhave devakāyānaṃ nāmāni, desissāmi bhikkhave devakāyānaṃ nāmāni. Taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmīti.'
‘Evaṃ bhante ti'; kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ.
Bhagavā etad avoca:--
5. ‘Silokam anukassāmi; yattha bhummā tad assitā,
Ye sitā giri-gabbharaṃ pahitattā samāhitā
Puthū sīhā va sallīnā lomahaṃsābhisambhuno
Odāta-manasā suddhā vippasannā-m-anāvilā


[page 256]
256 MAHĀ-SAMAYA SUTTANTA. [D. xx. 5.
Bhīyyo pañca-sate ñatvā vane Kāpilavatthave.'
Tato āmantayi Satthā sāvake sāsane rate:
‘Deva-kāyā abhikkantā te vijānātha bhikkhavo.'
Te ca ātappam akaruṃ sutvā Buddhassa sāsanaṃ.
6. Tesaṃ pātur ahū ñāṇaṃ amanussāna dassanaṃ
App eke satam addakkhuṃ sahassaṃ atha sattatiṃ
Sataṃ eke sahassānaṃ amanussānam addasuṃ
App eke 'nantam addakkhuṃ, disā sabbā phuṭā ahū.
Tañ ca sabbaṃ abhiññāya vavakkhitvāna cakkhumā
Tato āmantayi Satthā sāvake sāsane rate:
‘Deva-kāyā abhikkantā te vijānātha bhikkhavo,
Ye vo 'haṃ kittayissāmi girāhi anupubbaso.
7. Satta sahassā va yakkhā bhummā Kāpilavatthavā
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Cha-sahassā Hemavatā yakkhā nānatta-vaṇṇino,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Sātāgirā ti-sahassā yakkhā nānatta-vaṇṇino,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Icc ete soḷasa-sahassā yakkhā nānatta-vaṇṇino,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.


[page 257]
D. xx. 9.] GUARDIANS OF THE FOUR QUARTERS. 257
8. Vessāmittā pañca-satā yakkhā nānatta-vaṇṇino,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Kumbhīro Rājagahiko Vepullassa nivesanaṃ,
Bhiyyo naṃ sata-sahassaṃ yakkhānaṃ payirupāsati,
Kumbhīro Rājagahiko so p'; āga samitiṃ vanaṃ.
9. Purimañ ca disaṃ rājā Dhataraṭṭho pasāsati,
Gandhabbānaṃ ādhipati Mahārājā yasassi so.
Puttā pi tassa bahavo Inda-nāmā mahabbalā,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Dakkhiṇañ ca disaṃ rājā Virūḷho taṃ pasāsati,
Kumbhaṇḍānaṃ ādhipati Mahārājā yasassi so.
Puttā pi tassa bahavo Inda-nāmā mahabbalā,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Pacchimañ ca disaṃ rājā Virūpakkho pasāsati,
Nāgānaṃ va ādhipati Mahārājā yasassi so.
Puttā pi tassa bahavo Inda-nāmā mahabbalā,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Uttarañ ca disaṃ rājā Kuvero taṃ pasāsati
Yakkhānaṃ va ādhipati Mahārājā yasassi so.


[page 258]
258 MAHĀ-SAMAYA SUTTANTA. [D. xx. 9.
Puttā pi tassa bahavo Inda-nāmā mahabbalā,
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino,
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Purimaṃ disaṃ Dhataraṭṭho dakkhiṇena Virūḷhako
Pacchimena Virūpakkho Kuvero uttaraṃ disaṃ.
Cattāro te Mahārājā samantā caturo disā,
Daddallamānā aṭṭhaṃsu vane Kāpilavatthave.
10. Tesaṃ māyāvino dāsā āgu vañcanikā saṭhā
Māyā Kuṭeṇḍu Veṭeṇḍu Viṭuc ca Viṭucco saha
Candano Kāmaseṭṭho ca Kinnughaṇḍu Nighaṇḍu ca
Panādo Opamañño ca devasūto ca Mātali.
Cittaseno ca gandhabbo Nalo rājā Janesabho
Āgu Pañcasikho c'; eva Timbarū Suriyavaccasā.
Ete c'; aññe ca rājāno gandhabbā saha rājubhi
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.
11. Ath'; āgu Nābhasā nāgā Vesālā saha Tacchakā,
Kambalassatarā āgu Pāyāgā saha ñātibhi.
Yāmunā Dhataraṭṭhā ca āgu nāgā yasassino,
{Erāvaṇo} mahā-nāgo so p'; āga samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Ye nāga-rāje sahasā haranti
Dibbā dijā pakkhi visuddha-cakkhū


[page 259]
D. xx. 14.] SOMA VEṆHU AND OTHERS. 259
Vehāsayā te vana-majjha-pattā
Citrā Supaṇṇā iti tesaṃ nāmaṃ.
Abhayan tadā nāga-rājānam āsi,
Supaṇṇato khemam akāsi Buddho.
Saṇhāhi vācāhi upavhayantā
Nāgā Supaṇṇā saraṇaṃ agaṃsu Buddhaṃ.
12. Jitā Vajira-hatthena samuddaṃ Asurā sitā
Bhātaro Vāsavass'; ete iddhimanto yasassino
Kālakañjā mahābhiṃsā asurā Dānaveghasā
Vepacitti Sucitti ca Pahārādo Namucī saha
Satañ ca Bali-puttānaṃ sabbe Veroca-nāmakā
Sannayhitvā baliṃ senaṃ Rāhubhaddam upāgamuṃ:
‘Samayo dāni bhaddan te bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ vanaṃ.'
13. Āpo ca devā Paṭhavī Tejo Vāyo tad āgamuṃ,
Varuṇā Vāruṇā devā Somo ca Yasasā saha,
Mettā-karuṇā-kāyikā āgu devā yasassino.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
14. Veṇhū ca devā Sahaḷī ca Asamā ca duve Yamā,
Candassūpanisā devā Candam āgu purakkhatvā,
Suriyassūpanisā devā Suriyam āgu purakkhatvā,
Nakkhattāni purakkhatvā āgu Manda-valāhakā,


[page 260]
260 MAHĀ-SAMAYA SUTTANTA. [D. xx. 14.
Vasūnaṃ Vāsavo seṭṭho Sakko p'; āga purindado.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
15. Ath'; āgu Sahabhū devā jalam aggi-sikhā-r-iva,
Ariṭṭhakā ca Rojā ca ummā-puppha-nibhāsino,
Varuṇā Saha-dhammā ca Accutā ca Anejakā,
Sūleyya-rucirā āgu,āgu Vāsavanesino.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
16. Samānā Mahā-samānā Mānusā Mānusuttamā
Khiḍḍā-padūsikā āgu, āgu Mano-padūsikā,
Ath'; āgu Harayo devā ye ca Lohita-vāsino
Pāragā Mahā-pāragā āgu devā yasassino.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
17. Sukkā Karumhā Aruṇā āgu Veghanasā saha,
Odāta-gayhā pāmokkhā āgu devā Vicakkhaṇā,
Sadāmattā Hāragajā Missakā ca yasassino,
Thanayaṃ āga Pajjunno yo disā abhivassati.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.


[page 261]
D. xx. 21.] THE VARIOUS BRAHMĀS. 261
18. Khemiyā Tusitā Yāmā Kaṭṭhakā ca yasassino,
Lambītakā Lāma-seṭṭhā Joti-nāmā ca Āsavā,
Nimmāna-ratino āgu, ath'; āgu Paranimmitā.
Das'; ete dasadhā kāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino
Iddhimanto jutīmanto vaṇṇavanto yasassino
Modamānā abhikkāmuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samitiṃ
vanaṃ.
19. Saṭṭh'; ete deva-nikāyā sabbe nānatta-vaṇṇino,
Nāmanvayena āgañchuṃ ye c'; aññe sadisā saha.
‘Pavuttha-jātiṃ akhilaṃ ogha-tiṇṇaṃ anāsavaṃ
Dakkhem'; ogha-taraṃ nāgaṃ candaṃ va asitātigaṃ.'
20. Subrahmā Paramatto ca puttā iddhimato saha
Sanaṃ-kumāro Tisso ca so p'; āga samitiṃ vanaṃ.
Sahassa-Brahmalokānaṃ Mahā-Brahmā 'bhitiṭṭhati,
Upapanno jutīmanto bhismā-kāyo yasassi so.
Das'; ettha issarā āgu pacceka-vasavattino,
Tesañ ca majjhato āga Hārito parivārito.
21. Te ca sabbe abhikkante sa-Inda-deve sa-Brahmake,
Māra-senā abhikkāmi, passa Kaṇhassa mandiyaṃ.


[page 262]
262 MAHĀ-SAMAYA SUTTANTA. [D. xx. 21.
‘Etha gaṇhatha bandhatha rāgena baddham atthu ve
Samantā parivāretha mā vo muñcittha koci naṃ.'
Iti tattha Mahā-seno Kaṇha-senaṃ apesayi,
Pāṇinā talam āhacca saraṃ katvāna bheravaṃ.
Yathā pāvussako megho thanayanto savijjuko,
Tadā so paccudāvatti saṃkuddho asayaṃvasī.
22. Tañ ca sabbaṃ abhiññāya vavakkhitvāna cakkhumā
Tato āmantayi Satthā sāvake sāsane rate:
‘Māra-senā abhikkantā, te vijānātha bhikkhavo.'
Te ca ātappam akaruṃ sutvā Buddhassa sāsanaṃ.
Vīta-rāgehi pakkāmuṃ na saṃ lomaṃ pi iñjayuṃ.
Sabbe vijita-saṃgāmā bhayātītā yasassino
Modanti saha bhūtehi sāvakā te jane sutā ti.
MAHĀ-SAMAYA-{SUTTANTAṂ}7
NIṬṬHITAṂ.


[page 263]
263
[xxi. Sakka-Pañha Suttanta.]
1.1. Evam me sutaṃ.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati, pācīnato Rājagahassa Ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tass'; uttarato Vediyake pabbate Indasāla-guhāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena Sakkassa devānam indassa ussukkam udapādi Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya.
Atha kho Sakkassa devānam indassa etad ahosi:
‘Kahan nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho ti?'; Addasā kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantaṃ Magadhesu viharantaṃ, pācīnato Rājagahassa Ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇa-gāmo, tass'; uttarato Vediyake pabbate Indasāla-guhāyaṃ. Disvā deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi:
‘Ayaṃ mārisā Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati, pācīnato Rājagahassa Ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tass'; uttarato Vediyake pabbate Indasāla-guhāyaṃ. Yadi pana mārisā mayan taṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkameyyāma arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhan ti.'
‘Evaṃ bhaddan tavāti'; kho devā Tāvatiṃsā Sakkassa devānam indassa paccassosuṃ.
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo {Pañcasikhaṃ} Gandhabba-puttaṃ āmantesi:


[page 264]
264 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 2.
‘Ayaṃ tāta Pañcasikha Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati, pācīnato Rājagahassa Ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇa-gāmo, tass'; uttarato Vediyake pabbate Indasāla-guhāyaṃ. Yadi pana tāta Pañcasikha mayan taṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkameyyāma arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhan ti.'
‘Evaṃ bhaddan tavāti'; kho Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā beluva-paṇḍu{vīṇaṃ} ādāya Sakkassa devānam indassa anucariyaṃ upāgami.
Atha kho Sakko devānam indo devehi Tāvatiṃsehi parivuto Pañcasikhena Gandhabba-puttena purakkhato, seyyathā pi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam evaṃ devesu Tāvatiṃsesu antarahito Magadhesu, pācīnato Rājagahassa Ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇa-gāmo, tass'; uttarato Vediyake pabbate paccuṭṭhāsi.
3. Tena kho pana samayena Vediyako pabbato atiriva obhāsa-jāto hoti, Ambasaṇḍā ca brāhmaṇa-gāmo, yathā taṃ devānaṃ devānubhāvena. Api 'ssudaṃ parito gāmesu manussā evam āhaṃsu:
‘Āditt'; assu {nām'} ajja Vediyako pabbato, pajjhāyit'; assu nām'; ajja Vediyako pabbato, jalit'; assu nām'; ajja Vediyako pabbato. Kiṃ su nām'; ajja Vediyako pabbato atiriva obhāsa-jāto, Ambasaṇḍā ca brāhmaṇa-gāmo'; ti saṃviggā lomahaṭṭha-jātā ahesuṃ.
4. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Pañcasikhaṃ Gandhabba-puttaṃ āmantesi:


[page 265]
D. xxi. 1. 5.] THE LOVE SONG. 265
‘Durupasaṃkamā kho tāta Pañcasikha Tathāgatā mādisena, jhāyī jhāna-ratā tadanantaraṃ patisallīnā. Yadi pana tāta Pañcasikha Bhagavantaṃ {paṭhamaṃ} pasādeyyāsi, tayā tāta paṭhamaṃ pasāditaṃ pacchā mayaṃ taṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkameyyāma arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhan ti.'
‘Evaṃ bhaddan tavāti'; kho Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā beluva-paṇḍu-vīṇaṃ ādāya yena Indasāla-guhā ten'; upasaṃkami. Upasaṃkamitvā: ‘Ettāvatā me Bhagavā n'; eva atidūre bhavissati na accāsanne, saddañ ca kho sossatīti'; ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto beluva-paṇḍu-vīṇaṃ assāvesi imā ca gāthā abhāsi Buddhūpasaṃhitā dhammūpasaṃhitā arahantūpasaṃhitā kāmūpasaṃhitā:
5. ‘Vande te pitaraṃ bhadde Timbaruṃ Suriya-vaccase,
Yena jātā 'si kalyāṇi ānanda-jananī mama.
Vāto va sedakaṃ kanto pānīyaṃ va pipāsino
Aṅgīrasī piyā me 'si dhammo arahatām iva,


[page 266]
266 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 5.
Āturass'; eva bhesajjaṃ, bhojanaṃ va jighacchato,
Parinibbāpaya bhadde jalantam iva varinā.
Sītodakiṃ pokkharaṇiṃ yuttaṃ kiñjakkha-reṇunā
Nāgo ghammābhitatto va ogahe te thanūdaraṃ.
Accaṅkuso va nāgo ca jitaṃ me tutta-tomaraṃ,
Kāraṇaṃ nappajānāmi sammatto lakkhaṇūrasā.
Tayi gathita-citto 'smi cittaṃ vipariṇāmitaṃ,
Paṭigantuṃ na sakkomi vaṅka-ghasto va ambujo.
Vāmurū saja maṃ bhadde saja maṃ {manda-locane},
Palissaja maṃ kalyāṇi etam me abhipatthitaṃ.
Appako vata me santo kāmo vellita-kesiyā
Aneka-bhāgo sampādi ārahante va dakkhiṇā.
Yam me atthi kataṃ puññaṃ arahantesu tādisu,
Tam me sabbaṅga-kalyāṇi tayā saddhiṃ vipaccataṃ.


[page 267]
D. xxi. 1. 6.] MUSIC AND SONG 267
Yam me atthi kataṃ puññaṃ asmiṃ puthuvimaṇḍale,
Tam me sabbaṅga-kalyāṇi tayā saddhiṃ vipaccataṃ.
Sakya-putto va jhānena ekodi nipako sato
Amataṃ muni jigiṃsāno tam ahaṃ Suriyavaccase.
Yathā pi muni nandeyya patvā sambodhim uttamaṃ,
Evaṃ nandeyya kalyāṇi missī-bhavaṃ gato tayā.
Sakko ca me varaṃ dajjā Tāvatiṃsānam issaro,
Tāhaṃ bhadde vareyyāhe evaṃ kāmo daḷho mama.
Sālaṃ va na ciraṃ phullaṃ pitaraṃ te sumedhase
Vandamāno namassāmi yassa s'; etādisī pajā ti.'
6. Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Pañcasikhaṃ Gandhabbaputtaṃ etad avoca:
‘Saṃsandati kho pana te Pañcasikha tantissaro gītassarena gītassaro ca tantissarena, na ca pana te Pañcasikha tantissaro ativaṇṇati gītassaraṃ, gītassaro vā tantissaraṃ. Kadā saṃyūḷhā pana te Pañcasikha imā gāthā Buddhūpasaṃhitā dhammūpasaṃhitā arahantūpasaṃhitā kāmūpasaṃhitā ti?'
‘Ekam ida bhante samayaṃ Bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre Ajapāla-nigrodha-mūle paṭhamābhisambuddho.


[page 268]
268 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Tena kho panāhaṃ bhante samayena, Bhaddā nāma Suriya-vaccasā Timbaruno Gandhabba-rañño dhītā, tam abhikaṃkhāmi. Sā kho pana bhante bhaginī {para-kāminī} hoti, Sikhaddhi nāma Mātalissa saṅgāhakassa putto, tam abhikaṃkhati. Yato kho ahaṃ bhante taṃ bhaginiṃ nālatthaṃ kenaci pariyāyena, athāhaṃ beluva-paṇḍu-vīṇaṃ ādāya yena Timbaruno Gandhabba-rañño nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃ, upasaṃkamitvā beluva-paṇḍu-vīṇaṃ assāvesiṃ, imā ca gāthā abhāsiṃ Buddhūpasaṃhitā dhammūpasaṃhitā arahantūpasaṃhitā kāmūpasaṃhitā:--
7. ‘Vande te pitaraṃ bhadde Timbaruṃ Suriyavaccase
Yena jātā {'si} {kalyāṇi} ānanda-jananī mama.
. . . pe . . .
Sālaṃ va na ciraṃ phullaṃ pitaraṃ te sumedhase
Vandamāno namassāmi yassa s'; etādisī pajā ti.'
‘Evaṃ vutte bhante Bhaddā Suriya-vaccasā maṃ etad avoca:
"‘Na kho me mārisa so Bhagavā sammukhā diṭṭho, api ca suto yeva me so Bhagavā devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ Sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ upanaccantiyā. Yato kho tvaṃ mārisa taṃ Bhagavantaṃ kittesi, hotu no ajja samāgamo ti."


[page 269]
D. xxi. 1. 9.] THE INDASĀLA CAVE. 269
‘So yeva no bhante tassā bhaginiyā saddhiṃ samāgamo ahosi, na ca dāni, tato pacchā ti.'
8. Atha kho Sakkassa devānam indassa etad ahosi:
‘Paṭisammodati kho Pañcasikho Gandhabba-putto Bhagavatā, Bhagavā ca Pañcasikhenāti.'
Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Pañcasikhaṃ Gandhabba-puttaṃ āmantesi:
‘Abhivādehi me tvaṃ tāta Pañcasikha Bhagavantaṃ:
Sakko bhante devānam indo sāmacco saparijano Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti.
‘Evaṃ bhaddan tavāti'; kho Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto Sakkassa devānam indassa paṭissutvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādesi:
‘Sakko bhante devānam Indo sāmacco saparijano Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti.'
‘Sukhī hotu Pañcasikha Sakko devānam indo sāmacco saparijano, sukha-kāmā hi deva manussā Asurā Nāgā Gandhabbā ye c'; aññe santi puthu-kāyā ti.'
Evañ ca pana Tathāgatā evarūpe mahesakkhe abhivadanti. Abhivādito Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato Indasāla-guhaṃ pavisitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, devā pi Tāvatiṃsā Indasālaguhaṃ pavisitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, Pañcasikho pi Gandhabba-putto Indasālaguhaṃ pavisitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
9. Tena kho pana samayena Indasāla-guhā visamā {santī} samā sampādi, sambādhā {santī} urundā sampādi, andha-kāra-guhāyaṃ āloko udapādi, yathā taṃ devānaṃ devānubhāvena.


[page 270]
270 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Atha kho Bhagavā Sakkaṃ devānaṃ indaṃ etad avoca:
‘Acchariyam idaṃ āyasmato Kosiyassa, abbhutam idaṃ āyasmato Kosiyassa, tāva {bahu-kiccassa} {bahu-karaṇīyassa}, yad idaṃ idhāgamanan ti?'
‘Cira-paṭikāhaṃ bhante Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamitu-kāmo, api ca devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ kehici kehici kicca-karaṇīyehi vyāvaṭo evāhaṃ nāsakkhiṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamituṃ. Ekam ida bhante samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Salaḷāgārake. Atha kho 'ham bhante Sāvatthiyaṃ agamāsiṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya.
10. ‘Tena kho pana bhante samayena Bhagavā aññatareṇa samādhinā nisinno hoti, {Bhuñjatī} ca nāma Vessavaṇassa paricārikā Bhagavantaṃ paccupaṭṭhitā hoti pañjalikā namassamānā. Atha kho 'haṃ bhante Bhuñjatiṃ etad avocaṃ:
"Abhivādehi tvaṃ me bhagini Bhagavantaṃ: Sakko bhante devānam indo sāmacco saparijano Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti."
‘Evaṃ vutte Bhuñjatī maṃ etad avoca: "Akālo kho mārisa Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya, patisallīno Bhagavā ti."


[page 271]
D. xxi. 1. 11.] THE GOD GOPAKA 271
"‘Tena hi bhagini yadā Bhagavā tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhito hoti, atha mama vacanena Bhagavantaṃ abhivādehi: Sakko bhante devānam indo sāmacco saparijano Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti." Kacci me sā bhante bhaginī Bhagavantaṃ abhivādesi, sarati Bhagavā tassā bhaginiyā vacanan ti?'
‘Abhivādesi maṃ sā devānam inda bhaginī. Sarām'; ahaṃ tassā bhaginiyā vacanaṃ. Api cāhaṃ āyasmato ca nemi-saddena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhito ti.'
11. ‘Ye te bhante devā amhehi paṭhamataram Tāvatiṃsa-kāyaṃ uppannā, tesam me sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahītaṃ: "Yadā Tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammā-sambuddhā, dibbā kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asura-kāyā ti." Tam me idaṃ bhante sakkhi-diṭṭhaṃ yato Tathāgato loke uppanno arahaṃ sammā-sambuddho, dibbā kāyā paripūrenti hāyanti asurakāyā ti. Idh'; eva bhante Kapilavatthusmiṃ Gopikā nāma Sakya-dhītā ahosi Buddhe pasannā dhamme pasannā saṃghe pasannā sīlesu paripūrakārinī. Sā itthicittaṃ virājetvā purisa-cittaṃ bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppannā devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānam sahavyataṃ, amhākaṃ puttattaṃ ajjhūpagatā. Tatra pi naṃ evaṃ jānanti: Gopako deva-putto Gopako deva-putto ti. Aññe pi bhante tayo bhikkhū Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā hīnaṃ Gandhabbakāyaṃ uppannā. Te pañcahi kāma-guṇehi samappitā samaṅgi-bhūtā paricārayamānā amhākaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti amhākaṃ pāricariyaṃ. Te amhākaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgate amhākaṃ pāricariyaṃ Gopako deva-putto paṭicodesi:


[page 272]
272 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 11.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Kuto-mukhā nāma tumhe mārisā tassa Bhagavato dhammaṃ assutvā? Ahaṃ hi itthikā samānā Buddhe pasannā dhamme pasannā saṃghe pasannā sīlesu paripūrakārinī itthi-cittaṃ virājetvā purisacittaṃ bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppannā, devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ Sakkassa devānam Indassa puttattaṃ ajjhūpagatā.
Idha pi maṃ evaṃ jānanti: Gopako deva-putto Gopako deva-putto ti. Tumhe pana mārisā Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā hīnaṃ Gandhabba-kāyaṃ uppannā. Duddiṭṭha-rūpaṃ vata addasāma, ye mayaṃ addasāma sahadhammike hīnaṃ Gandhabba-kāyaṃ uppanne ti." Tesaṃ bhante Gopakena deva-puttena paṭicoditānaṃ dve devā diṭṭhe va dhamme satiṃ paṭilabhiṃsu kāyaṃ Brahmapurohitaṃ. Eko pana devo te va kāme ajjhāvasi.'
12. ‘Upāsikā cakkhumato ahosiṃ nāmam pi mayhaṃ ahu Gopikā ti,
Buddhe ca dhamme ca abhippasannā saṃghañ c'; upaṭṭhāsiṃ pasanna-cittā.
Tass'; eva Buddhassa sudhammatāya Sakkassa putto 'mhi mahānubhāvo Mahā-jutiko Tidivūpapanno, jānanti pi maṃ idha Gopako ti.
Ath'; addasaṃ bhikkhavo diṭṭha-pubbe Gandhabba-kāyūpagate vasīne,
Ime hi te Gotama-sāvakāse ye ca mayaṃ pubbe manussa-bhūtā
Annena pānena upaṭṭhahimhā pādūpasaṃgayha sake nivesane.


[page 273]
D. xxi. 1. 12.] THE GOD GOPAKA'S SONG. 273
Kuto-mukhā nāma ime bhavanto Buddhassa dhammaṃ na paṭiggahesuṃ.
Paccattaṃ veditabbo hi dhammo sudesito cakkhumatānubuddho.
Aham pi tumhe ca upāsamānā sutvāna ariyāna subhāsitāni,
Sakkassa putto 'mhi mahānubhāvo mahājutiko Tidivūpapanno.
Tumhe pana seṭṭham upāsamānā anuttare brahmacariyaṃ caritvā,
Hīna-kāyaṃ upapannā bhavanto anānulomā bhavatūpapatti.
Duddiṭṭharūpaṃ vata addasāma sadhammike hīna-kāyūpapanne,
Gandhabba-kāyūpagatā bhavanto devānam āgacchatha pāricariyaṃ.
Agāre vasato mayhaṃ idaṃ passa visesataṃ,
Itthi hutvā svajja pumo 'mhi devo dibbehi kāmehi samaṅgibhūto.'
Te coditā Gotama-sāvakena saṃvegam āpādu samecca Gopakaṃ:
‘Handa vitāyāma viyāyamāma mā no mayaṃ parapessā ahumha.'


[page 274]
274 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 1. 12.
Tesaṃ duve vīriyam ārabhiṃsu, anussarā Gotamasāsanāni
Idh'; eva cittāni virājayitvā kāmesu ādīnavam addasiṃsu.
Te kāma-saṃyojana-bandhanāni pāpima-yogāni duraccayāni
Nāgo va sandāna-guṇāni bhetvā deve Tāvatiṃse atikkamiṃsu.
Sa-Inda-devā sa-Pajāpatīkā sabbe Sudhammāya sabhāy'; uviṭṭhā.
Te sannisinnānam atikkamiṃsu vīrā virāgā virajaṃ karontā.
Te disvā saṃvegam akāsi Vāsavo devābhibhū devagaṇassa majjhe:
‘Ime hi te hīna-kāyūpapannā deve Tāvatiṃse atikkamanti.'
Saṃvega-jātassa vaco nisamma so Gopako Vāsavaṃ ajjhabhāsi:
‘Buddho pan'; Ind'; atthi manussa-loke kāmābhibhū Sakyamunīti ñāyati,
Tass'; ete puttā satiyā vihīnā cūtā mayā te sati paccalatthuṃ.


[page 275]
D. xxi. 1. 13.] GOPAKA'S SONG. 275
Tiṇṇaṃ tesaṃ avasīn'; ettha eko Gandhabba-kāyūpagato vasīno
Dve c'; eva sambodhi-pathānusārino deve pi hīḷenti samāhitattā.
Etādisī dhamma-pakāsan'; ettha na tattha kiṃ kaṃkhati koci sāvako.
Nittiṇṇa-oghaṃ vicikiccha-chinnaṃ Buddhaṃ namassāma jinaṃ janindaṃ,
Yan te dhammaṃ idh'; aññāya visesaṃ ajjhagaṃsu te
Kāyaṃ brahma-purohitaṃ duve tesaṃ visesagū.
Tassa dhammassa pattiyā āgat'; amhāse mārisa,
Katokāsā Bhagavatā pañhaṃ pucchemu mārisāti.'
13. Atha kho Bhagavato etad ahosi: ‘Dīgha-rattaṃ visuddho kho ayaṃ Sakko. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ pañhaṃ pucchissati sabbaṃ taṃ attha-saṃhitaṃ yeva pucchissati no anattha-saṃhitaṃ, yam assāhaṃ puṭṭho vyākarissāmi taṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti.'
Atha kho Bhagavā Sakkaṃ devānam indaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:-‘Puccha Vāsava maṃ pañhaṃ yaṃ kiñci manas'; icchasi, Tassa tass'; eva pañhassa ahaṃ antaṃ karomi te ti.'
PAṬHAMAKA-BHĀṆAVĀRAṂ.


[page 276]
276
CHAPTER II.
2.1. Katāvakāso Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantaṃ imaṃ paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi:
‘Kiṃ-saṃyojanā nu kho mārisa devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā ye c'; aññe santi puthukāyā, te: averā adaṇḍā asapattā avyāpajjhā viharemu averino ti iti ce nesaṃ hoti atha ca pana saverā sadaṇḍā sasapattā savyāpajjhā viharanti verino ti?'
Itthaṃ Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantaṃ imaṃ paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi. Tassa Bhagavā pañhaṃ puṭṭho vyākāsi:
‘Issā-macchariya-saṃyojanā kho devānam inda devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā ye c'; aññe santi puthukāyā te averā adaṇḍā asapattā avyāpajjhā viharemu averino ti iti ce nesaṃ hoti atha ca pana saverā sadaṇḍā sasapattā savyāpajjhā viharanti verino ti.'
Itthaṃ Bhagavā Sakkassa devānam indassa pañhaṃ puṭṭho vyākāsi. Attamano Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi: ‘Evam etaṃ Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata, tiṇṇā m'; ettha kaṃkhā vigatā kathaṃkathā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā ti.'
2. Iti ha Sakko devānaṃ indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi:


[page 277]
D. xxi. 2. 3.] EVOLUTION OF ENVY. 277
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Issā-macchariyaṃ pana mārisa kiṃ-nidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃ-jātikaṃ kiṃ-pabhavaṃ, kismiṃ sati issā-macchariyaṃ hoti, kismiṃ asati issā-macchariyaṃ na hotīti?'
‘Issā-macchariyaṃ kho devānam inda piyāppiya-nidānaṃ piyāppiya-samudayaṃ piyāppiya-jātikaṃ piyāppiyapabhavaṃ, piyāppiye hi sati issā-macchariyaṃ hoti, piyāppiye asati issā-macchariyaṃ na hotīti.'
‘Piyāppiyaṃ pana mārisa kiṃ-nidānaṃ kiṃ-samudayaṃ kiṃ-jātikaṃ kiṃ-pabhavaṃ, kismiṃ sati piyāppiyaṃ hoti, kismiṃ asati piyāppiyaṃ na hotīti.'
‘Piyāppiyaṃ kho devānam inda chanda-nidānaṃ chanda-samudayaṃ chanda-jātikaṃ chanda-ppabhavaṃ, chande sati piyāppiyaṃ hoti chande asati piyāppiyaṃ na hotīti.'
‘Chando pana mārisa kiṃ-nidāno kiṃ-samudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃ-pabhavo, kismiṃ sati chando hoti, kismiṃ asati chando na hotīti?'
‘Chando kho devānam inda vitakka-nidāno vitakkasamudayo vitakka-jātiko vitakka-pabhavo, vitakke sati chando hoti, vitakke asati chando na hotīti.'
‘Vitakko pana mārisa kiṃ-nidāno kiṃ-samudayo kiṃ-jātiko kiṃ-pabhavo, kismiṃ sati vitakko hoti, kismiṃ asati vitakko na hotīti?'
‘Vitakko kho devānam inda papañca-saññā-saṅkhānidāno papañca-saññā-saṅkhā-samudayo papañca-saññāsaṅkhā-jātiko papañca-saññā-saṅkhā-pabhavo, papañcasaññā-saṅkhāya sati vitakko hoti, papañca-saññā-saṅkhāya asati vitakko na hotīti.'
3. ‘Kathaṃ-paṭipanno pana mārisa bhikkhu papañcasaññā-saṅkhā-nirodha-sāruppa-gāmini-paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hotīti?'


[page 278]
278 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 3.
‘Somanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbaṃ pi asevitabbam pi. Domanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi. Upekhaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi.
"Somanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti," iti kho pan'; etaṃ {vuttaṃ}.
Kiñ c'; etaṃ {paṭicca} vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā somanassaṃ: Imaṃ kho me somanassaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivāḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyantīti, evarūpam somanassaṃ na sevitabbam. Tattha yaṃ jaññā somanassaṃ: Imaṃ kho me somanassaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantīti, evarūpaṃ somanassaṃ sevitabbaṃ.
Tattha yañ ce savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ, yañ ce avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ, ye avitakke avicāre se paṇītatare.
"Somanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ vuttaṃ idam etaṃ {paṭicca} vuttaṃ.
"Domanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti," iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñ c'; etaṃ {paṭicca} vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā domanassaṃ: Imaṃ kho me domanassaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyantīti, evarūpaṃ domanassaṃ na sevitabbaṃ.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā domanassaṃ: Imaṃ kho me domanassaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantīti, evarūpaṃ domanassaṃ sevitabbaṃ. Tattha yañ ce savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ, yañ ce avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ, ye avitakke avicāre se paṇītatare.
"Domanassaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti"


[page 279]
D. xxi. 2. 4.] SOLUTION OF PROBLEM TWO. 279
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] iti yan taṃ vuttaṃ idam etaṃ {paṭicca} vuttaṃ.
"Upekhaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ kiñ c'; etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā upekhaṃ: Imaṃ kho me upekhaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyantīti, evarūpā upekhā na sevitabbā. Tattha yaṃ jaññā upekhaṃ: Imaṃ kho me upekhaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantīti, evarūpā upekhā sevitabbā. Tattha yañ ce savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ, yañ ce avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ, ye avitakke avicāre se paṇītatare.
"Upekhaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ vuttaṃ idaṃ etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
"Evaṃ paṭipanno kho devānam inda bhikkhu papañcasaññā-saṅkhā-nirodha-sāruppa-gāmini-paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hotīti."
Itthaṃ Bhagavā Sakkassa devānam indassa pañhaṃ puṭṭho vyākāsi. Attamano Sakko devānam Indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi: ‘Evam etaṃ Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata, tiṇṇā m'; ettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṅkathā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā ti.'
4. Iti ha Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi:
‘Kathaṃ-paṭipanno pana mārisa bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṃvarāya paṭipanno hotīti?'
‘Kāya-{samācāraṃ} p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi. Vacī-samācāraṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi. Pariyesanaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānaṃ inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi.


[page 280]
280 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 4.
"Kāya-samācāraṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti," iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñ c'; etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā kāya-samācāraṃ: Imaṃ kho me kāya-samācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantīti, evarūpo kāya-samācāro na sevitabbo.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā kāya-samācāraṃ: Imaṃ kho me kāya-samācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantīti, evarūpo kāya-samācāro sevitabbo.
"Kāya-samācāraṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vādāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ vuttaṃ idam etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
"Vacī-{samācāraṃ} p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti," iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñ c'; etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā vacī-samācāraṃ: Imaṃ kho me vacī-samācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantīti, evarūpo vacī-samācāro na sevitabbo.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā vacī-samācāraṃ: Imaṃ kho me vacī-samācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā {abhivaḍḍhantīti}, evarūpo vacī-samācāro sevitabbo.
"Vacī-samācāraṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ vuttaṃ idam etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
"Pariyesanaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti kho pan'; etaṃ vuttaṃ.
Kiñ c'; etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā pariyesanaṃ: Imaṃ kho me pariyesanaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyantīti, evarūpā pariyesanā na sevitabbā. Tattha yaṃ jaññā pariyesanaṃ: Imaṃ kho me pariyesanaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantīti, evarūpā pariyesanā sevitabbā.
"Pariyesanaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti" iti yan taṃ vuttaṃ idam etaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.


[page 281]
D. xxi. 2. 5.] PROBLEM THE FOURTH. 281
"Evaṃ paṭipanno kho devānam inda bhikkhu pātimokkha-saṃvarāya paṭipanno hotīti.'
Itthaṃ Bhagavā Sakkassa devānam Indassa pañhaṃ puṭṭho vyākāsi. Attamano Sakko devānam Indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi: ‘Evam etaṃ Bhagavā, evam etaṃ Sugata, tiṇṇā m'; ettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṅkathā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā ti.'
5. Iti ha Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi:
‘Kathaṃ-paṭipanno pana mārisa bhikkhu indriya{saṃvarāya} paṭipanno hotīti?'
‘Cakkhu-viññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pi. Sotaviññeyyaṃ saddaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda . . . pe . . . Ghāna-viññeyyaṃ gandhaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda . . . pe . . . Jivhā-viññeyyaṃ rasaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda . . . pe . . . Kāya-viññeyyaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda . . . pe . . . Mano-viññeyyaṃ dhammaṃ p'; ahaṃ devānam inda duvidhena vadāmi, sevitabbam pi asevitabbam pīti.'
Evaṃ vutte Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Imassa kho ahaṃ bhante Bhagavatā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ {vitthārena} atthaṃ ājānāmi. Yathārūpaṃ bhante cakkhu-viññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ cakkhu-viññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ na sevitabbaṃ;
yathārūpañ ca kho bhante cakkhu-viññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṃ cakkhu-{viññeyyaṃ} rūpaṃ

[page]
SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi...
sevitabbaṃ. Yathārūpaṃ ca kho bhante sota-viññeyyaṃ saddaṃ sevato . . . pe . . . ghāna-viññeyyaṃ gandhaṃ sevato . . . pe . . . jivhā-viññeyyaṃ rasaṃ sevato . . . pe . . . kāya-viññeyyaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃ sevato . . . pe . . . mano-viññeyyaṃ dhammaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpo mano-viññeyyo dhammo na sevitabbo. Yathārūpañ ca kho bhante mano-viññeyyaṃ dhammaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpo mano-viññeyyo dhammo sevitabbo -Imassa kho me bhante Bhagavatā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ {vitthārena} atthaṃ ājānato tiṇṇā m'; ettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṅkathā Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā ti.'
6. Iti ha Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato {bhāsitaṃ} abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi:
‘Sabbe va nu kho mārisa samaṇa-brāhmaṇā ekantavādā ekanta-sīlā ekanta-chandā ekanta-ajjhosānā ti?'
‘Na kho devānam inda sabbe samaṇa-brāhmaṇā ekantavādā ekanta-sīlā ekanta-chandā ekanta-ajjhosānā ti.'
‘Kasmā pana mārisa na sabbe samaṇa-brāhmaṇā ekanta-vādā ekanta-sīlā ekanta-chandā ekanta-ajjhosānā ti?'
‘Aneka-dhātu nānā-dhātu kho devānam inda loko.
Tasmiṃ {aneka-dhātu}-{nānā-dhātusmiṃ} loke yaṃ yad eva sattā dhātuṃ abhinivisanti taṃ tad eva thāmasā parāmassa abhinivissa voharanti: "Idam eva saccaṃ mogham aññan ti." Tasmā na sabbe samaṇa-brāhmaṇā ekanta-vādā ekanta-sīlā ekanta-chandā ekanta-ajjhosānā ti.'
‘Sabbe va nu kho mārisa samaṇa-brāhmaṇā accantaniṭṭhā accanta-yogakkhemī accanta-brahmacārī accantapariyosānā ti?'


[page 283]
D. xxi. 2. 7.] THE FIFTH PROBLEM. 283
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Na kho devānam inda samaṇa-brāhmaṇā accantaniṭṭhā accanta-yogakkhemī accanta-brahmacārī accantapariyosānā ti.'
‘Kasmā pana mārisa na sabbe samaṇa-brāhmaṇā accanta-niṭṭhā accanta-yogakkhemī accanta-brahmacārī accanta-pariyosānā ti?'
‘Ye kho te devānam inda samaṇa-brāhmaṇā taṇhāsaṅkhaya-vimuttā, te accanta-niṭṭhā accanta-yogakkhemī accanta-brahmacārī accanta-pariyosānā. Tasmā na sabbe samaṇa-brāhmaṇā accanta-niṭṭhā accanta-yogakkhemī accanta-brahmacārī accanta-pariyosānā ti.'
Itthaṃ Bhagavā Sakkassa devānam indassa pañhaṃ puṭṭho vyākāsi. Attamano Sakko devānam Indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi: ‘Evam etaṃ Bhagavā, evam etaṃ Sugata, tiṇṇā m'; ettha kaṅkhā, vigatā kathaṅkathā, Bhagavato pañha-veyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā ti.'
7. Iti ha Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
‘Ejā bhante rogo ejā gaṇḍo ejā sallaṃ ejā imaṃ purisaṃ parikaḍḍhati tassa tass'; eva bhavassa abhinipphattiyā, tasmā ayaṃ puriso uccāvacam āpajjati. Yesāhaṃ bhante pañhānaṃ ito bahiddhā aññesu samaṇa-brāhmaṇesu okāsakammam pi nālatthaṃ, te me Bhagavatā vyākatā dīgharattānusayino, yañ ca pana me vicikicchā-kathaṅkathāsallaṃ tañ ca Bhagavatā abbūḷhan ti.'


[page 284]
284 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 7.
‘Abhijānāsi no tvaṃ devānam inda ime pañhe aññe samaṇa-brāhmaṇe pucchittho ti?'
"Abhijānām'; ahaṃ bhante ime pañhe aññe samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchitā ti.'
‘Yathā-kathaṃ pana te devānam inda vyākaṃsu, sace te agaru, bhāsassūti.'
‘Na kho me bhante garu yatth'; assa Bhagavā nisinno Bhagavanta-rūpā vā ti.'
‘Tena hi devānam inda bhāsassūti.'
‘Ye sāhaṃ bhante maññāmi samaṇa-brāhmaṇe: "āraññakā panta-senāsanā" ti tyāhaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ime pañhe pucchāmi. Te mayā puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā mamaṃ yeva paṭipucchanti: "Ko nāmo āyasmā ti?" Tesāhaṃ puṭṭho vyākaromi: "Ahaṃ kho mārisa Sakko devānam indo ti." Te mamaṃ yeva uttariṃ paṭipucchanti: "Kim pan'; āyasmā devānam indo kammaṃ katvā imaṃ ṭhānaṃ patto ti?" Tesāhaṃ yathā-sutaṃ yathā-pāriyattaṃ dhammaṃ desemi.
Te tāvaken'; eva attamanā honti: "Sakko ca no devānam indo diṭṭho, yañ ca no apucchimhā tañ ca no vyākāsīti." Te aññadatthu mamaṃ yeva sāvakā sampajjanti, na cāhaṃ tesaṃ, ahaṃ kho pana bhante Bhagavato sāvako, sotāpanno avinipāta-dhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyano ti.'
‘Abhijānāsi no tvaṃ devānam inda ito pubbe evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhan ti?'


[page 285]
D. xxi. 2. 8.] THE JOY OF BATTLE. 285
‘Abhijānām'; ahaṃ bhante ito pubbe evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhan ti.'
‘Yathā-kathaṃ pana tvaṃ devānam inda abhijānāsi ito pubbe evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhan ti?'
‘Bhūtapubbaṃ bhante devāsura-saṃgāmo {samupabbūḷho} ahosi. Tasmiṃ kho pana bhante saṃgāme devā jiniṃsu, asurā parājiṃsu. Tassa mayhaṃ bhante taṃ saṃgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā vijita-saṃgāmassa etad ahosi: "Yā c'; eva dāni dibbā ojā, yā va asura-ojā, ubhayam etaṃ devā paribhuñjissantīti." Yo kho pana me bhante veda-paṭilābho somanassa-paṭilābho sadaṇḍāvacaro sasatthāvacaro na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati. Yo kho pana me ayaṃ bhante Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā veda-paṭilābho somanassa-paṭilābho, so adaṇḍāvacaro asatthāvacaro ekanta-nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya {saṃvattatīti}.'
8. ‘Kim pana tvaṃ devānam inda atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ pavedesīti?'
‘Cha kho ahaṃ bhante atthavase sampassamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.
‘Idh'; eva tiṭṭhamānassa deva-bhūtassa me sato
Punar āyu ca me laddho evaṃ jānāhi mārisāti.
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante paṭhamaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.


[page 286]
286 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 8.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Cutāhaṃ diviyā kāyā āyuṃ hitvā amanusaṃ,
Amūḷho gabbham issāmi yattha me ramatī mano ti.
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante dutiyaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.
‘So 'haṃ amūḷha-pañh'; assu viharaṃ sāsane rato,
Ñāyena viharissāmi sampajāno paṭissato ti.
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante tatiyaṃ atthavasaṃ saṃpassamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.
‘Ñāyena ca me carato sambodhi ce bhavissati,
Aññātā viharissāmi sveva anto bhavissatīti.
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante catutthaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.
‘Cutāhaṃ mānusā kāyā āyuṃ hitvāna mānusaṃ,
Puna devo bhavissāmi deva-lokasmiṃ uttamo ti.
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante pañcamaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.
‘Te paṇītatarā devā Akaniṭṭhā yasassino,
Antime vattamānamhi so nivāso bhavissatīti.


[page 287]
D. xxi. 2. 9.] SAKKA'S SONG OF VICTORY. 287
‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante chaṭṭhaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.
‘Ime kho ahaṃ bhante cha atthavase sampassamāno evarūpaṃ veda-paṭilābhaṃ somanassa-paṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.
9. ‘Apariyosita-saṃkappo vicikicchī kathaṃkathī,
Vicarī dīgham addhānaṃ anvesanto Tathāgataṃ.
Y'; assu maññāmi samaṇe pavivitta-vihārino
Sambuddho iti maññāno gacchāmi te upāsituṃ.
Kathaṃ ārādhanā hoti kathaṃ hoti virādhanā,
Iti puṭṭhā na sambhonti magge paṭipadāsu ca.
Tyāssu yadā maṃ jānanti Sakko devānam āgato,
Tyāssu mam eva pucchanti kiṃ katvā pāpuṇī idaṃ.
Tesaṃ yathā sutaṃ dhammaṃ desayāmi jane sutaṃ,
Ten'; ass'; attamanā honti {diṭṭho} no Vāsavo ti ca.
Yadā ca Buddhaṃ addakkhiṃ vicikicchā-vitā-
raṇaṃ,
So 'mhi vītabhayo ajja sambuddhaṃ {payirupāsiya}.
Taṇhā-sallassa hantāraṃ Buddhaṃ appaṭipuggalaṃ,
Ahaṃ vande mahāvīraṃ {vandām'}20 ādicca-bandhunaṃ.


[page 288]
288 SAKKA-PAÑHA SUTTANTA. [D. xxi. 2. 9.
Yaṃ karomase {Brahmuno} samaṃ devehi mārisa
Tad ajja tuyhaṃ kassāma handa sāmaṃ karoma te.
Tuvam ev'; asi sambuddho tuvaṃ satthā anuttaro,
Sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ n'; atthi te paṭipuggalo ti.'
10. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Pañcasikhaṃ gandhabba-puttaṃ āmantesi:
‘Bahūpakāro kho me 'si tvaṃ, tāta Pañcasikha, yaṃ tvaṃ Bhagavantaṃ paṭhamaṃ pasādesi. Tayā tāta paṭhamaṃ pasāditaṃ pacchā mayaṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamimha arahantaṃ sammā-sambuddhaṃ. Pettike ṭhāne ṭhapayissāmi, Gandhabba-rājā bhavissasi, Bhaddañ ca te Suriya-vaccasaṃ dammi, sā hi te abhipatthitā ti.'
Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pāṇinā paṭhaviṃ parāmasitvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
‘Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa!
Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassa!
Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammā-sambuddhassāti!'
Imasmiñ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne Sakkassa devānam indassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi: ‘Yaṃ kiñci samudaya-dhammaṃ sabban taṃ nirodha-dhamman'; ti, aññesañ ca asītiyā devatā-sahassānaṃ.


[page 289]
D. xxi. 2. 10.] REASON OF THE NAME. 289
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Iti ha Sakkena devānam indena ajjhittā pañhā puṭṭhā, te Bhagavatā vyākatā. Tasmā imassa veyyākaraṇassa Sakka-pañho t'; eva adhivacanan ti.
SAKKA-PAÑHA-SUTTANTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.


[page 290]
290
[xxii. Mahā-Satipaṭṭhāna Suttanta.]*
Evam me sutaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kurūsu viharati. Kammāssadhammaṃ nāma Kurūnaṃ nigamo. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi ‘Bhikkhavo'; ti. ‘Bhadante'; ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etad avoca:
Ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā soka-pariddavānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkha-domanassānaṃ atthagamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā.
Katame cattāro? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ -- vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ -- citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ -- dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.


[page 291]
D. xxii. 2.] IN-BREATHING AND OUT-BREATHING. 291
2. Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu arañña-gato vā rukkha-mūlagato vā suññāgāra-gato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.
So sato va assasati, sato passasati. Dīghaṃ vā assasanto ‘Dīghaṃ assasāmīti'; pajānāti, {dīghaṃ} vā passasanto ‘Dīghaṃ passasāmīti'; pajānāti. Rassaṃ vā assasanto ‘Rassaṃ assasāmīti'; pajānāti, rassaṃ vā passasanto ‘Rassaṃ passasāmīti'; pajānāti. ‘Sabba-kāya-paṭisaṃvedi assasissāmīti'; sikkhati ‘Sabba-kāya-paṭisaṃvedī passasissāmīti'; sikkhati. ‘Passambhayaṃ kāya-saṃkhāraṃ assasissāmīti'; sikkhati, ‘passambhayaṃ kāya-saṃkhāraṃ passasissāmīti'; sikkhati.
Seyyathā pi bhikkhave dakkho bhamakāro vā bhamakārantevāsī vā dīghaṃ vā añchanto ‘Dīghaṃ añchāmīti'; pajānāti, rassaṃ vā añchanto ‘Rassaṃ {añchāmīti}'; pajānāti, evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu dīghaṃ vā assasanto ‘Dīghaṃ assasāmīti'; pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto ‘Dīghaṃ passasāmīti'; pajānāti, rassaṃ vā assasanto ‘Rassaṃ assasāmīti'; pajānāti, rassaṃ vā passasanto ‘Rassaṃ passasāmīti'; pajānāti. ‘Sabbakāya-paṭisaṃvedī {assasissāmīti}'; sikkhati, ‘sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissāmīti'; sikkati. ‘Passambhayaṃ kāya-saṃkhāraṃ assasissāmīti'; sikkati, ‘passambhayaṃ kāya-saṃkhāraṃ passasissāmīti'; sikkhati.


[page 292]
292 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 2.
‘Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo'; ti vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
Evam pi bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
3. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu gacchanto vā ‘Gacchāmīti'; pajānāti, ṭhito vā ‘Ṭhito 'mhīti'; pajānāti, nisinno vā ‘Nisinno 'mhīti'; pajānāti, sayāno vā ‘Sayāno 'mhīti'; pajānāti. Yathā yathā vā pan'; assa kāyo paṇihito hoti, tathā tathā naṃ pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye {kāyānupassī} viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo'; ti vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
4. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajāna-kārī hoti. Ālokite vilokite sampajāna-kārī hoti. Sammiñjite pasārite sampajāna-kārī hoti.
Saṅghāṭi-patta-cīvara-dhāraṇe sampajāna-kārī hoti. Asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajāna-kārī hoti. Uccāra-passāvakamme sampajāna-kārī hoti. Gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhī-bhāve sampajāna-kārī hoti.


[page 293]
D. xxii. 5.] PARTS OF THE BODY. 293
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-{dhammānupassī} vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo'; ti vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
5. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam eva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesa-matthakā taca-pariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati: ‘Atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nahārū aṭṭhī aṭṭhi-miñjā vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ anta-guṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan ti.'
Seyyathā pi bhikkhave ubhato-mukhā mutoli pūrā nānā-vihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathīdaṃ sālīnaṃ vīhīnaṃ muggānaṃ māsānaṃ tilānaṃ taṇḍulānaṃ, tam enaṃ cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā paccavekkheyya: ‘Ime sālī, ime vīhī, ime muggā, ime māsā, ime tilā, ime taṇḍulā ti'; -- evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imam eva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesa-matthakā taca-pariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati: ‘Atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nahārū aṭṭhī aṭṭhi-miñjā vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ anta-guṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan ti.'


[page 294]
294 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi {kāyo} ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
6. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam eva kāyaṃ yathā-ṭhitaṃ yathā-paṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati:
‘Atthi imasmiṃ kāye paṭhavī-dhātu āpo-dhātu tejo-dhātu vāyo-dhātūti.'
Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dakkho {goghātako} vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṃ vadhitvā cātummahāpathe bilaso paṭivibhajitvā nisinno assa, evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imam eva kāyaṃ yathā-{ṭhitaṃ} yathā-paṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati: ‘Atthi imasmiṃ kāye paṭhavī-dhātu āpodhātu tejo-dhātu vāyo-dhātūti.'
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati,


[page 295]
D. xxii. 8.] THE CEMETERY. 295
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccuṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
7. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā pi passeyya sarīraṃ sīvathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ ekāhamataṃ vā dvīhamataṃ vā tīhamataṃ vā uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ vipubbaka-jātaṃ, so imam eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati:
‘Ayam pi kho kāyo evaṃ-dhammo evaṃ-bhāvī etaṃ anatīto ti.'
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
8. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā pi passeyya sarīraṃ sīvathikāya {chaḍḍitaṃ} kākehi vā khajjamānaṃ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṃ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṃ supāṇehi vā khajjamānaṃ sigālehi vā khajjamānaṃ vividhehi vā pāṇaka-jātehi khajjamānaṃ, so imam eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘Ayam pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃ-bhāvī etaṃ anatīto ti.'


[page 296]
296 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 8.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo ti'; vā pan'; assa {sati paccupaṭṭhitā} hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
9. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā pi passeyya sarīraṃ sīvathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhi-saṅkhalikaṃ sa-maṃsa-lohitaṃ nahāru-{sambandhaṃ}, . . . pe
. . . aṭṭhi-saṅkhalikaṃ nimmaṃsaṃ lohitamakkhitaṃ nahāru-sambandhaṃ, . . . pe . . . aṭṭhi-saṅkhalikaṃ apagata-maṃsa-lohitaṃ nahāru-sambandhaṃ . . . pe . . .
{aṭṭhikāni} apagata-sambandhāni disā-vidisāsu vikkhittāni aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṃ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṃ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṃ aññena ūraṭṭhikaṃ aññena kaṭaṭṭhikaṃ aññena piṭṭhi-kaṇṭakaṃ aññena sīsa-kaṭāhaṃ,


[page 297]
D. xxii. 1. 10] THE CEMETERY. 297
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so imam eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘Ayam pi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃ-bhāvī etaṃ anatīto ti.'
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī kāyasmiṃ viharati.
‘Atthi kāyo'; ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-{mattāya}. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evam pi bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
10. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā pi passeyya sarīraṃ {sīvathikāya} chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni setāni saṅkha-vaṇṇūpanibhāni, . . . pe . . . aṭṭhikāni puñjakitāni terovassikāni, . . . pe . . . aṭṭhikāni pūtīni cuṇṇaka-jātāni, so imam eva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati:
‘Ayam pi kho kāyo evaṃ-dhammo evaṃ-bhāvī etaṃ anatīto ti.'
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati.


[page 298]
298 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādayati. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
11. Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti, dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti. {Adukkha-m-asukhaṃ} vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘{Adukkha-m-asukhaṃ} vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti.
Nirāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Sāmisaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyānīti'; pajānāti. Nirāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Nirāmisaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā {adukkha-m-asukhaṃ} vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Sāmisaṃ {adukkha-m-asukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti. Nirāmisaṃ vā {adukkha-m-asukhaṃ} vedanaṃ vediyamāno ‘Nirāmisaṃ {adukkha-m-asukhaṃ} vedanaṃ vediyāmīti'; pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati,


[page 299]
D. xxii. 12.] SELF-KNOWLEDGE. 299
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] samudaya-vayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati. ‘Atthi vedanā ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñaṇamattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati.
12. Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu
sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sarāgaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītarāgaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sadosaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītadosaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
samohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samohaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītamohaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘saṃkhittaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vikkhittaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘mahaggataṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘amahaggataṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
sa-uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sa-uttaraṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘anuttaraṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samāhitaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘asamāhitaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vimuttaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti,
avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘avimuttaṃ cittan ti'; pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā citte cittānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi cittan ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissati-mattāya.


[page 300]
300 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 12.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati.
13. Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu.
Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ ‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando ti'; pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ ‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando ti'; pajānāti. Yathā ca anuppannassa kāmacchandassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa kāmacchandassa pahānaṃ hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa kāmacchandassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vyāpādaṃ ‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ vyāpādo ti'; pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vyāpādaṃ ‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ vyāpādo ti'; pajānāti. Yathā ca anuppannassa vyāpādassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa vyāpādassa pahānaṃ hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa vyāpādassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ thīna-middhaṃ ‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ thīna-middhan ti'; pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ thīna-middham ‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ thīnamiddhan ti'; pajānāti. Yathā ca anuppannassa thīnamiddhassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa thīna-middhassa pahānaṃ hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa thīna-middhassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ uddhacca-kukkuccaṃ ‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ uddhacca-kukkuccan ti'; pajānāti,


[page 301]
D. xxii. 14.] THE FIVE HINDRANCES. 301
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ uddhacca-kukkuccaṃ ‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ uddhacca-kukkuccan ti'; pajānāti. Yathā ca anuppannassa uddhacca-kukkuccassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa uddhacca-kukkucassa pahānaṃ hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa uddhacca-kukkuccassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vicikiccahaṃ ‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ vicikicchā ti'; pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vicikicchaṃ ‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ vicikicchā ti'; pajānāti.
Yathā ca anuppannāya vicikicchāya uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannāya vicikicchāya pahānaṃ hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnāya vicikicchāya āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. ‘Atthi dhammā ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇamattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu.
14. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcas'; upādānakkhandhesu.
Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcas'; upādānakkhandhesu?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu ‘Iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthagamo -- iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthagamo -- iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthagamo -- iti saṃkhārā, iti {saṃkhārānaṃ} samudayo,


[page 302]
302 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 14
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] iti {saṃkhārānaṃ} atthagamo -iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthagamo ti,'; Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhatta-bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. ‘Atthi dhammā ti'; vā pan'; assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvad eva ñāṇa-mattāya patissatimattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcas'; upādānakkhandhesu.
15. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattika-bāhiresu āyatanesu.
Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattika-bāhiresu āyatanesu?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhuñ ca pajānāti, rūpe ca pajānāti, yañ ca tad ubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti . . . sotañ ca pajānāti, sadde ca pajānāti . . . pe . . . ghānañ ca pajānāti, gandhe ca pajānāti . . . pe . . . jivhañ ca pajānāti, rase ca pajānāti . . . pe . . . kāyañ ca pajānāti, phoṭṭhabbe ca pajānāti . . . pe . . . manañ ca pajānāti, dhamme ca pajānāti, yañ ca tad ubhayaṃ {paṭicca} uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ tañ ca pajānāti,


[page 303]
D. xxii. 16.] SEVEN PARTS OF WISDOM. 303
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatim anuppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. ‘Atthi dhammā ti'; vā pan'; assa sati {paccupaṭṭhitā} hoti yāvad eva ñāṇamattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ajjhattika-bāhiresu āyatanesu.
16. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu.
Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ satisambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ sati-sambojjhaṅgo {ti} pajānāti. Asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ sati-sambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ sati-sambojjhaṅgo ti'; pajānāti.
Yathā ca anuppannassa sati-sambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa sati-sambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ dhamma-vicaya-sambojjhaṅgaṃ . . . pe . . .
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ viriya-sambojjhaṅgaṃ . . . pe . . .
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ pīti-sambojjhaṅgaṃ . . . pe . . .


[page 304]
304 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 16.
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ passaddhi-sambojjhaṅgaṃ . . . pe . . .
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ samādhi-sambojjhaṅgaṃ . . . pe . . .
. . . santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ upekhā-sambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘Atthi me ajjhattaṃ upekhā-sambojjhaṅgo ti'; pajānāti.
Asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ upekhā-sambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘N'; atthi me ajjhattaṃ upekhā-sambojjhaṅgo ti'; pajānāti. Yathā ca anuppannassa upekhā-sambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti tañ ca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa upekhā-sambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti tañ ca pajānāti.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudaya-vaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. ‘Atthi dhammā ti'; vā pan'; assa sati {paccuppaṭṭhitā} hoti yāvad eva ñāṇamattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu sambojjhaṅgesu.
17. Puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catusu ariya-saccesu.
Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catusu ariya-saccesu?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu ‘Idaṃ dukkhan ti'; yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘Ayaṃ dukkha-samudayo ti'; yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘Ayaṃ dukkha-nirodho ti'; yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘Ayaṃ dukkha-nirodha-gāminī paṭipadā ti'; yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.

[page 305]
D. xxii. 18.] THE FOUR TRUTHS. 305
18. Katamañ ca bhikkhave dukkhaṃ ariya-saccaṃ?
Jāti pi dukkhā, jarā pi dukkhā [vyādhi pi dukkhā], maraṇam pi dukkhaṃ, soka-parideva-dukkha-domanassupāyāsā pi dukkhā, yam p'; icchaṃ na labhati tam pi dukkhaṃ, saṃkhittena {pañcupādāna-kkhandhā} dukkhā.
Katamā ca bhikkhave jāti? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi satta-nikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti abhinibbatti khandānaṃ pātu-bhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave jāti.
Katamā ca bhikkhave jarā? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ {sattānaṃ} tamhi tamhi satta-nikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave jarā.
Katamañ ca bhikkhave maraṇaṃ? Yam tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā satta-nikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kāla-kiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷebarassa nikkhepo, idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave maraṇaṃ.
Katamo ca bhikkhave soko? Yo kho bhikkhave aññataraññatarena vyasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkha-dhammena phuṭṭhassa soko socanā socitattaṃ anto-soko anto-parisoko,


[page 306]
306 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 18.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave soko.
Katamo ca bhikkhave paridevo? Yo kho bhikkhave aññataraññatarena vyasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkha-dhammena phuṭṭhassa ādevo paridevo ādevanā paridevanā ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave paridevo.
Katamañ ca bhikkhave dukkhaṃ? Yaṃ kho bhikkhave kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ kāyikaṃ asātaṃ kāya-samphassajaṃ dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkhaṃ.
Katamañ ca bhikkhave domanassaṃ? Yaṃ kho bhikkhave cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ cetasikaṃ asātaṃ manosamphassajaṃ dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave domanassaṃ.
Katamo ca bhikkhave upāyāso? Yo kho bhikkhave aññataraññatarena vyasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkha-dhammena phuṭṭhassa āyāso upāyāso āyāsitattaṃ upāyāsitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave upāyāso.


[page 307]
D. xxii. 18.] THE FIVE SKANDHAS. 307
Katamañ ca bhikkhave yam p'; icchaṃ na labhati tam pi dukkhaṃ? Jāti-dhammānaṃ bhikkhave sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati: ‘Aho vata mayaṃ na jāti-dhammā assāma, na ca vata no jāti āgaccheyyāti.'; Na kho pan'; etaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ. Idam pi yam p'; icchaṃ na labhati tam pi dukkhaṃ. Jarā-dhammānaṃ bhikkhave sattānaṃ . . . pe . . . vyādhi-dhammānaṃ bhikkhave sattānaṃ . . . pe . . . maraṇa-dhammānaṃ bhikkhave sattānaṃ . . . pe . . . soka-parideva-dukkha-domanassupāyāsa-dhammānaṃ bhikkhave sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati: ‘Aho vata mayaṃ na soka-parideva-dukkhadomanassa-upāyāsa-dhammā assāma, na ca vata no soka-parideva-dukkha-domanassa-upāyāsā āgaccheyyun ti.'; Na kho pan'; etaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ. Idam pi yam p'; icchaṃ na labhati tam pi dukkhaṃ.
Katame ca bhikkhave saṃkhittena {pañcupādāna-kkhandhā} dukkhā? Seyyathīdaṃ {rūpūpādāna-kkhandho} {vedanūpādāna-kkhandho} {saññūpādāna-kkhandho} {saṃkhārūpādāna-kkhandho} {viññāṇūpādānakkhandho}, ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṃkhittena {pañcupādāna-kkhandhā} dukkhā. Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkhaṃ ariya-saccaṃ.


[page 308]
308 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 19.
19. Katamañ ca bhikkhave dukkha-samudayaṃ ariya-saccaṃ?
Yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobhavikā nandi-rāga-sahagatā tatra tatrābhinandinī, seyyathīdaṃ kāma-taṇhā bhava-taṇhā vibhava-taṇhā.
Sā kho pan'; esā bhikkhave taṇhā kattha uppajjamānā uppajjati, kattha nivisamānā nivisati? Yaṃ loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Kiñci loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ? Cakkhuṃ loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Sotaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Ghānaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Jivhā loke . . . pe . . . Kāyo loke . . . pe . . . Mano loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpā loke . . . pe . . . Saddā loke . . . pe . . . Gandhā loke . . . pe . . . Rasā loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabbā loke . . . pe . . . Dhammā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Cakkhu-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Sota-viññāṇaṃ loke
. . . pe . . . Ghāna-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Jivhā-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Kāya-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe
. . . Mano-viññāṇaṃ loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Cakkhu-samphasso loke . . . pe . . . Sota-samphasso loke . . . pe . . . Ghāna-samphasso loke . . . pe . . .


[page 309]
D. xxii. 19.] THINGS DEAR TO ONE. 309
Jivhā-samphasso loke . . . pe . . . Kāya-samphasso loke . . . pe . . . Mano-samphasso loke piya-rūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Cakkhu-samphassajā vedanā loke . . . pe . . . Sotasamphassajā vedanā loke . . . pe . . . Ghāna-samphassajā vedanā loke . . . pe . . . Jivhā-samphassajā vedanā loke . . . pe . . . Kāya-samphassajā vedanā loke . . . pe . . . Mano-samphassajā vedanā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpa-saññā loke, . . . pe . . . Sadda-saññā loke . . . pe . . . Gandha-saññā loke, . . . pe . . . Rasa-saññā loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-saññā loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-saññā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpa-sañcetanā loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-sañcetanā loke . . . pe . . . Gandha-sañcetanā loke . . . pe . . . Rasa-sañcetanā loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-sañcetanā loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-sañcetanā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpa-taṇhā loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-taṇhā loke . . . pe . . . Gandha-taṇhā loke . . . pe . . . Rasa-taṇhā loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-taṇhā loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-taṇhā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpa-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Gandha-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Rasa-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-vitakko loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Rūpa-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Gandha-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Rasa-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-vicāro loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati,


[page 310]
310 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 19.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkha-samudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ.
20. Katamañ ca bhikkhave dukkha-nirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ?
Yo tassā yeva taṇhāya asesa-virāga-nirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo.
Sā kho pan'; esā bhikkhave taṇhā kattha pahīyamānā pahīyati, kattha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati? Yaṃ loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Kiñci loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ? Cakkhuṃ loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Sotaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Ghānaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Jivhā loke . . . pe . . . Kāyo loke . . . pe . . . Mano loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpā loke . . . pe . . . Saddā loke . . . pe . . . Gandhā loke . . . pe . . . Rasā loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabbā loke . . . pe . . . Dhammā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Cakkhu-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Sota-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Ghāna-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Jivhā-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Kāya-viññāṇaṃ loke . . . pe . . . Mano-viññāṇaṃ loke piya-rūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Cakkhu-samphasso loke . . . pe . . .Mano-samphasso loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ,


[page 311]
D. xxii. 21.] THE END OF SORROW. 311
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Cakkhu-samphassajā vedanā loke . . . pe . . . Manosamphassajā vedanā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpa-saññā loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-saññā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpa-sañcetanā loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-sañcetanā loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpa-taṇhā loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-taṇhā loke . . . piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpa-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Gandha-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Rasa-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-vitakko loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-vitakko loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Rūpa-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Sadda-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Gandha-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Rasa-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Phoṭṭhabba-vicāro loke . . . pe . . . Dhamma-vicāro loke piya-rūpaṃ sāta-rūpaṃ, etth'; esā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkha-nirodhaṃ ariya-saccaṃ.
21. Katamañ ca bhikkhave dukkha-nirodha-gāminīpaṭipadā ariya-saccaṃ?
Ayam eva Ariyo {Aṭṭhaṅgiko} Maggo, seyyathīdaṃ sammā-diṭṭhi sammā-saṃkappo sammā-vācā sammākammanto sammā-ājīvo sammā-vāyāmo sammā-sati sammā-samādhi.
4 ‘Katamā ca bhikkhave sammā-diṭṭhi?


[page 312]
312 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 21.
Yaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhe ñāṇaṃ dukkha-samudaye ñāṇaṃ dukkha-nirodhe ñāṇaṃ dukkha-nirodha-gāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-diṭṭhi.
Katamo ca bhikkhave sammā-saṃkappo?
Nekkhamma-saṃkappo avyāpāda-saṃkappo avihiṃsāsaṃkappo, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-saṃkappo.
Katamā ca bhikkhave sammā-vācā?
Musā-vādā veramaṇī, pisuṇāya vecāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā veramaṇī, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-vācā.
Katamo ca bhikkhave sammā-kammanto?
Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā verammaṇī, kāmesu micchācārā veramaṇī, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammākammanto.
Katamo ca bhikkhave sammā-ājīvo?
Idha bhikkhave ariya-sāvako micchā-ājīvaṃ pahāya sammā-ājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-ājīvo.
Katamo ca bhikkhave sammā-vāyāmo?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati, viriyaṃ ārabhati, cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati, viriyaṃ ārabhati, cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati, viriyaṃ ārabhati, cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati,


[page 313]
D. xxii. 21.] SELF-POSSESSION AND ECSTACY. 313
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] viriyaṃ ārabhati, cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-vāyāmo.
Katamā ca bhikkhave sammā-sati?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ, vedanāsu . . . pe . . . citte . . . pe . . . dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-sati.
Katamo ca bhikkhave sammā-samādhi?
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vivicc'; eva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pīti-sukhaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Vitakka-vicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodi-bhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pīti-sukhaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekhako viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañ ca kāyena {paṭisaṃvedeti} yan taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti:
‘upekhako satimā sukha-vihārī ti'; {tatiyajjhānaṃ} upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubb'; eva somanassa-domanassānaṃ atthagamā {adukkha-m-asukhaṃ} upekhā-sati-pārisuddhiṃ catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammā-samādhi.
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkha-nirodha-gāminīpaṭipadā ariya-saccaṃ.
Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,


[page 314]
314 MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA SUTTANTA. [D. xxii. 21.
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudaya-dhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudaya-vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. "Atthi dhammā ti" vā pan'; assa sati {paccuppaṭṭhitā} hoti yāvad eva ñāṇamattāya patissati-mattāya. Anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catusu ariyasaccesu.
22. Yo hi koci bhikkhave ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya satta-vassāni, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ, diṭṭhe va dhamme aññā sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. Tiṭṭhantu bhikkhave sattavassāni, yo hi koci bhikkhave ime {cattāro satipaṭṭhāne} evaṃ bhāveyya cha vassāni . . . pe . . . pañcavassāni . . . cattāri vassāni . . . tīṇi vassāni . . . dve vassāni . . . ekaṃ vassaṃ, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ, diṭṭhe va dhamme aññā sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. Tiṭṭhatu bhikkhave ekaṃ vassaṃ, yo hi koci bhikkhave ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya satta-māsāni, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ {pāṭikaṅkhaṃ} diṭṭhe {va dhamme} aññā sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. Tiṭṭhantu bhikkhave sattamāsāni, yo hi koci bhikkhu ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya cha-māsāni . . . pe . . . pañca-māsāni . . . cattāri māsāni . . . tīṇi māsāni . . . dve māsāni . . .


[page 315]
D. xxii. 22.] RESULTS OF SELF-POSSESSION. 315
ekaṃ māsaṃ . . . aḍḍha-māsaṃ, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ, diṭṭhe va dhamme aññā sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. Tiṭṭhatu bhikkhave aḍḍha-māso, yo hi koci bhikkhave ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya sattāhaṃ, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ, diṭṭhe va dhamme aññā sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā. ‘Ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidavānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkha-domanassānaṃ atthagamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yad idaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā ti'; iti yan taṃ vuttaṃ, idam etaṃ paṭicca vuttan ti.
Idam avoca Bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandun ti.
MAHĀ-SATIPAṬṬHĀNA-SUTTANTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.


[page 316]
316
[xxiii. Pāyāsi Suttanta.]
Evam me sutaṃ.
1. Ekaṃ samayaṃ {āyasmā} Kumāra-kassapo Kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ pañca-mattehi bhikkhu-satehi yena Setavyā nāma Kosalānaṃ nagaraṃ tad avasari. Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā Kumāra-kassapo Setavyāyaṃ viharati uttarena Setavyā Siṃsapā-vane. Tena kho pana samayena Pāyāsi rājañño Setavyaṃ ajjhāvasati sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ sadhaññaṃ rāja-bhoggaṃ raññā Pasenadi-Kosalena dinnaṃ rāja-dāyaṃ brahma-deyyaṃ.
2. Tena kho pana samayena Pāyāsi-rājaññassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ uppannaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.


[page 317]
D. xxiii. 3.] THE COMMOTION AT SETAVYĀ. 317
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Assosuṃ kho Setavyakā brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā: ‘Samaṇo khalu bho Kumāra-kassapo samaṇassa Gotamassa Sāvako Kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ pañca-mattehi bhikkhu-satehi Setavyaṃ anuppatto Setavyāyaṃ viharati uttarena Setavyā Siṃsapā-vane.
Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ Kumāra-kassapaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: "Paṇḍito vyatto medhāvībahussuto citta-kathī kalyāṇa-paṭibhāno vuḍḍho c'; eva arahā ca. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ {dassanaṃ} hotīti."'; Atha kho Setavyakā {brāhmaṇa}-gahapatikā Setavyāya nikkhamitvā saṃghā saṃghī gaṇībhūtā uttarena-mukhā gacchanti yena Siṃsapā-vanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamanti.
3. Tena kho pana samayena Pāyāsi rājañño uparipāsāde divā-seyyaṃ upagato hoti. Addasā kho Pāyāsi rājañño Setavyake brāhmaṇa-gahapatike Setavyāya nikkhamitvā {saṃghā} saṃghī gaṇī-bhūte uttarena-mukhe gacchante yena Siṃsapā-vanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamante. Disvā khattaṃ āmantesi:
‘Kin nu kho bho khatte Setavyakā brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā Setavyāya nikkhamitvā saṃghā saṃghī gaṇī-bhūtā uttarena-mukhā gacchanti yena Siṃsapā-vanan ti'; ?


[page 318]
318 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 3.
‘Atthi kho bho samaṇo Kumāra-kassapo samaṇassa Gotamassa sāvako Kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhu-saṃghena saddhiṃ pañca-mattehi bhikkhusatehi Setavyaṃ anuppatto Setavyāyaṃ viharati uttarena Setavyā Siṃsapā-vane. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ Kumāra-kassapaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:
"Paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī bahussuto citta-kathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuḍḍho c'; eva arahā cāti." Tam enaṃ bhavantaṃ Kumāra-kassapaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamantīti.'
‘Tena hi bho khatte yena Setavyakā brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā ten'; upasaṃkama, upasaṃkamitvā Setavyake brāhmaṇa-gahapatike evaṃ vadehi: "Pāyāsi bho rājañño evam āha: Āgamentu kira bhavanto, Pāyāsi rājañño samaṇaṃ Kumāra-kassapaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamissatīti." Purā samaṇo Kumāra-kassapo Setavyake brāhmaṇagahapatike bāle avyatte saññāpeti: "Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti." N'; atthi hi bho khatte paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Evaṃ bho ti'; kho so khattā Pāyāsissa rājaññassa paṭissutvā yena Setavyakā brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Setavyake brāhmaṇa-gahapatike etad avoca: ‘Pāyāsi bho rājāñño evam āha:
"Āgamentu kira bhavanto, Pāyāsi rājañño samaṇaṃ Kumāra-kassapaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamissatīti."'
4. Atha kho Pāyāsi rājañño Setavyakehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena Siṃsapā-vanaṃ yen'; āyasmā Kumāra-kassapo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmatā Kumāra-kassapena saddhiṃ sammodi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.


[page 319]
D. xxiii. 6.] THE MOON-GOD AND THE SUN-GOD. 319
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Setavyakā pi kho brāhmaṇa-gahapatikā {app ekacce} āyasmantaṃ Kumāra-kassapaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, {app ekacce} āyasmatā Kumāra-kassapena saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, {app ekacce} yen'; āyasmā Kumāra-kassapo ten'; añjalim paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, {app ekacce} nāma-gottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, {app ekacce} tuṇhī-bhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
5. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Pāyāsi rājañño āyasmantaṃ Kumāra-kassapam etad avoca:
‘Ahaṃ hi bho Kassapa evaṃ-vādī evaṃ-diṭṭhī: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Nāhaṃ Rājañña evaṃ-vādiṃ evaṃ-diṭṭhiṃ addasaṃ vā assosiṃ vā. Kathaṃ hi nāma evaṃ vadeyya:
Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ {vipāko} ti. Tena hi Rājañña taṃ yev'; ettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi rājañña, ime candima-suriyā imasmiṃ loke parasmiṃ vā, devā te manussā vā ti?'
‘Ime bho Kassapa candima-suriyā parasmiṃ loke na imasmiṃ, devā te na manussā ti.'
‘Iminā kho te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
6. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho evaṃ me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukatā-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo yena te pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti?'


[page 320]
320 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesu micchācārī musā-vādī pisuṇāvācā pharusā-vācā samphappalāpī abhijjhālū vyāpannacittā micchā-diṭṭhī. Te aparena samayena ābādhikā honti dukkhitā bāḷha-gilānā. Yadā 'haṃ jānāmi: "Na dān'; ime imamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhahissantīti" tyāhaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ {vadāmi}: "Santi kho bho eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃ-vādino evaṃ-diṭṭhino:-- Ye te pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesu micchācārī musā-vādī pisuṇā-vācā pharusā-vācā samphappalāpī {abhijjālu} vyāpanna-cittā micchā-diṭṭhī, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjantīti. Bhavanto kho pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesu {micchācārī} musā-vādī pisuṇā-vācā pharusā-vācā samphappalāpī {abhijjālu} vyāpanna-cittā micchā-diṭṭhī. Sace tesam bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ, bhavanto kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjissanti. Sace bho kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjeyyātha, yena me āgantvā āroceyyātha: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti. Bhavanto kho pana me saddāyikā paccayikā, yaṃ bhavantehi diṭṭhaṃ yathā sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, evam etaṃ bhavissatīti." Te me "Sādhūti paṭissutvā n'; eva āgantvā ārocenti,


[page 321]
D. xxiii. 7.] THE CONDEMNED CRIMINAL. 321
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na pana dūtaṃ pahiṇanti. Ayam pi kho bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
7. ‘Tena hi Rājañña taṃ yev'; ettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Rājañña? Idha te purisā coraṃ āgu-cāriṃ gahetvā dasseyyuṃ: "Ayan te bhante coro āgu-cārī, imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti." Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchā-bāhaṃ gāḷha-bandhanaṃ bandhitvā, khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā, kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā, dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā, dakkhiṇato nagarassa āghātane sīsaṃ chindathāti." Te "{Sādhūti}" paṭisuṇitvā, taṃ purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchā-bāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā, khura-{muṇḍaṃ} karitvā, kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ {siṅghāṭakena} siṅghātakaṃ parinetvā, dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā, dakkhiṇato nagarassa āghātane nisīdāpeyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so coro cora-ghātesu: "Āgamentu tāva bhavanto cora-ghātā, amukasmiṃ me gāme vā nigame vā mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā, yāvāhaṃ tesaṃ uddassetvā āgacchāmīti?"


[page 322]
322 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Udāhu vippalapantass'; eva cora-ghātā sīsaṃ chindeyyun ti?'
‘Na hi so bho Kassapa coro labheyya cora-ghātesu:
"Āgamentu tāva bhavanto cora-ghātā, amukasmiṃ me gāme vā nigame vā mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā, yāvāhaṃ tesaṃ uddassetvā āgacchāmīti." Atha kho naṃ {vippalapantass'} eva cora-ghātā sīsaṃ chindeyyun ti.'
‘So hi nāma Rājañña coro manusso manussa-bhūtesu cora-ghātesu na labhissati: "Āgamentu tāva bhavanto cora-ghātā, amukasmiṃ me gāme vā nigame vā mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā, yāvāhaṃ tesaṃ uddassetvā āgacchāmīti." Kiṃ pana te mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesu micchācārī musā-vādī {pisuṇā}-vācā pharusā-vācā samphappalāpī abhijjhālū vyāpanna-cittā micchā-diṭṭhī kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppannā labhissanti nirayapālesu: "Āgamentu tāva bhavanto niraya-pālā yāva mayaṃ Pāyāsissa {Rājaññassa} gantvā ārocema: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti"? Iminā pi kho te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
8. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho evam me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo yena te pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti?'
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā {pisuṇāya}


[page 323]
D. xxiii. 8.] MESSAGE FROM THE DEAD. 323
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vācāyā paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū avyāpanna-cittā sammā-diṭṭhī. Te aparena samayena ābādhikā honti dukkhitā bāḷha-gilānā.
Yadāhaṃ jānāmi: "Na dān'; ime imamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhahissantīti," tyāhaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi: "Santi kho bho eke samaṇa-brāhmaṇā {evaṃ-}vādino {evaṃ-}diṭṭhino -- Ye te pāṇātipātā paṭivirātā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū avyāpanna-cittā sammā-diṭṭhī, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjantīti. Bhavanto kho pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū avyāpanna-cittā sammā-diṭṭhī. Sace tesam bhavataṃ samaṇa-brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ, bhavanto kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjissanti. Sace bho kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjeyyātha, yena me āgantvā āroceyyātha: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti. Bhavanto kho pana me saddhāyikā paccayikā, yaṃ bhavantehi {diṭṭhaṃ}, yathā sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, evam etaṃ bhavissatīti." Te me "{Sādhūti}" paṭisuṇitvā n'; eva āgantvā ārocenti na pana dūtaṃ pahiṇanti. Ayam pi kho bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti:


[page 324]
324 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 8.
Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
9. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya pi idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Seyyathā pi Rājañña puriso gūtha-kūpe sasīsako nimuggo assa. Atha tvaṃ purise āṇāpeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho taṃ purisaṃ tamhā gūtha-kūpā uddharathāti." Te "Sādhūti" paṭissuṇitvā taṃ purisaṃ tamhā gūtha-kūpā uddhareyyuṃ.
Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho tassa purisassa kāyā {veḷu}-pesikāhi gūthaṃ sunimmajjitaṃ nimmajjathāti." Te "Sādhūti" paṭissuṇitvā tassa purisassa kāyā {veḷu}-pesikāhi gūthaṃ sunimmajjitaṃ nimmajjeyyuṃ. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho tassa purisassa kāyaṃ paṇḍumattikāya tikkhattuṃ subbaṭṭitaṃ ubbaṭṭethāti." Te tassa purisassa kāyaṃ paṇḍumattikāya tikkhattuṃ subbaṭṭitaṃ ubbaṭṭeyyuṃ. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho taṃ purisaṃ telena abbhañjitvā sukhumena cuṇṇena tikkhattuṃ suppadhotaṃ karothāti." Te taṃ purisaṃ telena abbhañjitvā sukhumena cuṇṇena tikkhattuṃ suppadhotaṃ kareyyuṃ.
Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho tassa purisassa kesa-massuṃ kappethāti." Te tassa purisassa kesamassuṃ kappeyyuṃ. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho tassa purisassa mahagghañ ca mālaṃ mahagghañ ca vilepanaṃ mahagghāni ca vatthāni upaharathāti." Te tassa purisassa mahagghañ ca mālaṃ mahagghañ ca vilepanaṃ mahagghāni ca vatthāni upahareyyuṃ.


[page 325]
D. xxiii. 9.] THE MAN IN THE DUNG-HEAP. 325
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi: "Tena hi bho taṃ purisaṃ pāsādaṃ āropetvā, pañca kāma-guṇāni upaṭṭhapethāti." Te taṃ purisaṃ pāsādaṃ āropetvā pañca kāma-guṇāni upaṭṭhapeyyuṃ. Taṃ {kiṃ} maññasi Rājañña? Api nu tassa purisassa sunahātassa suvilittassa kappita-kesamassussa āmutta-mālābharaṇassa odāta-vattha-vasanassa upari-pāsāda-vara-gatassa pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgibhūtassa paricāriyamānassa punad eva tasmiṃ gūtha-kūpe nimmujjitukāmatā assāti?'
‘No h'; idaṃ bho Kassapa.'
‘Taṃ kissa hetu?'
‘Asuci bho Kassapa gūtha-kūpo, asuci c'; eva asucisaṃkhāto ca duggandho ca duggandha-saṃkhāto ca jeguccho ca jeguccha-saṃkhāto ca paṭikkūlo ca paṭikkūlasaṃkhāto cāti.'
‘Evam eva kho Rājañña manussā devānam asucī c'; eva asuci-saṃkhātā ca duggandhā ca duggandha-saṃkhātā ca jegucchā ca jeguccha-saṃkhātā ca paṭikkūlā ca paṭikkūlasaṃkhātā ca. Yojana-sataṃ kho Rājañña manussa-{gandho} deve ubbāhati. Kim pana te mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū avyāpanna-cittā sammā-diṭṭhī kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppannā āgantvā ārocessanti: "Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti?"


[page 326]
326 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Iminā pi kho te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
10. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho evam me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .'
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .'
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā surā-meraya-majjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā. Te aparena samayena ābādhikā honti dukkhitā bāḷha-gilānā. Yadāhaṃ jānāmi: "Na idān'; ime imamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhahissantīti," tyāhaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi: "Santi kho bho eke samaṇa-brāhmaṇā {evaṃ-}vādino {evaṃ-}{diṭṭhino} -- Ye te pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā surā-merayamajja-pamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjanti devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyatan ti. Bhavanto kho pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā surā-meraya-majjapamādaṭṭhānā pativiratā. Sace tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇa-brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ, bhavanto kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjissanti devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ.
Sace bho kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajjeyyātha devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ, yena me āgantvā āroceyyātha -- Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti. Bhavanto kho pana me saddhāyikā paccayikā, yaṃ bhavantehi diṭṭhaṃ, yathā sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ,


[page 327]
D. xxiii. 11.] TIME IN HEAVEN. 327
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evam etaṃ bhavissatīti." Te me "Sādhūti" paṭisuṇitvā n'; eva āgantvā ārocenti na pana dūtaṃ pahiṇanti. Ayam pi kho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko n'; atthi sattā opapātikā n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
11. ‘Tena hi Rājañña taṃ yev'; ettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi. Yaṃ kho Rājañña mānusakaṃ vassa-sataṃ, devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsa rattiyo māso, tena māsena dvādasa-māsiyo saṃvaccharo, tena saṃvaccharena dibbaṃ vassa-sahassaṃ devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ye te mittāmaccā ñāti-sālohitā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā {kāmesu} micchācārā paṭiviratā musā-vādā paṭiviratā surā-merayamajja-pamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppannā devānam Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ. Sace pana tesaṃ evaṃ bhavissati:
"Yāva mayaṃ dve vā tīṇi vā rattindivāni dibbehi pañcakāma-guṇehi samappitā samaṅgibhūtā paricārema, atha mayaṃ Pāyāsissa Rājaññassa gantvā ārocessāma: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti," api nu te āgantvā āroceyyuṃ: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti?'
‘No h'; idaṃ bho Kassapa. Api hi mayaṃ bho Kassapa ciram kālakatā pi bhaveyyāma. Ko pan'; etaṃ bhoto Kassapassa āroceti: "Atthi devā Tāvatiṃsā" ti vā, "Evaṃ dīghāyukā devā Tāvatiṃsā" ti vā. Na mayaṃ bhoto Kassapassa saddahāma "Atthi devā Tāvatiṃsā" ti vā "Evaṃ {dīghāyukā} devā Tāvatiṃsā" ti vā.


[page 328]
328 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 11.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Seyyathā pi Rājañña jaccandho puriso yo na passeyya kaṇha-sukkāni rūpāni, na passeyya nīlakāni rūpāni, na passeyya pītakāni rūpānī, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni, na passeyya mañjiṭṭhikāni rūpāni, na passeyya samavisamaṃ, na passeyya tāraka-{rūpāni} na passeyya candima-suriye. So evaṃ vadeyya: "N'; atthi kaṇhasukkāni rūpāni, n'; atthi kaṇha-sukkānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, n'; atthi nīlakāni rūpāni, n'; atthi nīlakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, n'; atthi pītakāni rūpāni, n'; atthi pītakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, n'; atthi lohitakāni rūpāni, n'; atthi lohitakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, n'; atthi mañjiṭṭhikāni rūpāni, n'; atthi mañjiṭṭhikānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, n'; atthi sama-visamaṃ, n'; atthi sama-visamassa dassāvī, n'; atthi tāraka-{rūpāni}, n'; atthi tāraka-rūpānaṃ dassāvī, n'; atthi candima-suriyā, n'; atthi candima-suriyānaṃ {dassāvī}. Aham etaṃ na jānāmi, aham etaṃ na passāmi, tasmā taṃ n'; atthīti." Sammā nu kho so Rājañña vadamāno vadeyyāti?'
‘No h'; idaṃ bho Kassapa. Atthi kaṇha-sukkāni rūpāni, atthi kaṇha-sukkānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, atthi nīlakāni rūpāni, atthi nīlakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, atthi {pītakāni} rūpāni, atthi pītakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, atthi lohitakāni rūpāni, atthi lohitakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī, atthi mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, atthi {mañjiṭṭhakānaṃ} rūpānaṃ dassāvī,


[page 329]
D. xxiii. 12.] HOW TO KNOW THE NEXT WORLD. 329
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atthi sama-visamaṃ, atthi sama-visamassa dassāvī, atthi tāraka-{rūpāni}, atthi tāraka-rūpānaṃ dassāvī, atthi candima-suriyā, atthi candima-suriyānaṃ dassāvī. "Aham etaṃ na jānāmi, aham etaṃ na passāmi, tasmā taṃ n'; atthīti," na hi so bho Kassapa sammā vadamāno vadeyyāti.'
‘Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña jaccandhūpamo maññe paṭibhāsi, yaṃ maṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadesi: "Ko pan'; etaṃ bhoto Kassapassa āroceti: ‘Atthi devā Tāvatiṃsā'; ti vā, ‘Evaṃ dīghāyukā devā Tāvatiṃsā'; ti vā. Na mayaṃ bhoto Kassapassa saddahāma: ‘Atthi devā Tāvatiṃsā'; ti vā ‘Evaṃ dīghāyukā devā Tāvatiṃsā'; ti vā."
‘Na kho Rājañña evaṃ paraloko daṭṭhabbo yathā tvaṃ maññasi iminā maṃsa-{cakkhunā}. Ye kho te Rājañña samaṇa-brāhmaṇā araññe vanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appa-saddāni appa-nigghosāni, te tattha appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharantā dibbaṃ cakkhuṃ visodhenti, te dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkamanta-mānusakena imam eva lokaṃ passanti param eva, satte ca opapātike. Evaṃ kho Rājañña para-loko daṭṭhabbo,na tveva yathā tvaṃ maññasi iminā maṃsa-cakkhunā. Iminā pi kho te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
12. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho evam me ettha hoti:


[page 330]
330 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 12.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .?
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idhāhaṃ bho Kassapa passāmi samaṇa-brāhmaṇe sīlavante kalyāṇa-dhamme jīvitu-kāme amaritu-kāme sukha-kāme dukkha-paṭikkūle. Tassa mayhaṃ bho Kassapa evaṃ hoti: Sace kho ime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇa-dhammā evaṃ jāneyyum:
"Ito no matānaṃ seyyo bhavissatīti," idān'; ime bhonto samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇa-dhammā visaṃ vā khādeyyuṃ, satthaṃ vā āhareyyuṃ, ubbandhitvā vā kālaṃ kareyyuṃ, papāte vā papateyyuṃ. Yasmā ca kho ime bhonto samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā na evaṃ jānanti: "Ito no matānaṃ seyyo bhavissatīti," tasmā ime bhonto samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇa-dhammā jīvitu-kāmā amaritu-kāmā sukha-kāmā dukkha-paṭikkūlā. Ayam pi bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
13. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa dve pajāpatiyo ahesuṃ. Ekissā putto ahosi dasavassuddesiko vā dvādasavassuddesiko vā, ekā gabbhinī upavijaññā, atha kho so brāhmaṇo kālam akāsi. Atha kho so māṇavako mātu-sapattiṃ etad avoca: "Yam idaṃ bhoti dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā sabban taṃ mayhaṃ.


[page 331]
D. xxiii. 13.] THE POSTHUMOUS SON. 331
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] N'; atthi tumh'; ettha kiñci, pitu me bhoti dāyajjaṃ {niyyātehīti}." Evaṃ vutte sā brāhmaṇī taṃ māṇavakaṃ etad avoca: "{Āgamehi} tāva tāta yāva vijāyāmi. Sace kumārako bhavissati, tassa pi eka-deso bhavissati; sace kumārikā bhavissati, sā pi te opabhoggā bhavissatīti."
‘Dutiyam pi kho māṇavako mātu-sapattiṃ etad avoca:
"Yam idaṃ bhoti dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpam vā sabban taṃ mayhaṃ. N'; atthi tumh'; ettha kiñci, pitu me bhoti dāyajjaṃ {niyyātehīti}." Dutiyam pi kho sā brāhmaṇī taṃ māṇavakaṃ etad avoca: "Āgamehi tāva tāta yāva vijāyāmi. Sace kumārako bhavissati tassa pi eka-deso bhavissati; sace kumārikā bhavissati, sā pi te opabhoggā bhavissatīti."
‘Tatiyam pi kho so māṇavako mātu-sapattiṃ etad avoca: "Yam idaṃ hoti dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā sabban taṃ mayhaṃ. N'; atthi tumh'; ettha kiñci, pitu me bhoti dāyajjaṃ {niyyātehīti}." Atha kho sā brāhmaṇī satthaṃ gahetvā ovarakaṃ pavisitvā udaraṃ opādesi: "Yāva jānāmi yadi vā kumārako yadi vā kumārikā ti." Sā attānañ c'; eva jīvitaṃ gabbhaṃ sāpateyyañ ca [vināsesi] {yathā} taṃ bālā avyattā anaya-vyasanaṃ āpannā, ayoniso dāyajjaṃ gavesantī. Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña bālo avyatto anaya-vyasanaṃ āpajjissasi ayoniso paralokaṃ gavesanto,


[page 332]
332 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 13.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seyyathā pi sā brāhmaṇī bālā avyattā anayavyasanaṃ āpannā ayoniso dāyajjaṃ gavesantī. Na kho Rājañña samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇa-dhammā apakkaṃ paripācenti, api ca paripākaṃ āgamenti paṇḍitā. Attho hi Rājañña samaṇa-brāhmaṇānaṃ sīlavantānaṃ kalyāṇa-dhammānaṃ jīvitena. Yathā yathā kho Rājañña samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti, tathā tathā bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti, bahujana-hitāya ca paṭipajjanti bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya deva-manussānaṃ. Iminā pi kho te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
14. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho evam me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .?
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .
‘Kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa purisā coraṃ āgu-cāriṃ gahetvā dassenti: "Ayaṃ te bhante coro āgu cārī, imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti." Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: "Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ jīvantaṃ yeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṃ pidahitvā allena cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṃ karitvā uddhanaṃ āropetvā aggiṃ dethāti."


[page 333]
D. xxiii. 15.] WATCHING FOR THE ESCAPE OF THE SOUL. 333
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Te me "{sādhūti}" paṭisuṇitvā taṃ purisaṃ jīvantaṃ yeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṃ pidahitvā allena cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṃ karitvā uddhanaṃ āropetvā aggiṃ denti. Yadā mayaṃ jānāma:
"Kālakato so puriso ti," atha naṃ kumbhiṃ oropetvā ubbhinditvā mukhaṃ vivaritvā saṇikaṃ nillokema:
"App eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passeyyāmāti." N'; ev'; assa mayaṃ jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passāma. Ayam pi kho bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātika, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
15. ‘Tena hi Rājañña taṃ yev'; ettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi. Abhijānāsi no tvaṃ Rājañña divā-seyyaṃ upagato supinakaṃ passitvā ārāma-rāmaṇeyyakaṃ vana-rāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇī-rāmaṇeyyakan ti?'
‘Abhijānām'; ahaṃ bho Kassapa divā-seyyaṃ upagato supinakaṃ passitvā ārāma-rāmaṇeyyakaṃ vana-rāmaṇeyyakan ti.'
‘Rakkhanti taṃ tamhi samaye khujjā pi vāmanikā pi velāmikā pi komārikā pīti?'
‘Evam pi bho Kassapa rakkhanti maṃ tamhi samaye khujjā pi vāmanikā pi velāmikā pi komārikā pīti.'
‘Api nu tā tumhaṃ jīvaṃ passanti pavisantaṃ vā nikkhamantaṃ vā ti?'


[page 334]
334 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 15.
‘No h'; idaṃ bho Kassapa.'
‘Tā hi nāma Rājañña tumhaṃ jīvantassa jīvantiyo jīvaṃ na passissanti pavisantaṃ vā nikkhamantaṃ vā.
Kim pana tvaṃ kālakatassa jīvam passissanti pavisantaṃ vā nikkhamantaṃ vā? Iminā pi kho te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
16. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho evam me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānam kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti?'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .?
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa purisā coraṃ āgu-cāriṃ gahetvā dassenti: "Ayan te bhante coro āgū-cārī, imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti." Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi:
"Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ jīvantaṃ yeva tulāya tuletvā jiyāya anassāsakaṃ māretvā punad eva tulāya tulethāti." Te me "Sādhūti" paṭisuṇitvā purisaṃ jīvantaṃ yeva tulāya tuletvā jiyāya anassāsakaṃ māretvā punad eva tulāya tulenti. Yadā so jīvati, tadā lahutaro ca hoti mudutaro ca kammaññataro ca. Yadā pana so kālakato hoti, tadā garutaro ca hoti patthīnataro ca akammaññataro ca. Ayam pi kho bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti."
17. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya pi idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.


[page 335]
D. xxiii. 18.] HEAT MAKES THINGS LIGHT. 335
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Seyyathā pi Rājañña puriso divasa-santattaṃ ayo-guḷaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ {sajoti-bhūtaṃ} tulāya toleyya, tam enaṃ aparena samayena sītaṃ nibbutaṃ tulāya toleyya.
Kadā nu kho so ayo-guḷo lahutaro vā hoti mudutaro vā kammaññataro vā? Yadā vā āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, yadā vā sīto nibbuto ti?'
‘Yadā so bho Kassapa ayo-guḷo tejo-sahagato ca hoti vāyo-sahagato āditto sampajjalito sajoti-bhūto, tadā lahutaro ca hoti mudutaro ca kammaññataro ca. Yadā pana so ayo-guḷo n'; eva tejo-sahagato hoti na vāyosahagato sīto nibbuto, tadā garutaro ca hoti patthīnataro ca akammaññataro cāti.'
‘Evam eva kho Rājañña yadā 'yaṃ kāyo āyusahagato ca hoti usmā-sahagato ca viññāṇa-sahagato ca, tadā lahutaro ca hoti mudutaro ca kammaññataro ca. Yadā panāyaṃ kāyo n'; eva āyu-sahagato ca hoti na usmāsahagato na viññāṇa-sahagato, tadā garutaro ca hoti patthīnataro ca akammaññataro ca. Iminā pi kho te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
18. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapa evam āha, atha kho evaṃ me ettha hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .?'
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .'
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa purisā coraṃ āgu-cāriṃ gahetvā dassenti: "Ayan te bhante coro āgu-cārī, imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti."


[page 336]
336 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 18.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi:
"Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ anupahacca chaviñ ca cammañ ca maṃsañ ca nahāruñ ca aṭṭhiñ ca aṭṭhimiñjañ ca jīvitā voropethāti." Te me "Sādhūti" paṭisuṇitvā taṃ purisaṃ anupahacca chaviñ ca cammañ ca maṃsañ ca nahāruñ ca aṭṭhiñ ca aṭṭhimiñjañ ca jīvitā voropenti. Yadā so addhamato hoti, tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: "Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ uttānaṃ nipātetha, app eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passeyyāmāti." Te taṃ purisaṃ uttānaṃ nipātenti, n'; eva assa mayaṃ jīvaṃ nikkhamantam passāma. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: "Tena hi bho imaṃ purisaṃ avakujjaṃ nipātetha . . . pe . . . passena nipātetha . . . dutiyena passena nipātetha . . . uddhaṃ ṭhapetha . . . omuddhakaṃ ṭhapetha . . . pāṇinā ākoṭetha . . . leḍḍunā ākoṭetha . . . daṇḍena ākoṭetha
. . . satthena ākoṭetha . . . {odhunātha} . . . sandhunātha
. . . niddhunātha, app eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passeyyāmāti." Te taṃ purisaṃ odhunanti sandhunanti niddhunanti, n'; eva assa mayaṃ {jīvaṃ} nikkhamantaṃ passāma. Tassa ca tad eva cakkhuṃ hoti te rūpā tañ c'; āyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti, tad eva sotaṃ hoti te saddā tañ c'; āyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti, tad eva ghānaṃ hoti te gandhā tañ c'; āyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti,


[page 337]
D. xxiii. 19.] THE VILLAGERS AND THE TRUMPET. 337
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sā yeva jivhā hoti te rasā tañ c'; āyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti, so yeva kāyo hoti te phoṭṭhabbā tañ c'; āyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti. Ayam pi kho bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti."
19. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya p'; idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña aññataro saṅkha-dhamo saṅkhaṃ ādāya paccantimaṃ janapadaṃ agamāsi. So yen'; aññataro gāmo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā majjhe gāmassa ṭhito tikkhattuṃ saṅkhaṃ upaḷāsitvā saṅkhaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Atha kho Rājañña tesaṃ paccantajānaṃ manussānaṃ etad ahosi: "Kissa nu kho eso saddo evaṃ rajanīyo evaṃ kamanīyo evaṃ madanīyo evaṃ bandhanīyo evaṃ mucchanīyo ti?" Sannipatitvā taṃ saṅkha-{dhammaṃ} etad avocuṃ: "Ambho kissa nu kho eso saddo evaṃ rajanīyo evaṃ kamanīyo evaṃ madanīyo evaṃ bandhanīyo evaṃ mucchanīyo ti?" "Eso kho bho saṅkho nāma yass'; eso saddo evaṃ rajanīyo evaṃ kamanīyo evaṃ madanīyo evaṃ bandhanīyo evaṃ mucchanīyo ti." Te taṃ saṅkhaṃ-uttānaṃ nipātesuṃ: "Vadehi bho saṅkha, vadehi bho saṅkhāti." N'; eva so saṅkho saddam akāsi. Te taṃ saṅkhaṃ avakujjaṃ nipātesuṃ
. . . passena nipātesuṃ . . . dutiyena passena nipātesuṃ
. . . uddhaṃ ṭhapesuṃ . . . omuddhakaṃ {ṭhapesum} . . .


[page 338]
338 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 19.
pāṇinā ākoṭesuṃ . . . leḍḍunā {ākotesum} . . . daṇḍena ākoṭesuṃ . . . satthena ākoṭesuṃ . . . odhuniṃsu . . . sandhuniṃsu . . . niddhuniṃsu: "Vadehi bho saṅkha, vadehi bho saṅkhāti." N'; eva so saṅkho saddam akāsi.
Atha kho Rājañña tassa saṅkha-dhamassa etad ahosi:
"Yāva bālā ime paccantajā manussā! Kathaṃ hi nāma ayoniso saṅkha-saddaṃ gavesissantīti!" Tesaṃ pekkhamānānaṃ saṅkhaṃ gahetvā tikkhattuṃ saṅkhaṃ upaḷāsitvā saṅkhaṃ ādāya pakkāmi. Atha kho Rājañña tesaṃ paccantajānaṃ manussānaṃ etad ahosi:
"Yadā kira bho ayaṃ saṅkho nāma purisa-sahagato ca hoti vāyāma-sahagato ca vāyo-sahagato ca, tadāyaṃ saṅkho saddaṃ karoti. Yadā panāyaṃ saṅkho n'; eva purisa-sahagato hoti na vāyāma-sahagato na vāyosahagato, nāyaṃ saṅkho saddaṃ karotīti." Evam eva kho Rājañña yadāyaṃ kāyo āyu-sahagato ca hoti usmāsahagato ca viññāṇa-sahagato ca, tadā abhikkamati pi paṭikkamati pi tiṭṭhati pi nisīdati pi seyyam pi kappeti, cakkhunā pi rūpaṃ passati, sotena pi saddaṃ suṇāti, ghānena pi gandhaṃ ghāyati, jivhāya pi rasaṃ sāyati, kāyena pi {phoṭṭhabbaṃ} phusati, manasā pi dhammaṃ vijānāti. Yadā panāyaṃ kāyo n'; eva āyu-sahagato ca hoti, na usmā-sahagato ca, na viññāṇa-sahagato, tadā n'; eva abhikkamati na paṭikkamati na tiṭṭhati na nisīdati na seyyaṃ kappeti, cakkhunā pi rūpaṃ na passati, sotena pi saddaṃ na suṇāti, ghānena pi gandhaṃ na ghāyati, {jivhāya} pi rasaṃ na sāyati, kāyena pi phoṭṭhabbaṃ na phusati, manasā pi dhammaṃ na vijānāti. Iminā pi kho te Rājañña pariyāyena evaṃ hotu: Iti pi atthi paraloko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
20. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho evam me ettha hoti:


[page 339]
D. xxiii. 21.] THE SEARCH FOR THE SOUL. 339
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
‘Atthi pana Rājañña pariyāyo . . . pe [322] . . .?'
‘Atthi bho Kassapa pariyāyo . . . pe . . .'
‘Yathā kathaṃ viya Rājaññāti?'
‘Idha me bho Kassapa purisā coraṃ āgu-cāriṃ gahetvā dassenti: "Ayaṃ te bhante coro āgu-cārī, imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti." Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: ‘Tena hi bho imassa purisassa chaviṃ chindatha, app eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ passeyyāmāti." Te tassa purisassa chaviṃ chindanti, n'; ev'; assa mayaṃ jīvaṃ passāma. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: "Tena hi bho imassa purisassa cammaṃ chindatha . . . maṃsaṃ chindatha . . . nahāruṃ chindatha . . . aṭṭhiṃ chindatha . . . aṭṭhi-miñjaṃ chindatha, app eva nām'; assa jīvaṃ passeyyāmāti." Te tassa purisassa aṭṭhi-miñjaṃ chindanti, n'; ev'; assa mayaṃ jīvaṃ passāma. Ayam pi kho bho Kassapa pariyāyo yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.'
21. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya pi idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña aggiko jaṭilo araññāyatane paṇṇa-kuṭiyā vasati. Atha kho Rājañña aññataro janapada-padeso vuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho so sattho tassa aggikassa jaṭilassa assamassa sāmantā eka-rattiṃ vasitvā pakkāmi. Atha kho Rājañña tassa aggikassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi:


[page 340]
340 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 21.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] "Yan nūnāhaṃ yena so sattha-vāso ten'; upasaṃkameyyaṃ, app eva nām'; ettha kiñci upakaraṇaṃ adhigaccheyyan ti." Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo kālass'; eva vuṭṭhāya yena so sattha-vāso ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā addasa tasmiṃ satthavāse daharaṃ kumāraṃ mandaṃ uttāna-seyyakaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvān'; assa etad ahosi: "Na kho me taṃ paṭirūpaṃ yam me pekkhamānassa manussa-bhūto kālaṃ kareyya. Yan nūnāhaṃ imaṃ dārakaṃ assamaṃ netvā āpādeyyaṃ poseyyaṃ vaḍḍheyyan ti." Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo taṃ dārakaṃ assamaṃ ānetvā āpādesi posesi vaḍḍhesi.
Yadā so dārako dasavassuddesiko vā hoti dvādasavassuddesiko vā, ath'; assa aggikassa jaṭilassa janapade kiñcid eva karaṇīyaṃ uppajji. Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo taṃ dārakaṃ etad avoca: "Icchām'; ahaṃ tāta janapadaṃ gantuṃ, aggiṃ paricareyyāsi, mā ca te aggi nibbāyi. Sace va te aggi nibbāyeyya, ayaṃ vāsī, imāni kaṭṭhāni, idaṃ araṇi-sahitaṃ, aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyāsīti." Atha kho so aggiko {jaṭilo} taṃ dārakaṃ evam anusāsitvā janapadaṃ agamāsi. Tassa khiḍḍā-pasutassa aggi nibbāyi. Atha kho tassa dārakassa etad ahosi: "Pitā kho maṃ evaṃ avaca: ‘Aggiṃ tāta paricareyyāsi, mā ca te aggi nibbāyi. Sace va te aggi nibbāyeyya ayaṃ vāsī imāni kaṭṭhāni idaṃ araṇisahitaṃ, aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyāsīti.'; Yan nūnāhaṃ aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyan ti."


[page 341]
D. xxiii. 21.] THE SEARCH FOR FIRE. 341
Atha kho so dārako araṇi-sahitaṃ vāsiyā tacchi: "App eva nāma aggiṃ adhigaccheyyan ti." N'; eva so aggiṃ adhigacchi. Araṇi-sahitaṃ dvidhā phālesi, tidhā phālesi, catudhā phālesi, pañcadhā phālesi, dasadhā phālesi, satadhā phālesi, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ akāsi, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā udukkhale koṭṭhesi, udukkhale koṭṭhetvā mahā-vāte opuni: "App eva nāma aggiṃ adhigaccheyyan ti." N'; eva so aggiṃ adhigacchi.
Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo janapade taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā, yena sako assamo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ dārakaṃ etad avoca: "Kacci te tāta aggi nibbuto ti?" "Idha me tāta khiḍḍā-pasutassa aggi nibbāyi. Tassa me etad ahosi: Pitā kho maṃ evaṃ avaca: ‘Aggiṃ tāta paricareyyāsi, mā ca te aggi nibbāyi. Sace va te aggi nibbāyeyya ayaṃ vāsī imāni kaṭṭhāni idaṃ araṇi-sahitaṃ, aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyāsīti.'; Yan nūnāhaṃ aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyan ti. Atha kho ahaṃ tāta araṇi-sahitaṃ vāsiyā tacchiṃ: ‘App eva nāma aggiṃ adhigaccheyyan ti.'; N'; evāhaṃ aggiṃ adhigacchiṃ.
Araṇi-sahitaṃ dvidhā phālesiṃ, tidhā phālesiṃ, catudhā phālesiṃ, pañcadhā phālesiṃ, dasadhā phālesiṃ, satadhā phālesim, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ akāsiṃ, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā udukkhale koṭṭhesiṃ, udukkhale koṭṭhetvā mahā-vāte opuniṃ: ‘App eva nāma aggiṃ adhigaccheyyan ti.'; N'; evāhaṃ aggiṃ adhigacchin ti." Atha kho tassa aggikassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: "Yāva bālo ayaṃ dārako avyatto. Kathaṃ hi nāma ayoniso aggiṃ gavesissatīti?" Tassa pekkhamānassa araṇi-sahitaṃ gahetvā aggiṃ nibbattetvā taṃ dārakaṃ etad avoca: "Evaṃ kho tāta aggi nibbattetabbo,


[page 342]
342 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 21.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na tv eva yathā tvaṃ bālo avyatto ayoniso aggiṃ gavesissasīti." Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña bālo avyatto ayoniso paralokaṃ gavesasi. Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ.
Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgha-rattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti.'
22. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho n'; evāhaṃ sayhāmi idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Rājā pi maṃ Pasenadi-kosalo jānāti tiro-rājāno pi: "Pāyāsi rājañño evaṃ-vādī evaṃ-diṭṭhī: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti." ‘Sacāhaṃ bho Kassapa imaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ {paṭinissajjissāṃi}, bhavissanti me vattāro: "Yāva bālo Pāyāsi rājañño avyatto duggahīta-gāhī ti." Kopena pi naṃ harissāmi, makkhena pi naṃ harissāmi, paḷāsena pi naṃ harissāmīti.'
23. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya p'; idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña mahā sakaṭa-sattho sakaṭasahassaṃ puratthimā janapadā pacchimaṃ janapadaṃ agamāsi. So yena yena gacchati khippam eva pariyādiyati tiṇa-kaṭṭhodakaṃ haritaka-vaṇṇam. Tasmiṃ kho pana satthe dve satthavāhā ahesuṃ, eko pañcannaṃ sakaṭa-satānaṃ eko pañcannaṃ sakaṭasatānaṃ.


[page 343]
D. xxiii. 23.] THE FOOLISH CARAVAN LEADER. 343
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Atha kho tesaṃ satthavāhānaṃ etad ahosi:
"‘Ayaṃ kho pana mahā sakaṭa-sattho sakaṭa-sahassaṃ.
Te mayaṃ yena yena gacchāma khippam eva pariyādiyati tiṇa-kaṭṭhodakaṃ haritaka-vaṇṇaṃ. Yan nūna mayaṃ imaṃ satthaṃ dvidhā vibhajeyyāma ekato pañca {sakaṭa}-satāni."
‘Te taṃ satthaṃ dvidhā vibhajiṃsu ekato pañca sakaṭa-satāni ekato pañca {sakaṭa-}satāni. Eko tāva satthavāho bahuṃ tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca udakañ ca āropetvā satthaṃ pāyāpesi. Dvīha-tīha-pāyāto kho pana so sattho addasa purisaṃ kāḷaṃ lohitakkhiṃ apanaddha-kalāpaṃ kumuda-māliṃ alla-vatthaṃ allakesaṃ kaddama-makkhitehi cakkehi gadrabha-rathena paṭipathaṃ āgacchantaṃ. Disvā etad avoca: "Kuto bho āgacchasīti?"
"‘Amukamhā janapadā ti."
"‘Kuhiṃ gamissasīti?"
"‘Amukaṃ nāma janapadan ti."
"‘Kacci bho purato kantāre mahā-megho abhippavaṭṭo ti?"
"‘Evaṃ kho bho purato kantāre mahā-megho abhippavaṭṭo, āsittodakāni vaṭumāni, bahuṃ tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca udakañ ca,


[page 344]
344 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 23.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] chaḍḍetha bho purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gacchatha, mā yoggāni kilamethāti."
‘Atha kho so satthavāho satthike āmantesi: "Ayaṃ bho puriso evam āha: Purato kantāre mahā-megho {abhippavaṭṭo}, āsittodakāni vaṭumāni, bahuṃ tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca udakañ ca, chaḍḍetha bho purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gacchatha, mā yoggāni kilamethāti -- chaḍḍetha bho purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi satthaṃ pāyāpethāti."
"Evam bho ti" kho te satthikā tassa satthavāhassa paṭissutvā, chaḍḍetvā purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi satthaṃ pāyāpesuṃ. Te paṭhame pi sattha-vāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ vā, dutiye pi sattha-vāse . . . tatiye pi satthavāse . . . catutthe pi sattha-vāse . . . pañcame pi sattha-vāse . . . chaṭṭhe pi sattha-vāse . . . sattame pi sattha-vāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ vā, sabbe va anaya-vyasanaṃ āpajjiṃsu. Ye ca tasmiṃ satthe ahesuṃ manussā vā pasū vā sabbe so yakkho amanusso bhakkhesi, aṭṭhikān'; eva sesesi.
‘Yadā aññāsi dutiyo satthavāho: "Bahu-nikkhanto kho dāni so sattho ti," bahuṃ tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca udakañ ca āropetvā satthaṃ pāyāpesi. Dvīha-tīha-pāyāto kho pan'; eso sattho addasa purisaṃ kāḷaṃ lohitakkhiṃ apanaddha-kalāpaṃ kumuda-māliṃ alla-vatthaṃ allakesaṃ kaddama-makkhitehi cakkehi gadrabha-rathena paṭipathaṃ āgacchantaṃ.


[page 345]
D. xxiii. 23.] THE WISE CARAVAN LEADER. 345
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Disvā etad avoca: "Kuto bho āgacchasīti?"
"‘Amukamhā janapadā ti."
"‘Kuhiṃ gamissasīti?"
"‘Amukaṃ nāma janapadan ti."
"‘Kacci bho purato kantāre mahā-megho abhippavaṭṭo ti?"
"‘Evaṃ bho purato kantāre mahā-megho abhippavaṭṭo, āsittodakāni vaṭumāni, bahuṃ tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca udakañ ca, chaḍḍetha bho purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gacchatha, mā yoggāni kilamethāti."
‘Atha kho so satthavāho satthike āmantesi: "Ayaṃ bho puriso evam āha -- Purato kantāre mahā-megho abhippavaṭṭo, āsittodakāni vaṭumāni bahuṃ tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca udakañ ca, chaḍḍetha bho purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahu-bhārehi sakaṭehi sīgham sīghaṃ gacchatha, mā yoggāni kilamethāti. Ayaṃ kho bho puriso n'; ev'; amhākaṃ mitto na pi ñāti-sālohito, kathaṃ mayaṃ imassa saddhāya gamissāma? Na kho chaḍḍetabbāni purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, yathā-katena bhaṇḍena satthaṃ pāyāpetha, na vo purāṇaṃ chaḍḍessāmāti."
"‘Evaṃ bho" ti kho te satthikā tassa satthavāhassa paṭissutvā yathā-katena bhaṇḍena satthaṃ pāyāpesuṃ.
Te paṭhame pi sattha-vāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ vā,


[page 346]
346 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 23.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dutiye pi satthavāse . . . tatiye pi satthavāse . . . catutthe pi satthavāse . . . pañcame pi satthavāse . . . chaṭṭhe pi satthavāse . . . sattame pi satthavāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ vā, tañ ca satthaṃ addasaṃsu anaya-vyasanaṃ āpannaṃ.
Ye va tasmiṃ satthe ahesuṃ manussā vā pasū vā, tesañ ca aṭṭhikān'; eva addasaṃsu tena yakkhena amanussena bhakkhitānaṃ.
‘Atha kho so satthavāho satthike āmantesi: "Ayaṃ kho bho so sattho anaya-vyasanaṃ āpanno yathā tam tena bālena satthavāhena pariṇāyakena. Tena hi bho yān'; asmākaṃ satthe appa-sārāni paṇiyāni, tāni chaḍḍetvā, yāni imasmiṃ satthe mahā-sārāni paṇiyāni tāni ādiyathāti." "Evaṃ bho ti" kho te satthikā tassa satthavāhassa paṭissutvā yāni sakasmiṃ satthe appa-sārāni paṇiyāni tāni chaḍḍetvā, yāni tasmiṃ satthe mahā-sārāni paṇiyāni tāni ādiyitvā, sotthinā taṃ kantāraṃ nitthariṃsu yathā taṃ paṇḍitena satthavāhena pariṇāyakena.
Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña bālo avyatto anayavyasanaṃ āpajjissasi ayoniso paralokaṃ gavesanto, seyyathā pi so puriso satthavāho. Ye pi tava sotabbaṃ saddahātabbaṃ maññissanti, te pi anaya-vyasanaṃ āpajjissanti, seyyathā pi te satthikā. Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ. Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgha-rattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti.'
24. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho n'; evāhaṃ sayhāmi idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Rājā pi maṃ Pasenadi-kosalo jānātīti tirorājāno pi: "Pāyāsi Rājañño evaṃ-vādī evaṃ-diṭṭhī: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko,


[page 347]
D. xxiii. 25.] THE LOAD OF DRY DUNG. 347
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti." Sacāhaṃ bho Kassapa idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ paṭinissajjissāmi, bhavissanti me vattāro: "Yāva bālo Pāyāsi Rājañño avyatto duggahīta-gāhī ti," kopena pi naṃ harissāmi, makkhena pi naṃ harissāmi, paḷāsena pi naṃ harissāmīti.'
25. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya p'; idh'; ekacce viññū bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña aññataro sūkara-posako puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṃ gāmaṃ agamāsi. Tatth'; addasa pahūtaṃ sukkha-gūthaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvān'; assa etad ahosi:
"Ayaṃ me bahuko sukkha-gūtho chaḍḍito mamañ ca sūkara-bhattaṃ. Yan nūnāhaṃ ito sukkha-gūthaṃ hareyyan ti." So uttarā-saṅgaṃ pattharitvā pahūtaṃ sukkha-gūthaṃ āharitvā bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā sīse ubbāhetvā agamāsi. Tassa antarāmagge mahā akālamegho pāvassi. So uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ yāva agga-nakhā gūthena makkhito gūtha-bhāraṃ ādāya agamāsi. Tam enaṃ manussā disvā evam āhaṃsu:
"Kacci no tvaṃ bhaṇe ummatto, kacci veceto? kathaṃ hi nāma uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ yāva agganakhā gūthena makkhito gūtha-bhāraṃ harissasīti?" "Tumhe khvattha bhaṇe ummattā tumhe vecetā tathā hi pana me sūkara-bhattan ti."


[page 348]
348 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 25.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña gūtha-hārikūpamo maññe paṭibhāsi.
Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ {Rājañña} pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ. Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgha-rattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti.'
26. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho n'; evāhaṃ sayhāmi idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ paṭinissajjituṃ.
Rājā pi maṃ Pasenadi-kosalo jānātīti tiro-rājano pi:
‘Payāsi Rājañño evaṃ-vādī {evaṃ}-diṭṭhī: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti. Sacāhaṃ bho Kassapa idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ patinissajjissāmi, bhavissanti me vattāro: "Yāva bālo Pāyāsi Rājañño avyatto duggahīta-gāhī ti." Kopena pi naṃ harissāmi, makkhena pi naṃ harissāmi, paḷāsena pi naṃ harissāmīti.'
27. ‘Tena hi Rājañña upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya p'; idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña dve akkhadhuttā akkhehi dibbiṃsu.
Eko akkhadhutto āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ gilati. Addasā kho dutiyo akkhadhutto taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ gilantaṃ. Disvā akkhadhuttaṃ etad avoca: "Tvaṃ kho samma ekantikena jināsi, dehi samma akkhe, pajohissāmīti." "Evaṃ sammāti" kho so akkhadhutto tassa akkhadhuttassa akkhe pādāsi. Atha kho so akkhadhutto akkhe visena paribhāvetvā taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ etad avoca: "Ehi kho samma akkhehi dibbissāmāti." "Evaṃ sammāti" kho so akkhadhutto tassa akkhadhuttassa paccassosi. Dutiyaṃ pi kho te akkhadhuttā akkhehi dibbiṃsu, dutiyam pi kho so akkhadhutto āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ gilati.


[page 349]
D. xxiii. 29.] THE POISONED DICE. 349
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Addasā kho dutiyo akkhadhutto taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ dutiyam pi āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ gilantaṃ.
Disvā taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ etad avoca:--
"Littaṃ paramena tejasā
gilam akkhaṃ puriso na bujjhati
gila re gila pāpa-dhuttaka
pacchā te kaṭukaṃ bhavissatīti."
‘Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña akkhadhuttūpamo maññe paṭibhāsi. Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgha-rattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti.'
28. ‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ Kassapo evam āha, atha kho n'; evāhaṃ sayhāmi idaṃ pāpakaṃ {diṭṭhi}-gataṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Rājā pi maṃ Pasenadi-kosalo jānāti, tiro-rājāno pi: ‘Pāyāsi Rājañño evaṃ-vādī evaṃ-diṭṭhī:
Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti.
Sacāhaṃ bho Kassapa idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ paṭinissajjissāmi, bhavissanti me vattāro: "Yāva bālo Pāyāsi Rājañño avyatto duggahīta-gāhī ti." Kopena pi naṃ harissāmi, makkhena pi naṃ harissāmi, paḷāsena pi naṃ harissāmīti.'
29. ‘Tena hi Rājañña, upaman te karissāmi. Upamāya pi idh'; ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.
Bhūtapubbaṃ Rājañña aññataro janapado vuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi: "Āyāma samma, yena so janapado ten'; upasaṃkamissāma, app eva nām'; ettha kiñci dhanaṃ adhigaccheyyāmāti." "Evaṃ sammāti" kho sahāyako sahāyakassa paccassosi. Te yena so janapado yen'; aññataraṃ gāma-paddhanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu.


[page 350]
350 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 29.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Tatth'; addasaṃsu pahūtaṃ sāṇaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi:
"Idaṃ kho samma pahūtaṃ sāṇaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, tena hi samma tvañ ca sāṇa-bhāraṃ bandha, ahañ ca sāṇabhāraṃ bandhissāmi, ubho sāṇa-bhāraṃ ādāya gamissāmāti." "Evaṃ sammāti" kho sahāyako sahāyakassa paṭissutvā sāṇa-bhāraṃ bandhi.
‘Te ubho sāṇa-bhāraṃ ādāya yen'; aññataraṃ gāmapaddhanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. Tatth'; addasaṃsu pahūtaṃ sāṇa-suttaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesī: "Yassa kho samma atthāya iccheyyāma sāṇaṃ idaṃ pahūtaṃ sāṇa-suttaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Tena hi samma tvañ ca sāṇa-bhāraṃ chaḍḍehi, ahañ ca sāṇabhāraṃ chaḍḍessāmi, ubho sāṇa-sutta-bhāraṃ ādāya gamissāmāti." "Ayaṃ kho me samma sāṇa-bhāro durābhato ca susannaddho ca, alam me, tvaṃ pajānāhīti." Atha kho so sahāyako sāṇa-bhāraṃ chaḍḍetvā sāṇa-suttabhāraṃ ādiyi.
‘Te yen'; aññataraṃ gāma-paddhanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. Tatth'; addasaṃsu pahūtā sāṇiyo chaḍḍitā.
Disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi: "Yassa kho samma atthāya iccheyyāma sāṇaṃ vā sāṇa-suttaṃ vā, imā pahūtā sāṇiyo chaḍḍitā. Tena hi samma tvañ ca sāṇa-bhāraṃ chaḍḍehi, ahañ ca sāṇa-sutta-bhāraṃ chaḍḍessāmi, ubho sāṇi-bhāraṃ ādāya gamissāmāti." "Ayaṃ kho me samma sāṇa-bhāro durābhato ca susannaddho ca, alam me, tvaṃ pajānāhīti." Atha kho so sahāyako sāṇa-suttabhāraṃ chaḍḍetvā sāṇi-bhāraṃ ādiyi.


[page 351]
D. xxiii. 29.] GIVING UP GOOD FOR BETTER 351
Te yen'; aññataraṃ gāma-paddhanaṃ ten'; upakamiṃsu.
Tatth'; addasaṃsu pahūtaṃ khomaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā
. . . pahūtaṃ khoma-suttaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ khoma-dussaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ kappāsaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ kappāsika-suttaṃ chaḍḍitam. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ kappāsika-dussaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ ayaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ lohaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ.
Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ tipuṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ sīsaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ sajjhuṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā . . . pahūtaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi;
"Yassa kho samma atthāya iccheyyāma sāṇaṃ vā sāṇasuttaṃ vā sāṇiyo vā khomaṃ vā khoma-suttaṃ vā khoma-dussaṃ vā kappāsaṃ vā kappāsika-suttaṃ vā kappāsika-dussaṃ vā ayaṃ vā lohaṃ vā tipuṃ vā sīsaṃ vā sajjhuṃ vā, idaṃ pahūtaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ.
Tena hi samma tvañ ca sāṇa-bhāraṃ chaḍḍehi, ahañ ca sajjhu-bhāraṃ chaḍḍessāmi, ubho suvaṇṇa-bhāraṃ ādāya gamissāmāti." "Ayaṃ kho me samma sāṇa-bhāro durābhato ca susannaddho ca, alaṃ me, tvaṃ pajānāhīti." Atha kho sahāyako sajjhu-bhāraṃ chaḍḍetvā suvaṇṇabhāraṃ ādiyi.
‘Te yena sako gāmo ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. Tattha yo so sahāyako sāṇa-bharaṃ ādāya agamāsi, tassa n'; eva mātā-pitaro abhinandiṃsu, na putta-dārā abhinandiṃsu, na mittāmaccā abhinandiṃsu, na ca tato-nidānaṃ sukhaṃ somanassaṃ adhigacchi.


[page 352]
352 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 29.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Yo pana so sahāyako suvaṇṇabhāraṃ ādāya agamāsi, tassa mātā-pitaro abhinandiṃsu, putta-dārā pi {abhinandiṃsu}, [mittāmaccā pi abhinandiṃsu], tato-nidānañ ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ adhigacchati.
‘Evam eva kho tvaṃ Rājañña {sāṇa-bhārakūpamo} maññe paṭibhāsi. Paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ Rājañña pāpakaṃ diṭṭhi-gataṃ.
Mā te ahosi dīgha-rattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti.'
30. ‘Purimen'; evāhaṃ opammena bhoto Kassapassa attamano abhiraddho, api cāhaṃ imāni vicitrāni pañhapaṭibhānāni sotu-kāmo, evāhaṃ bhavantaṃ Kassapaṃ paccanīkātabbaṃ amaññissaṃ. Abhikkantaṃ bho Kassapa, abhikkantaṃ bho Kassapa! Seyyathā pi bho Kassapa nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā tela-pajjotaṃ dhāreyya: "cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti" -- evam eva bhotā Kassapena aneka-pariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ bho Kassapa taṃ bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhu-saṃghañ ca. Upāsakam maṃ bhavaṃ Kassapo dhāretu, ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ.
Icchāmi cāhaṃ bho Kassapa mahā-yaññaṃ yajitum.
Anusāsatu maṃ bhavaṃ Kassapo yaṃ mamaṃ assa dīgha-rattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti.'
31. ‘Yathārūpe kho Rājañña yaññe gāvo vā haññanti, ajeḷakā vā haññanti, kukkuṭa-sūkarā vā haññanti, vividhā vā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca honti micchā-diṭṭhī micchā-saṃkappā micchā-vācā micchā-kammantā micchā-ājīvā micchā-vāyāmā micchā-satī micchāsamādhī,


[page 353]
D. xxiii. 31.] RIGHT AND WRONG SACRIFICE. 353
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evarūpo kho Rājañña yañño nāma na mahapphalo hoti na mahānisaṃso na mahā-jutiko na mahāvipphāro. Seyyathā pi Rājañña kassako bīja-{naṅgalaṃ} ādāya vanaṃ paviseyya. So tattha dukkhatte dubbhūme avihata-khānuke bījāni patiṭṭhāpeyya khaṇḍāni pūtīni {vātātapa-hatāni} asāradāni asukha-sayitāni, devo ca na kālena kālaṃ sammā-dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyuṃ, kassako vā vipula-phalaṃ adhigaccheyyāti?'
‘No h'; idaṃ bho Kassapa.'
‘Evam eva kho Rājañña yathārūpe yaññe gāvo vā haññanti ajeḷakā vā haññanti kukkuṭa-sūkarā vā haññanti vividhā vā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca honti micchā-diṭṭhī micchā-saṃkappā micchā-vācā micchākammantā micchā-ājīvā micchā-vāyāmā micchā-satī micchā-samādhī, evarūpo kho Rājañña yañño na mahapphalo hoti na mahānisaṃso na mahā-jutiko na mahā-vipphāro.
Yathārūpe ca kho Rājañña yaññe n'; eva gāvo haññanti na ajeḷakā haññanti na kukkuṭa-sūkarā haññanti na vividhā pāṇā saṃghātam āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca honti sammā-diṭṭhī sammā-saṃkappā sammā-vācā sammā-kammantā sammā-ājīvā sammā-vāyāmā sammā-satī sammāsamādhī, evarūpo kho Rājañña yañño mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahā-jutiko mahā-vipphāro. Seyyathā pi Rājañña kassako bīja-naṅgalaṃ ādāya vanaṃ paviseyya.
So tattha sukhatte subhūme suvihata-khānuke bījāni patiṭṭhāpeyya akkhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapa-hatāni sāradāni sukha-sayitāni,


[page 354]
354 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 31.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] devo ca kālena kālaṃ sammādhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyuṃ, kassako vā vipulaphalaṃ adhigaccheyyāti?
‘Evaṃ bho Kassapa.'
‘Evam eva kho Rājañña yathārūpe yaññe n'; eva gāvo haññanti na ajeḷakā haññanti na kukkuṭa-sūkarā haññanti na vividhā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca honti sammā-diṭṭhī sammā-{saṃkappā} sammā-vācā sammā-kammantā sammā-ājīvā sammā-vāyāmā sammāsatī sammā-samādhī, evarūpo kho Rājañña yañño mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahā-jutiko mahā-vipphāro ti.'
32. Atha kho Pāyāsi rājañño dānaṃ paṭṭhapesi samaṇabrāhmaṇa-kapaṇiddhika-vaṇibbaka-yācakānaṃ. Tasmiṃ kho pana dāne evarūpaṃ bhojanaṃ diyyati kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅga-dutiyaṃ therakāni ca vatthāni guḷa-vālakāni. Tasmiṃ kho pana dāne Uttaro nāma māṇavo vyāvaṭo ahosi. So dānaṃ datvā evam anuddisati: ‘Iminā dānena Pāyāsi-rājaññam eva imasmiṃ loke samāgañchiṃ mā parasmin ti.'; Assosi kho Pāyāsi rājañño:


[page 355]
D. xxiii. 32.] THE OFFERING OF THE STINGY. 355
‘Uttaro kira māṇavo dānaṃ datvā evam anuddisati:
Iminā dānena Pāyāsi-Rājaññam eva imasmiṃ loke samāgañchiṃ mā parasmin ti.'; Atha kho Pāyāsi-rājañño Uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ āmantāpetvā etad avoca: ‘Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ tāta Uttara dānaṃ datvā evam anuddisasi:
Iminā dānena Pāyāsi-rājaññaṃ eva imasmiṃ loke samāgañchiṃ mā parasmin ti'; ?'
‘Evaṃ bho ti.'
‘Kissa pana tvaṃ tāta Uttara dānaṃ datvā evam anuddisasi -- "Iminā dānena Pāyāsi-{rājaññam} eva imasmiṃ loke samāgañchiṃ mā parasmin ti"? Na nu mayaṃ tāta Uttara puññatthikā dānass'; eva phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhino ti?'
‘Bhoto kho pana dāne evarūpaṃ bhojanaṃ diyyati:
{kaṇājakaṃ} bilaṅga-dutiyaṃ yam bhavaṃ pādā pi na iccheyya chupituṃ, kuto bhuñjituṃ; therakāni ca vatthāni guḷa-vālakāni yāni bhavaṃ pādā pi na iccheyya samphusituṃ, kuto paridahituṃ. Bhavaṃ kho pan'; asmākaṃ piyo manāpo, kathaṃ mayaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ amanāpena saṃyojemāti?'
‘Tena hi tvaṃ tāta Uttara yādisāhaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjāmi tādisaṃ bhojanaṃ paṭṭhapehi, yādisāni cāhaṃ vatthāni paridahāmi tādisāni ca vatthāni paṭṭhapehīti.'
‘Evaṃ bho ti'; kho Uttaro māṇavo Pāyāsi-rājaññassa paṭissutvā yādisaṃ bhojanaṃ Pāyāsi-rājañño bhuñjati tādisaṃ bhojanaṃ paṭṭhapesi, yādisāni ca vatthāni Pāyāsi rājañño paridahati tādisāni ca vatthāni paṭṭhapesi.


[page 356]
356 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 32.
Atha kho Pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā asahatthā dānaṃ datvā acittikataṃ dānaṃ datvā apaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Cātummahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajji suññaṃ Serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ. Yo pana tassa dāne vyāvaṭo ahosi Uttaro nāma māṇavo so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā sahatthā dānaṃ datvā citti-katvā dānaṃ datvā anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppajji devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ.
33. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Gavampati abhikkhaṇaṃ suññaṃ Serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ divā-vihāraṃ gacchati. Atha kho Pāyāsi-devaputto yen'; {āyasmā} Gavampati ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Gavampatiṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Pāyāsi-devaputtaṃ āyasmā Gavampati etad avoca: ‘Ko 'si tvaṃ āvuso ti?'
‘Ahaṃ bhante Pāyāsi-rājañño ti.'
‘Na nu tvaṃ āvuso evaṃ-diṭṭhiko ahosi -- Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti?'
‘Svāhaṃ bhante evaṃ-diṭṭhiko ahosiṃ: Iti pi n'; atthi paraloko, n'; atthi sattā opapātikā, n'; atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ti. Api cāhaṃ ayyena Kumāra-kassapena etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhi-gatā vivecito ti.'


[page 357]
D. xxiii. 34.] PĀYĀSI AS GOD. 357
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
‘Yo pana te āvuso dāne vyāvaṭo ahosi Uttaro nāma māṇavo, so kuhiṃ uppanno ti?'
‘Yo me bhante dāne vyāvaṭo ahosi Uttaro nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā sahatthā dānaṃ datvā citti-kataṃ dānaṃ datvā anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppanno devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyataṃ.
Ahaṃ pana asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā asahatthā dānaṃ datvā acittikataṃ dānaṃ datvā apaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Cātummahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppanno suññaṃ Serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ. Tena hi bhante Gavampati manussa-lokaṃ gantvā evam ārocehi: "Sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ detha, sahatthā dānaṃ detha, citti-kataṃ dānaṃ detha, anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ detha. Pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā asahatthā dānaṃ datvā {acittikataṃ} dānaṃ datvā apaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Cātummahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppanno suññaṃ Serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ. Yo pana tassa dāne vyāvaṭo ahosi Uttaro nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā sahatthā dānaṃ datvā citti-kataṃ dānaṃ datvā anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ uppanno Devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyatan ti."'
34. Atha kho āyasmā Gavampati manussa-lokaṃ {āgantvā} evam ārocesi: ‘Sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ detha, sahatthā dānaṃ detha, citti-kataṃ dānaṃ detha, anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ detha. Pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā asahatthā dānaṃ datvā acitti-dānaṃ datvā apaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Cātummahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppanno suññaṃ Serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ. Yo pana tassa dāne vyāvaṭo ahosi, Uttaro nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā sahatthā dānaṃ datvā citti-kataṃ dānaṃ datvā anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokaṃ uppanno devānaṃ Tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahavyatan ti.'


[page 358]
358 PĀYĀSI SUTTANTA. [D. xxiii. 34.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
PĀYĀSI-SUTTANTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.
MAHĀ-VAGGO.
Apadānaṃ Nidānañ ca Nibbānañ ca Sudassanaṃ
Janavasabha-Govindaṃ Samayaṃ Sakkam eva ca
Satipaṭṭhāna-Pāyāsi Mahāvaggassa saṅgaho.